Rockwell Automation M5, M6, M8 Power Monitor User Manual
Below you will find brief information for Power Monitor M5, Power Monitor M6, Power Monitor M8. The PowerMonitor 5000 unit is the next generation of high-end electric metering products from Rockwell Automation. This new family of meters provides advanced technology, new functionality, faster response, and superior accuracy. This unit works with controllers or software applications to address key customer applications including load profiling, cost allocation, billing and sub-billing, power system monitoring and control, demand management, demand response, and power quality. The PowerMonitor 5000 unit connects to your three-phase or split-phase AC power system directly or through instrument transformers (PTs and CTs). It converts instantaneous voltage and current values to digital values, and uses the resulting digital values in calculations of parameters such as voltage, current, power, and energy.
advertisement
User Manual
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Catalog Numbers 1426-M5, 1426-M6, 1426-M8
Important User Information
Read this document and the documents listed in the additional resources section about installation, configuration, and operation of this equipment before you install, configure, operate, or maintain this product. Users are required to familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes, laws, and standards.
Activities including installation, adjustments, putting into service, use, assembly, disassembly, and maintenance are required to be carried out by suitably trained personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice.
If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired.
In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment.
The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams.
No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or software described in this manual.
Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation,
Inc., is prohibited.
Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations.
WARNING: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment, which may lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.
ATTENTION: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and recognize the consequence.
IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product.
Labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions.
SHOCK HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present.
BURN HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures.
ARC FLASH HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a motor control center, to alert people to potential Arc Flash. Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death. Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Follow ALL
Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).
Allen-Bradley, Rockwell Software, Rockwell Automation, PowerMonitor, FactoryTalk, ControlLogix, SLC, RSLogix, RSLinx, RSNetWorx, PLC-5, Logix5000, CompactLogix, Studio 5000, and ControlFLASH are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.
New and Updated
Information
Summary of Changes
This manual contains new and updated information. Changes throughout this revision are marked by change bars, as shown to the right of this paragraph.
This table contains the changes made to this revision.
Topic
Added M8 model information and functionality.
Updated references to FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix sofware user manual.
Added wiring diagrams for single-phase wiring.
Updated the amount of time results are available after the command is received.
Added information to the Harmonic Analysis section.
Updated the Sag and Swell section.
Updated the list of logs in the logging overview table.
Updated the list of logs in the selected log table.
Added information for which EN 50160 record to be returned.
Updated the Min/Max Log Parameter Attributes table with new parameters.
Updated the Alarm Codes and Descriptions table.
Updated the Power Quality Event Codes table.
Added information to show the differences in the Snapshot log for the M6 and M8 models.
Added information on forced operation of outputs.
Added information about setpoint and logic gate status bit.
Page
Throughout
Throughout
Updated data tables to include M8 model funcationality.
Updated the Power Quality technical specification table to include M8 model functionality.
Added table for EN 61000-4-30 Class Designations.
Added Appendix E, IEEE 519 Pass/Fail and TDD
Added Appendix F, IEEE 1159 Power Quality Event Classification
Added Appendix G, EN 50160 Conformance Tracking
Added Appendix H, EN 61000-4-30 Metering and Aggregation
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 3
Summary of Changes
Notes:
4 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table of Contents
Preface
Chapter 1
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Overview
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Features and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Chapter 2
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Wire the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Setup and Commands
Metering
Power Quality Monitoring
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Voltage, Current, Frequency Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Chapter 5
Waveform Recording (M6 and M8 model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 5
Table of Contents
6
Logging
Logic Functions
Other Functions
Communication
Chapter 6
Waveform Log (M6 and M8 model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Power Quality Log (M6 and M8 model). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Trigger Data Log (M6 and M8 model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
EN 50160 Weekly and Yearly Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
Network Time Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Chapter 9
Native Ethernet Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Optional DeviceNet Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Optional ControlNet Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Memory Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Communication Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
DeviceNet and ControlNet Object Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Controller Applications: Class 1 Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table of Contents
Maintenance
Chapter 10
Update the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Firmware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Upgrading the PowerMonitor 5000 Model and Communication . . . 229
Use the ControlFLASH Utility to Update Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Appendix A
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Technical Specifications
Appendix B
PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module
Application Summary
Appendix C
PowerMonitor 5000 Waveform
Capture and Compression
Appendix D
IEEE 519 Pass/Fail and TDD
Appendix E
IEEE 519 Pass/Fail Capability (M6 and M8 models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
IEEE 519 Short Term and Long Term Harmonic Results . . . . . . . . . . 417
IEEE 1159 Power Quality Event
Classification
Appendix F
Power Quality Event Classification per IEEE 1159-2009 . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Transients (Category 1.1.3, 1.2.1)(M8 model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Short Duration RMS Variations (Category 2.0 - Sags, Swells, and
Interruptions) (M6 and M8 model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Long Duration RMS Variations (Category 3.0 - Undervoltage,
Overvoltage, Sustained Interruptions) (M6 and M8 model) . . . . . . . . 422
Voltage and Current Imbalance (Category 4.0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Waveform Distortion (Categories 5.1 - DC Offset,
5.2 - Harmonics, and 5.3 - Interharmonics). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Flicker (Voltage Fluctuations, Category 6.0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Power Frequency Variations (Category 7.0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 7
Table of Contents
EN 50160 Conformance Tracking
EN 61000-4-30 Metering and
Aggregation
Glossary
Index
Appendix G
Appendix H
8 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Preface
About this Manual
This manual contains detailed information on the topics in this list:
• Mounting and wiring of the unit.
• Wiring to native and optional communication port.
• Set-up and use of the display module.
• Information on metering functionality and measurements.
• Use of the display module for configuration, monitoring, and commands.
• Discussion of communication options, functionality, configuration, and operation.
• Setpoint configuration and operation.
• Discrete I/O configuration and operation.
• Data logging including Waveform Log, Event Log, Min/Max Log, Power
Quality Log, and Load Factor Log.
• Advanced features including Power Quality and Harmonic Analysis.
• Powermonitor 5000 data tables.
Intended Audience
This manual is intended for qualified personnel. You need a basic understanding of electric power and energy theory and terminology, and alternating-current
(AC) metering principles.
Catalog Number Explanation
1426 -M5 E -CNT -B
Bulletin Number Model
1426 - PowerMonitor™ 5000 M5 - Base Power Monitor
M6 - Basic Power Quality Monitor
M8 - Advanced Power Quality Monitor
Native Comms
E - EtherNet/IP
Optional Comms
-CNT - ControlNet Port
-DNT - DeviceNet Port
[Blank] - No Optional Port
Series
A, B
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 9
Preface
Additional Resources
These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell Automation.
Resource
PowerMonitor 5000 USB Driver Installation and
Configuration, publication 1426-IN001
FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix User Manual, publication
FTEM-UM002 .
PanelView Component HMI Terminals User Manual, publication 2711C-UM001
PanelView Plus Terminal User Manual, publication 2711P-UM001
Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1
Product Certifications website, http://www.ab.com
Description
Provides instructions for installing and configuring the
USB driver.
Provides information on using FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software.
Provides instructions for setup and operation of the
PanelView Component terminal.
Provides instructions for setup and operation of the
PanelView Plus terminal.
Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell
Automation ® industrial system.
Provides declarations of conformity, certificates, and other certification details.
You can view or download publications at http:/www.rockwellautomation.com/literature/ . To order paper copies of technical documentation, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or
Rockwell Automation sales representative.
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Chapter
1
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Overview
Safety
Product Description
ATTENTION: Only qualified personnel, following accepted safety procedures, can install, wire, and service the PowerMonitor 5000 unit and its associated components. Before beginning any work, disconnect all sources of power and verify that they are de-energized and locked out. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.
ATTENTION: Never open a current transformer (CT) secondary circuit with primary current applied. Wiring between the CTs and the PowerMonitor 5000 unit must include a shorting terminal block in the CT secondary circuit. Shorting the secondary with primary current present allows other connections to be removed if needed. An open CT secondary with primary current applied produces a hazardous voltage, which can lead to personal injury, death, property damage, or economic loss.
IMPORTANT The PowerMonitor 5000 unit is not designed for nor intended for use as a circuit protective device. Do not use this equipment in place of a motor overload relay or circuit protective relay.
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit is the next generation of high-end electric metering products from Rockwell Automation. This new family of meters provides advanced technology, new functionality, faster response, and superior accuracy. The M5 model is the base version and provides an extensive range of metering functionality. The M6 model expands the metering capabilities of the
M5 with basic power quality monitoring functionality, including harmonics up to the 63rd, waveforms and logging, and classification of power quality events.
The M8 model adds advanced power quality monitoring functions, including flicker caused by voltage fluctuations, sub-cycle transient capture, harmonics up to the 127th order, and interharmonic groups up to the 50th order. The
PowerMonitor 5000 unit communicates power and energy parameters to controllers, HMI software, and applications such as FactoryTalk
®
EnergyMetrix software over the Ethernet network or other optional networks.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 11
Chapter 1 PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Overview
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit works with controllers or software applications to address key customer applications including the following:
• Load profiling – logging power parameters such as real power, apparent power and demand, for analysis of power usage by loads over time
• Cost allocation – reporting actual energy cost by department or process to integrate energy information into management decisions
• Billing and sub-billing – charging users of energy the actual usage cost rather than allocating by square footage or other arbitrary methods
• Power system monitoring and control – display and control power flow and energy utilization
• Demand management – monitoring power usage and controlling loads to reduce demand costs
• Demand response – controlling and monitoring usage in response to an energy provider’s instruction to reduce demand
• Power quality - monitoring, measuring, recording, and logging power system irregularities that can result in malfunctions or damage to equipment
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Features and Functions
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit connects to your three-phase or split-phase AC power system directly or through instrument transformers (PTs and CTs). It converts instantaneous voltage and current values to digital values, and uses the resulting digital values in calculations of parameters such as voltage, current, power, and energy.
Features
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit includes a number of hardware features that are common to all models.
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
6
7
Figure 1 - Hardware Features
8
9 10
5
2
3
1
4
Config Lock
Module status
Network status
USB
Device
USB
Host
LNK
ACT
Power
---- S1
S2
---- S3
S4
---- S com
S com
---- K
Y
---- Z
R1 O
---- R1 com
R1 C
---- R2 O
R2 com
---- R2 C
R3 O
---- R3 com
R3 C
PowerMonitor 5000
K Z
Y
Rx O
Internal
24 VDC
Rx com Rx C
S n Scom
24V com
L1
L2
GND
V1
V2
V3
VN
VG
Virtual Wiring
Correction
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Overview Chapter 1
I 1
I 2
I 3
I 4
11
12
Table 1 - Hardware Features
Feature
1. Ethernet port – standard RJ45 jack with status indicators
2. Optional communication port
3. USB host port
4. USB device port
5. Configuration Lock switch
Description
Ethernet port hardware is included on all models. These protocols and functions are supported:
• EtherNet/IP network
• HTML web page for configuration and data access
Ethernet indicators
• LNK indicator
– Solid GREEN: IP link established
– Off: No link established
• ACT indicator
– Flashing YELLOW: Data present on Ethernet port
– Off: No data activity present
DeviceNet and ControlNet networks
• Module Status
– OFF: No control power
– Flashing GREEN/RED: Self-test
– Flashing GREEN: Power monitor has not been configured
– GREEN: Power monitor is running
– Flashing RED: Power monitor has detected a recoverable minor fault
– RED: Power monitor has detected a non-recoverable major fault
• Network Status
– OFF: No control power
– Flashing GREEN/RED: Self-test
– Flashing GREEN: No CIP connection
– Solid GREEN: CIP connection established
– Flashing RED: CIP connection timed out
– Solid RED: Duplicate address detected
USB standard A receptacle. Not used in this model.
The USB device port is a USB Mini-B receptacle that accepts standard USB Mini-B plugs, for connection to a host device, such as a notebook computer.
When enabled, this switch prevents changes in configuration that can affect revenue accuracy.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 13
Chapter 1 PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Overview
Table 1 - Hardware Features
Feature
6. Device and Network status indicators
7. Power
8. Status input, KYZ output, and control relay wiring terminals
9. Control power and ground wiring terminals
10.Voltage sensing wiring terminals
11.Current sensing wiring openings
12.Virtual wiring correction indicator
Description
• Device status
– OFF: No control power
– Flashing GREEN/RED: Self-test
– Flashing GREEN: Power monitor has not been configured
– GREEN: Power monitor is running
– Flashing RED: Power monitor has detected a recoverable minor fault
– RED: Power monitor has detected a non-recoverable major fault
• Network status (Native Ethernet port)
– OFF: No control power
– Flashing GREEN/RED: Self-test
– Flashing GREEN: No CIP connection
– Solid GREEN: CIP connection established
– Flashing RED: CIP connection timed out
– Solid RED: Duplicate IP address detected
• Power status
– OFF: No control power
– GREEN: Control power is present
• Four internally-powered (24V DC) status inputs
• Status input 2 can be used for demand period synchronization
• KYZ DPDT solid-state relay for signaling use
• Three DPDT control relays
• 120…240V AC, 50/60 Hz or 120…240V DC
• 24V DC
• Direct connect to up to 690V AC 3-phase line to line
• Maximum nominal line to ground voltage 690
• Use potential transformers (PTs) for higher voltages
• Neutral voltage and ground voltage connections
• Nominal input current 5 A
• Use current transformers (CTs) to connect to power system
Indicates that a virtual wiring correction command has been applied to resolve wiring errors without rewiring.
See Wiring Correction on page 61
.
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Functionality
Table 2 - PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Functions
Measured Parameters
Voltage, L-L and L-N
Current, per phase and total
Frequency, last cycle and average
Voltage unbalance
Current unbalance
Real power, kW
Symmetrical Component Analysis
Reactive power, kVAR
Apparent power, kVA
True power factor, per phase and total
Displacement power factor, per phase and total
Reactive energy, kVARh
Real energy, kWh
Apparent energy, kVAh
Real power demand, kW
Reactive power demand, kVAR
Apparent power demand, kVA
Projected kW demand
Projected kVAR demand
Projected kVA demand
Demand power factor
Crest factor, V-V, V-N, and I, per phase
EN 61000-4-30 10/12 cycle metering
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M5
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
\
Table 3 - Logging Functions
Logging Function
Energy log
Data log
Min/max log
Load factor log
Time of use log
Event log
Setpoint log
Alarm log
Power Quality log
Waveform log
Trigger Data log
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M5
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M6
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M6
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1428-M8
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M8
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Overview Chapter 1
15
Chapter 1 PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Overview
Table 3 - Logging Functions
Logging Function
Snapshot log
EN 50160 weekly log
EN 50160 yearly log
Table 4 - Other Functions
Function
Security
Wiring diagnostics
Wiring correction
Network time synchronization
Network demand synchronization
Configuration lock
IEEE 1588 Precision Time Protocol
Waveform synchronization broadcast (WSB)
Relay (3) and KYZ (1) outputs
Status inputs (4)
Setpoint programming
Sag and swell detection
Logical setpoint programming
Web page
CIP energy object
1426-M5
•
1426-M6
•
•
•
1428-M8
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M5
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M6
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M8
Refer to
Power Quality Monitoring on page 79 for a listing of power quality
functions.
Before You Begin
Use this document as a guide for installing, wiring, connecting, applying power, and configuring your power monitor to provide electric power, energy, and power quality information through your web browser, FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software, or other applications. You must already be familiar with AC power and power metering.
Product Disposal
At the end of its life, this equipment must be collected separately from any unsorted municipal waste.
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Chapter
2
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Only qualified personnel can install, wire, service, and maintain this equipment.
Refer to and follow the safety guidelines and pay attention to all warnings and notices in these instructions.
ATTENTION: Electrostatic discharge can damage integrated circuits or semiconductors. Follow these guidelines when you handle the module:
• Touch a grounded object to discharge static potential.
• Wear an approved wrist strap grounding device.
• Do not open the module or attempt to service internal components.
• Use a static safe work station, if available.
• Keep the module in its static shield bag when not in use.
Mounting Considerations
Mount the PowerMonitor 5000 unit in a suitable protective enclosure. Select an enclosure that protects the unit from atmospheric contaminants, such as oil, water, moisture, dust, corrosive vapors, and other harmful airborne substances.
Make sure the enclosure protects against personal contact with energized circuits.
The ambient temperature within the enclosure must remain within the limits
listed in Appendix B , Technical Specifications . Select an enclosure that provides
adequate clearance for ventilation and wiring for the power monitor and other equipment to be installed within the enclosure.
See PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Dimensions on page 18 for dimensions and
spacing guidelines for the power monitor.
When installed within a substation or switchgear lineup, we recommend that the power monitor be mounted within a low-voltage cubicle, isolated from medium and high-voltage circuits. Be sure that the mounting panel is properly connected to a low-impedance earth ground.
Mount the enclosure in a position that allows full access to the unit. Install the unit with the ventilation slots in the bottom and top of the unit unobstructed to assure adequate free convection cooling of its internal electronic components.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 17
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
IMPORTANT Use caution not to block the ventilation slots of the power monitor. All wiring, wire ways, enclosure components, and other obstructions must be a minimum of 50 mm (2.0 in.) from the top and bottom of the unit to provide ventilation and electrical isolation. Units can be mounted side-by-side.
Note that access to the USB device port is required for initial configuration of the power monitor and can be required for eventual administration and maintenance. Consider safe and convenient access to the power monitor front panel when planning the installation location.
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Dimensions
25
1 . 00
185
7 . 29
132
5 . 23
Mounting Hole Tolerance:
±0.4 mm (0.016 in.)
Dimensions are in mm/in.
Depth: 178/7.0
132
5 . 20
124
4 . 88
118
4 . 65
LNK
ACT
Config Lock
Module status
Network status
USB
Device
USB
Host
Power
---- S1
S2
---- S3
S4
---- S com
S com
---- K
Y
---- Z
R1 O
---- R1 com
R1 C
---- R2 O
R2 com
---- R2 C
R3 O
---- R3 com
R3 C
K
PowerMonitor 5000
Z
Y
Rx O
Internal
24 VDC
Rx com
S n
Rx C
Scom
24V com
L1
L2
GND
V1
V2
V3
VN
VG
Virtual Wiring
Correction
I 1
I 2
I 3
I 4
3 .3
0 . 13
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Chapter 2
Mounting Orientation Options
We recommend that you mount the power monitor to a vertical panel with the ventilation slots at the top and bottom. You can also mount the unit on a horizontal surface, however, the maximum ambient operating temperature in this orientation is 60 °C (140 °F). Do not mount the unit with the ventilation slots at the side. Refer to the figure below.
Panel Mounting
Follow these steps for panel mounting a PowerMonitor 5000 unit.
1.
Use the power monitor as a template and mark pilot holes on your panel.
2.
Drill pilot holes for M4 or #8 screws.
ATTENTION: During mounting of all devices, make sure that all debris (such as metal chips or wire strands) is kept from falling into the power monitor. Debris that falls into the module could cause damage when the device is energized.
3.
Use M4 or #8 screws to mount the power monitor to your panel and tighten to 1.16 N•m (10 lb•in).
4.
Ground the power monitor on a ground bus with a low-impedance earth ground connection.
5.
Connect the ground bus to a functional earth ground on the panel.
IMPORTANT The upper mounting slots are equipped with protective conductor terminals, that must make metal-to-metal contact with the grounded mounting panel.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 19
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Wire the PowerMonitor 5000
Unit
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit is equipped with screw terminals with pressure plates and finger protection for the control power, I/O wiring, and voltage connections. The I/O wiring block is removable.
Current sensing conductors are routed through openings in the power monitor housing.
Figure 2 - Terminal Block Layout
V1
---- S1
S2
---- S3
S4
---- S com
S com
---- K
Y
---- Z
R1 O
---- R1 com
R1 C
---- R2 O
R2 com
---- R2 C
R3 O
---- R3 com
R3 C
24V com
L1
L2
GND
V2
V3
VN
VG
20
Wiring Category
Control Power
Input/Output (I/O)
Voltage Sensing
Current Sensing
Wire Type
Cu - 75 °C (167 °F)
Wire Requirements
Wire Size Range Wires per Terminal
0.25…2.5 mm
2
(22…14 AWG) 2 max
0.5…0.8 mm
2
(20…18 AWG)
0.75…2.5 mm
2
(18…14 AWG)
4 mm
2
max (12 AWG max) 1 max
Recommended Torque
1.27 N•m (11.24 lb•in)
0.68 N•m (6 lb•in)
1.50 N•m (13.3 lb•in)
N/A
Grounding
This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface, such as a metal panel. The upper mounting slots are equipped with protective conductor terminals, which must make metal-to-metal contact with the mounting panel. In solid-state systems, grounding helps limit the effects of noise due to electromagnetic interference (EMI).
Connect a 2.5 mm
2
(14 AWG) wire from the GND terminal of the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit to the ground bus or other low-impedance earth ground prior to connecting the control power or any other connections.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Chapter 2
You must ground voltage and current sensing circuits to limit the maximum voltage to ground for safety. Ground CT secondary circuits at either the CT or the shorting terminal block. All grounds must be made to a common ground bus or terminal.
Refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1
, for additional information.
Wiring Accessory Kit
The power monitor accessory kit simplifies the installation of a
PowerMonitor 5000 unit by making all the required installation accessories available in one catalog number, 1400-PM-ACC. The accessory kit includes three10 A fuses and blocks for protecting voltage sensing wiring, a 1 A fuse and block for control wiring protection, and an 8-pole shorting terminal block for
CT wiring. Please contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell
Automation sales representative for more information.
Voltage and Current Sensing Connections
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit is capable of monitoring a variety of three-phase, single-phase, and split-phase circuits. The voltage sensing connections, current sensing wiring, and metering mode need to be selected to match the configuration of the circuit being monitored.
provides a key to selecting the proper wiring diagrams and metering modes.
Table 5 - Selecting Wiring Diagrams and Metering Modes
Circuit Type Line - Line Voltage No. of CTs
3-phase, 4-wire Wye
≤
690 V 3
3-phase, 3-wire grounded Wye
> 690 V
≤
690 V
3-phase, 4-wire impedance grounded
Wye
> 690 V
≤
690 V
> 690 V
3-phase, 3-wire Delta or ungrounded Wye
≤
690 V
Split-phase
> 690 V
≤
690 V
> 690 V
2
3
2
3
2/1
2/1
-
3
-
No. of PTs
-
-
3
3 L-N
3 L-N, 1 N-G
2
(2)
-
2/1
Voltage Sensing
Diagram V1
Diagram V3
Diagram V2
Diagram V5
Diagram V1
Diagram V3
Diagram V4
Diagram V2
Diagram V6
Diagram V7
Diagram V8
Current Sensing
Diagram I3
Diagram I2
Diagram I3
Diagram I2
Diagram I3
Diagram I1
Metering_Mode
Wye
Delta 2 CT
Delta 3 CT
Open Delta 2 CT
Open Delta 3 CT
Split-phase
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 21
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Table 5 - Selecting Wiring Diagrams and Metering Modes
Circuit Type
3-phase, 3-wire Delta,
Grounded B Phase
(1)
Line - Line Voltage No. of CTs
≤
690 V 2
3
≤
690 V 3 3-phase, 4-wire highleg
(wildcat)
Single phase
For demo use -
≤
690 V
> 690 V
-
1
1
-
-
-
No. of PTs
-
-
1
Voltage Sensing
Diagram V9
Diagram V10
-
Diagram V11
Diagram V12
(1) Delta Grounded B Phase and Delta High-Leg are not supported above 690 V L-L. Use the 3-phase, 3-wire Delta circuit type.
(2) 2 PTs used in open-delta configuration.
-
Current Sensing
Diagram I2
Diagram I3
Diagram I3
Diagram I4
Metering_Mode
Delta Grd B Ph 2 CT
Delta Grd B Ph 3 CT
Delta High Leg
Single phase
Demo
Voltage Sensing
Circuits rated up to 690V AC line-to-line can be connected directly. Higher voltages require potential transformers (PTs), also known as voltage transformers
(VTs), to step the voltage down.
Wiring must conform to all applicable codes and standards. In particular, suitable overcurrent protection must be provided by the user, with current and interrupting ratings selected to protect the wiring.
Pay particular attention to correct phasing and polarity of voltage connections.
The diagrams use the ‘dot’ convention to indicate transformer polarity. The dot indicates the H1 and X1 terminals on the high side and low side of the transformer respectively.
When wiring a PowerMonitor 5000 unit to existing PTs and metering devices, the voltage sensing terminals of the PowerMonitor 5000 unit must be connected in parallel with the voltage sensing terminals of the existing metering devices.
The following wiring diagrams indicate typical voltage sensing connections to various types of power systems.
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Chapter 2
Figure 3 - Diagram V1 - 3-phase, 4-wire Wye, (690V AC line-to-line maximum)
Line
L1 L2 L3 N
Metering_Mode = Wye
PowerMonitor 5000
Fuses (by user)
V1
(1)
VN
VG
V2
V3
Load
(1) Fuse in neutral connection is required for impedance grounded systems.
Ground
Figure 4 - Diagram V2 - 3-phase, 3-wire Grounded Wye, or 3-phase, 3-wire Delta (690V AC line-toline maximum)
L1
Line
L2 L3
Metering_Mode = Wye,
Delta 2 CT or Delta 3 CT, as applicable
PowerMonitor 5000
Fuses (by user)
V1
V2
V3
VN
VG
Load
Ground
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 23
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Figure 5 - Diagram V3 - 3-phase, 4-wire Wye or Impedance Grounded Wye with PTs (no neutral PT)
Line
Metering_Mode = Wye
L1 L2 L3 N
PowerMonitor 5000
Fuses (by user) PTs (by user)
V3
VN
VG
V1
V2
(1)
Ground
Load Ground
(1) Fuse in neutral connection is required for impedance grounded systems.
Figure 6 - Diagram V4 - 3-phase, 4-wire Impedance Grounded Wye with Line and Neutral PTs
Line
L1 L2 L3 N Metering_Mode = Wye
Fuses (by user) PTs (by user)
PowerMonitor 5000
V3
VN
V1
V2
VG
Ground
Load
Ground Ground
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Chapter 2
Figure 7 - Diagram V5 -3-phase, 3-wire Grounded Wye with PTs
Line
L1 L2 L3
Metering_Mode = Wye
Fuses (by user) PTs (by user)
PowerMonitor 5000
V3
VN
VG
V1
V2
Load Ground Ground
Figure 8 - Diagram V6 - 3-phase, 3-wire Open Delta with Two PTs
Line
L1 L2 L3 Metering_Mode = Open Delta 2 CT or Open Delta 3 CT, as applicable
Fuses (by user) PTs (by user)
PowerMonitor 5000
V1
V2
V3
VN
VG
Ground
Ground
Ground
Load
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 25
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Figure 9 - Diagram V7 - Split-phase (690V AC line-to-line maximum)
Line
L1 L2 L3 N
Metering_Mode = Split-phase
PowerMonitor 5000
Fuses (by user)
V1
V2
V3
VN
VG
Load
Ground
Figure 10 - Diagram V8 - Split-phase with PTs
Line
Metering_Mode = Split-phase
L1 L2 N
Fuses (by user)
PTs (by user)
PowerMonitor 5000
V3
VN
VG
V1
V2
Ground
Ground
Load
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
L1 L2 L3 N
Fuses (by user)
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Chapter 2
Figure 11 - Diagram V9 - 3-phase, 3-wire Grounded B-phase (690V AC line-to-line maximum)
Line
Metering_Mode = Delta Grd B Ph 2 CT or Delta Grd B Ph 3 CT, as applicable
L1 L2 L3
Distribution
Ground
Fuses (by user)
V3
VN
VG
PowerMonitor 5000
V1
V2
(1)
Load
Ground
(1) You can also connect V2 to L2. In this case, omit the connection from V2 to VN.
Figure 12 - Diagram V10 - 3-phase, 4-wire High-leg Delta (690V AC line-to-line maximum)
B
High-leg
Transformer
(by user)
A
N
C Metering_Mode = Delta High-leg
PowerMonitor 5000
V3
VN
VG
V1
V2
Load
Ground
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 27
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Figure 13 - Diagram V11 - Single-phase (690V AC line-to-line maximum)
L1
Line
L2
Voltage Mode = Single-phase
PowerMonitor 5000
Fuses (by user)
V3
VN
VG
V1
V2
Load
Ground
Figure 14 - Diagram V12 - Single-phase with PTs
Line
Voltage Mode = Single-phase
L1 L2
PowerMonitor 5000
Fuses (by user)
PTs (by user)
V3
VN
VG
V1
V2
Ground
Load
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Chapter 2
Current Sensing
Route the CT secondary wiring through the openings in the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit as shown.
I1
I2
I3
I4
X1
X2
To shorting terminal block and current transformer (CT).
Use a shorting terminal block (included in the 1400-PM-ACC accessory kit), test block, or shorting switch (by user) for CT wiring to permit safely servicing connected equipment such as the PowerMonitor 5000 unit without deenergizing the power system.
Use 2.5 mm
2
(14 AWG) or 3.3 mm
2
(12 AWG) (maximum) wiring between the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit and the shorting block. Use 2.5 mm
2
(14 AWG) or larger wire between the shorting block and the CTs, depending on the length of the circuit. Longer circuits require larger wire so that the wiring burden does not exceed the CT burden rating and reduce system accuracy. Note that the diameter of the current sensing wiring openings is 7 mm (0.27 in.).
IMPORTANT Ring lugs are recommended for making CT secondary connections. Standard ring lugs do not pass through the current sensing openings of the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit. We recommend that the installer pass the wire from the shorting terminal block through the current sensing opening before crimping on ring lugs.
When wiring a PowerMonitor 5000 unit to existing CTs and metering devices, current sensing circuits of the PowerMonitor 5000 unit must be wired in series with the CT secondary and current sensing circuits of the existing metering devices.
Do not install overcurrent protection or non-shorting disconnecting means in
CT secondary wiring. Connect the current sensing circuit to a low-impedance earth ground at only one point.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 29
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Pay particular attention to the correct phasing and polarity of current sensing connections. The diagrams use the ‘dot’ convention to indicate transformer polarity. The dot indicates the H1 and X1 terminals on the primary and secondary of the CT respectively. Phasing of the CTs must correspond to the phasing of the voltage sensing connections.
The following wiring diagrams indicate typical current sensing connections to various types of power systems.
Figure 15 - Diagram I1 - Split-phase, 2 CTs
Line
L1 L2
N
(if used)
Metering_Mode = Split-phase
Shorting Terminal
Block (by user)
CTs (by user)
CT1
PowerMonitor 5000
I1
X1
CT2
I2
X1
I3
X1
CTN
(if used)
I4
X1
Load Ground
Figure 16 - Diagram I2 - 3-phase, 3-wire, 2 CTs
Line
L1 L2 L3
Metering_Mode = Delta 2 CT, Open Delta 2 CT, or Delta Grd B Ph 2 CT, as applicable
Shorting Terminal
Block (by user)
CTs (by user)
CT1
PowerMonitor 5000
I1
X1
CT3
2 CTs Can Be Used Only
On 3-wire Systems
I2
X1
I3
X1
I4
X1
Load Ground
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Chapter 2
Figure 17 - Diagram I3 - 3-phase, 3- or 4-wire, 3 CTs
Metering_Mode = Wye, Delta 3 CT, Open Delta 3 CT,
Delta Grd B Ph 3 CT, or Delta High-leg, as applicable
Line
L1 L2 L3
N
(if used)
Shorting Terminal
Block (by user)
PowerMonitor 5000
CTs (by user)
CT1
I1
X1
CT2
I2
X1
CT3
I3
X1
CT4
(if used) I4
X1
Load
Ground
Figure 18 - Diagram I4 - Single phase, 1 CT
L1 L2
Line Voltage Mode = Single-phase
Shorting Terminal
Block (by user)
CT (by user)
CT1
PowerMonitor 5000
I1
X1
Ground
Load
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 31
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
32
Status Inputs
Up to four dry (non-powered) contacts can be connected to the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit status inputs. The status input derives 24V DC power from its internal power supply.
Connect status inputs by using shielded, twisted-pair cable with the shield connected to the ground bus or other low-impedance earth ground at the contact end only. The diagram indicates typical status input wiring.
Figure 19 - Status Inputs
PowerMonitor 5000
S1
S2
S3
Contact 1
Contact 2
S4
Scom
Scom
Ground
Contact 3
Contact 4
Ground
KYZ and Relay Outputs
The KYZ solid-state relay output can be connected to an external pulse accumulator or controller. Relay outputs can be used for control of loads, switching of circuit breakers, signaling, and other applications. Wetting voltage must be provided by the external device or circuit. The KYZ output is designed for low-current switching. The diagram indicates typical KYZ and relay output wiring.
Figure 20 - KYZ and Relay Outputs
(N.C.) Z
(COM)
(N.O.)
K
Y
IN 1
COM
PowerMonitor 5000
(equivalent circuit)
( + ) ( - )
Wetting Power
Supply
Max 240V AC/DC
(by user)
Pulse Accumulator or Controller
(by user)
(COM)
(N.C.)
Rn C
Rn com
(N.O.)
Rn O
T1
T2
PowerMonitor 5000
(typical for R1, R2, and R3)
( + ) ( - )
Wetting Power
Supply
Max 240V AC/DC
(by user)
Controlled Load
(by user)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Chapter 2
Control Power
Connect the PowerMonitor 5000 unit to a source of 120/240V AC (or 24V DC, shown with dashed lines) control power through a user-provided disconnecting means, such as a switch or circuit breaker close to the power monitor. Provide overcurrent protection sized to protect the wiring, for example, a 5 A rated fuse.
Overcurrent protection is included in the 1400-PM-ACC accessory kit. The
PowerMonitor 5000 unit is internally protected. Apply control power only after all wiring connections are made to the unit.
Figure 21 - Control Power
* *
L1
120/240V AC 50/60 Hz, or 120/ 240V DC
L2
GND
* *
24V
24V DC com
* Provided by user.
Ground
Connect Communication
This section describes how to connect communication networks.
USB Communication
The USB Device port can be used to set-up a temporary, point-to-point connection between a personal computer and the PowerMonitor 5000 unit. This connection is used for configuration, data monitoring, diagnostics, and maintenance by using the unit's built-in web pages. The USB Device port is a standard USB Mini-B receptacle. You need to install drivers to enable USB communication.
To connect your personal computer to the PowerMonitor 5000 unit, use a standard USB cable with a Type-A and Mini-B male plugs, Allen-Bradley catalog number 2711C-CBL-UU02 or equivalent.
TIP You can also display the PowerMonitor 5000 web interface by using a
PanelView Plus 6 terminal with a 2711P-RP9_ logic module with extended features. USB communication drivers are already installed in the logic module.
Refer to Configure the Connection on page 36
to continue the setup.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 33
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Install Drivers
You can download drivers from http://www.rockwellautomation.com/compatibility .
Follow the steps listed below to install the USB driver.
1.
Connect the PowerMonitor 5000 unit to your computer with a USB cable and apply power to the power monitor.
The computer detects the new device and prompts you to install the driver.
2.
Click ‘Yes, this time only’ and click Next.
3.
Click Install from a list or specific location (Advanced) and click Next.
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Chapter 2
4.
Click Browse and select the folder containing the driver .inf file.
5.
Click Next.
Wait while the driver installs.
6.
Click Finish when the driver installation is complete.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 35
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Configure the Connection
Follow these steps to configure the connection.
1.
From the Windows desktop, choose Start > Settings > Network
Connections.
A new Local Area Connection with a Device Name ‘Remote NDIS based
Device’ was added when you installed the driver.
2.
Right-click the connection name and choose Properties.
TIP Setting up a PanelView 6 terminal in Windows CE follows a similar process.
Please refer to the Rockwell Automation Knowledgebase answer ID 115608 or
455067 if you need further details.
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Chapter 2
3.
Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and click Properties.
4.
Click Use the following IP address and type in the address
192.168.169.100.
The default subnet mask 255.255.255.0 is correct. The IP address of the
PowerMonitor 5000 USB port is 192.168.169.3 and cannot be changed by the user.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 37
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Browse the PowerMonitor 5000 Web Page by Using the USB Connection
Open the Internet Explorer browser on the computer and browse to the url http://192.168.169.3.
The PowerMonitor 5000 web page displays in your browser.
By default the security setting of the power monitor's webpage is disabled.
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Chapter 2
Native Ethernet Communication
6
7
4
5
8
2
3
Terminal
1
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit connects easily to industry-standard Ethernet hubs and switches by using standard CAT-5 UTP (unshielded twisted-pair) cables with RJ45 connectors. The table below shows the cable and connector pin assignments.
Table 6 - Cable and Connector Pin Assignments
Signal
TX+
TX-
RX+
Function
TX+
TX-
RX+
RXRX-
Typical Ethernet connections are shown in the diagram below.
Figure 22 - Typical Ethernet Connections
Ethernet Switch Uplink to LAN
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
LNK
ACT
Config Lock
Module status
Network status
USB
Device
USB
Host
Power
---- S1
S2
---- S3
S4
---- S com
S com
---- K
Y
---- Z
R1 O
---- R1 com
R1 C
---- R2 O
R2 com
---- R2 C
R3 O
---- R3 com
R3 C
PowerMonitor 5000
K Z
Y
Rx O
Internal
24 VDC
Rx com Rx C
S n Scom
L1
L2
GND
24V com
V3
VN
VG
V1
V2
Virtual Wiring
Correction
I 1
I 2
I 3
I 4
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Config Lock
Module status
Network
USB status
Device
USB
Host
LNK
ACT
Power
---- S1
S2
---- S3
S4
---- S com
S com
---- K
Y
---- Z
R1 O
---- R1 com
R1 C
---- R2 O
R2 com
---- R2 C
R3 O
---- R3 com
R3 C
PowerMonitor 5000
K Z
Y
Rx O
Internal
24 VDC
Rx com
S n
Rx C
Scom
L1
L2
GND
24V com
V1
VN
VG
V2
V3
Virtual Wiring
Correction
I 1
I 2
I 3
I 4
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 39
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Optional DeviceNet Network Communication
An optional DeviceNet port can be factory-installed in PowerMonitor 5000 units with a catalog number ending in -DNT, and can also be purchased from
Rockwell Automation and installed by the user.
ATTENTION: Power must be removed from the power monitor before inserting or removing an optional communication card. Inserting or removing an optional communication card under power can damage the card or the power monitor.
For information on installing the optional communication card, see the
PowerMonitor 5000 Optional Communication Modules Installation
Instructions, publication 1426-IN002 .
For detailed DeviceNet system installation information, including cable lengths, the placement of terminating resistors, power supplies, and other media components, refer to the DeviceNet Cable System Planning and Installation
Manual, publication DNET-UM072 .
Install suitable terminating resistors at the ends of the DeviceNet cable.
IMPORTANT You must install and wire a suitable 24V DC power supply to the V+ and V- conductors in the DeviceNet cable. The power monitor consumes less than
50 mA from the DeviceNet 24V DC supply.
Configuration options for optional DeviceNet communication include the node address (MAC ID) and data rate. Defaults are node 63 and 125 Kbps.
Table 7 - DeviceNet Terminal Block Wiring Connections
2
1
4
3
Terminal
5
Signal
VDC+ (V+)
CAN_H
SHIELD
CAN_L
COM (V-)
Function
Power Supply
Signal High
Shield
Signal Low
Common
Color
Red
White
Uninsulated
Blue
Black
IMPORTANT Terminal numbers are listed as they appear on the connector.
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Chapter 2
Figure 23 - Connecting a PowerMonitor 5000 Unit to Other DeviceNet Devices
Config Lock
Module status
Network status
USB
Device
USB
Host
LNK
ACT
Power
---- S1
S2
---- S3
S4
---- S com
S com
---- K
Y
---- Z
R1 O
---- R1 com
R1 C
---- R2 O
R2 com
---- R2 C
R3 O
---- R3 com
R3 C
PowerMonitor 5000
K Z
Y
Rx O Rx com
Internal
24VDC S n
Rx C
Scom
V1
V2
Virtual Wiring
Correction
L1
L2
GND
24V com
V3
VN
VG
I 1
I 2
I 3
I 4
V+ - Red
CAN_H - White
SHLD - Bare
CAN_L - Blue
V- - Black
121 Ω
Terminating
Resistor
(See Note 2)
Personal Computer With
1784-PCDPCMCIA Interface Card
Or
1770-KFD Interface Box
V+
CAN_H
SHLD
CAN_L
V-
Or
ControlLogix® Controller
With 1756-DNB Scanner
V+
CAN_H
SHLD
CAN_L
V-
Or
SLC™ Controller With
1747-SDN Scanner
Or Other DeviceNet
Scanner Devices
V+
CAN_H
SHLD
CAN_L
V-
DeviceNet
24V DC
Power Supply
-
+
1) Example network protrayed.
For detailed DeviceNet
cable requirements, refer to
the DeviceNet Cable System
Planning and Installation Manual,
2) Terminating resistors
must be connected
to each end of the
DeviceNet network. Omit the
if the devices are already
equipped with internal
121
Terminating
Resistor
(see Note 2)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 41
Chapter 2 Install the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Optional ControlNet Communications
An optional ControlNet port can be factory-installed in PowerMonitor 5000 units with a catalog number ending in -CNT, and can also be purchased from
Rockwell Automation and installed by the user.
ATTENTION: Power must be removed from the power monitor before inserting or removing an optional communication card. Inserting or removing an optional communication card under power can damage the card or the power monitor.
For information on installing the optional communication card, see the
PowerMonitor 5000 Optional Communication Modules Installation
Instructions, publication 1426-IN002 .
A ControlNet media installation includes trunk cable, taps and terminators, and can include optional redundant media. For detailed ControlNet system installation information, refer to the ControlNet Coax Media Planning and
Installation Guide, publication CNET-IN002 , and the ControlNet Network
Configuration User Manual, publication CNET-UM001 .
This diagram shows a simple ControlNet network installation using redundant media.
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Config Lock
Module status
Network status
USB
Device
USB
Host
LNK
ACT
Power
Y
---- Z
R1 O
---- R1 com
R1 C
---- R2 O
R2 com
---- S1
S2
---- S3
S4
---- S com
S com
---- K
---- R2 C
R3 O
---- R3 com
R3 C
PowerMonitor 5000
K Z
Y
Rx O
Internal
24 VDC
Rx com Rx C
S n Scom
24V com
L1
L2
GND
V1
V2
V3
VN
VG
Virtual Wiring
Correction
I 1
I 2
I 3
I 4
Chapter
3
Setup and Commands
Setup Using the Web
Interface
Although the PowerMonitor 5000 unit ships from the factory with default settings, you need to configure it for your particular requirements. The
PowerMonitor 5000 unit provides a built-in Web interface for monitoring, configuration, and commands through its native Ethernet communication port and its USB device port. You perform initial configuration by using the power monitor's built-in USB Web interface. Once initial setup is complete, you can continue configuring the PowerMonitor 5000 unit by using its USB or network
Web interface, by using optional software, or by communicating with the power monitor's data table.
This section describes how to use the USB and Ethernet Web interface for setup.
You can find information on configuring various functions of the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit in the following chapters:
•
•
Chapter 5 Power Quality Monitoring
•
•
•
If you are using optional software, such as FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software, please refer to publication
FTEM-UM002, for information. If you are using data communication for setup,
refer to the Communication on page 187 for information.
For initial setup, connect a personal computer to the PowerMonitor 5000 unit by
using a USB cable. Refer to USB Communication on page 33
.
Initial setup is usually performed by using the USB Web interface and initial security setup can be performed only by using the USB Web interface.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 43
Chapter 3 Setup and Commands
Open the Internet Explorer browser and browse to http://192.168.169.3. The
PowerMonitor 5000 home page displays in your browser as shown below. The home page displays general information about the PowerMonitor 5000 unit. You can navigate by clicking folders and pages from the tree on the left.
44
Initial setup by using the USB Web interface includes at least the following configuration steps:
• Basic Metering - this aligns the power monitor metering functionality with the properties of the circuit to which it connects
• Wiring Diagnostics and Wiring Correction (if needed) - this assesses the wiring of the unit and makes corrections without changing the wiring
• Native Ethernet Network Communication - this permits access to the unit for data monitoring and setup through an Ethernet network
• Optional Communication - this permits access to the unit for data monitoring and setup through an optional communication card
• Date and Time - this sets the unit's internal clock so that time stamps in logged data are correct
• Security (if desired) - enabling and configuring security guards against unauthorized changes to the power monitor configuration
Once initial setup has been completed, including configuration of the Ethernet
IP address, you can also access the Web interface from a computer connected through a network to the PowerMonitor 5000 unit’s native Ethernet port. Open the Internet Explorer browser and browse to the IP address of the unit.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Setup and Commands Chapter 3
Obtaining Access to the Configuration Pages
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit initially has security disabled by default. If your power monitor's security is disabled, you can continue setting up the unit without logging in.
If Security is Enabled
If security is enabled, the web page header displays ‘Logged in as:’ and a Log in link.
If security is enabled, you need to log in as an administrator to configure setup parameters. If not logged in as an administrator, you can view, but not change, configuration parameters. If you need to log in, click the Log in link.
The USB connection has a special administrator account. Follow these steps to log in with this account.
1.
Type in the user name usbadmin.
2.
Type in the password usbadmin.
3.
Click Log In.
A dialog box reports the result.
To log in from the network Web interface, select a previously configured administrator account user name and password. The PowerMonitor 5000 unit does not permit logging in with the USB administrator login from the network.
You remain logged in until you log out or until 30 minutes have passed since configuration changes have been applied.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 45
Chapter 3 Setup and Commands
How to Set Up the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
From any power monitor web page, click the Configuration folder. A list of available configuration pages is displayed in the tree. The steps for entering, editing, and applying configuration parameters are similar for each configuration page. The configuration parameters and their properties are described in the following chapters:
•
•
Chapter 5 Power Quality Monitoring
•
•
•
The configuration pages contain text boxes for entering parameter values, pulldown menus for selecting enumerated parameter values, and an Apply Changes button for committing changes to the power monitor. The power monitor checks that parameter values are within their valid range before applying them. A dialog box appears to report the success or reason for failure of an attempt to apply new parameters.
Basic Metering Setup
Follow these steps to configure the basic metering parameters.
1.
Click the Metering_Basic page under the open Configuration folder.
This page displays the existing basic metering configuration of the power monitor, including the metering mode, PT (VT) and CT ratios, nominal voltage and frequency, and demand.
You can select other configuration pages by clicking the desired page in the tree, or by clicking the corresponding tab in the page.
2.
To change the basic metering setup, enter the desired values into the text boxes, scroll down, and click Apply Changes.
A dialog box appears to report the result of the setup change.
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Setup and Commands Chapter 3
EXAMPLE This Metering_Basic page illustrates the setup for a 480V, 3-phase system with 1000:5 current transformer
(CT) ratios on all phases and the neutral.
Native Ethernet Communication Setup
Choose the Configuration folder and choose the CommunicationsNative page.
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit is set up by default to obtain an IP address automatically from a DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) server. If your power monitor is on a network served by a DHCP server, and the power monitor is connected to the network, it has probably already been assigned an IP address.
We recommend that each power monitor be assigned a static, or fixed, IP address, because DHCP addresses can change from time to time, resulting in loss of communication with client applications. Obtain a fixed IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, and other network setup parameters from your network administrator. Another option can be to set up the power monitor as a reserved client in the DHCP server.
Refer to Communication on page 187 for more information on communication
setup parameters.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 47
Chapter 3 Setup and Commands
EXAMPLE This example explains how to change from a DHCP-assigned to a static IP address.
The initial network configuration is shown below. The IP address assigned is 192.168.200.8. The network administrator has provided a range of static IP addresses in the same subnet, beginning with
192.168.200.100. In this case, the default gateway and DNS servers remain the same for static or DHCPobtained addresses (verify if this is true in your case with your network administrator).
To change to the new address, from the IP_Address_Obtain pull-down menu choose Static, type in the new
IP address, and click Apply Changes.
48
IMPORTANT You can change the network configuration from the USB or network web pages. If you change the IP address from the network Web interface, you need to browse to the new IP address to re-establish communication.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Setup and Commands Chapter 3
Optional DeviceNet Communication Setup
Choose the Configuration folder and choose the OptionalComm page, which lets you set the address and communication rate to operate in your system. The range for DeviceNet_Address is 0…63 (default). The selections for
DeviceNet_Baudrate are the following:
• 0 = 125 Kbps (default)
• 1 = 250 Kbps
• 2 = 500 Kbps
• 3 = Autobaud
Refer to Optional DeviceNet Communication on page 188 for more
information on optional DeviceNet communication parameters.
IMPORTANT You can also set up or change the DeviceNet port parameters by using
RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software or similar utilities.
Optional ControlNet Communication Setup
Choose the Configuration folder and then choose the OptionalComm page. The
ControlNet address is the only configurable parameter. The default is 255.
Set Up Date and Time
Follow these steps to set the date and time.
1.
Choose the Configuration folder and choose the DateTime page.
2.
Enter the year, month, day, hour, and minute into the corresponding input fields and click Apply Changes.
If your power monitor is set up for time synchronization with either a
SNTP or IEEE 1588 PTP server, the time is already set.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 49
Chapter 3 Setup and Commands
Set Up Initial Security
If you choose to enable security on the power monitor, you must perform the initial security setup by using the USB Web interface.
1.
In the USB web page, choose the Security folder and then the Security page.
2.
From the Security Defaults pull-down menu, choose Enable Security.
3.
Accept the prompt regarding enabling security and accept the prompt to reload the web pages.
4.
Log in with user name usbadmin and password usbadmin.
5.
Accept the prompt that the login was successful.
6.
To add a network administrator, click AddNew.
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Setup and Commands Chapter 3
7.
Enter a username and password for a network administrator.
The username and password can be any string up to 32 characters in length. This example sets a username of admin with a password of admin.
Make a note of the new network administrator login for future use and keep it in a secure location.
Now that the network administrator user has been created, you can continue setting up the PowerMonitor 5000 unit by using the USB web page or by connecting through the native EtherNet/IP port and using the network Web interface. This includes the ability to configure additional users, administrators, and application security accounts. Only one administrator class user can be logged in at a time. Be sure to log out when finished editing the unit configuration.
To utilize security with optional communication, set up an application class account by using the USB or Ethernet web page. Security cannot be configured by using optional communications. DeviceNet communication uses application class security, which requires a client application to write the username and password by using explicit messaging before writing configuration and commands or reading logged data.
Test Security
To test the network administrator login, follow these steps.
1.
Browse to the network address of the PowerMonitor 5000 unit.
2.
Click Log in from the page header and enter the user name and password just created and click Log In.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 51
Chapter 3 Setup and Commands
Commands
52
Note that only the USB Web interface can be used to enable, disable, or reset security. If security accounts are lost or forgotten, you need to connect to the
USB Web interface and log in with the usbadmin account to create new network security accounts.
Setting Up Remaining Functions of the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
The remaining functions are set up in the same way as the examples discussed in this section. This manual lists configuration parameters and options for basic metering, communication, and other functions and features of the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit in these chapters:
•
•
Power Quality Monitoring on page 79
•
•
•
Commands let you instruct the power monitor to take various pre-defined actions. Two specialized classes of commands are the following:
• Controller interface command, which allows a controller to provide a demand end-of-interval signal. The use of this command is described in
• Wiring corrections commands, which allow you to correct wiring errors
virtually. Wiring corrections commands are described in Wiring
A third, more general class of commands, is comprised of system register commands. These commands can clear or set energy and status counters, force outputs, clear logs, reset the unit, and restore defaults. They can be initiated by using the web page, optional software, or communication. If security is enabled, a logged-in Administrator class user can initiate commands by using the web page; or a logged-in Application class user can initiate commands by using optional software or communication.
data table is the command interface. The value written into Command Word One or Command Word Two identifies the command to be executed. The commands in Command Word One are disabled if Configuration Lock is active. Some commands require additional values to be written to specified elements of the
example, a value of 18, Clear Setpoint Logic Gate Accumulators, uses the value of
Command.System_Register data table element 3 to determine which logic gate accumulator to clear. The power monitor ignores data table element values that are not associated with a command. The power monitor rejects any attempt to select commands from both Command Word One and Two at the same time.
Chapters 4…8 provide additional detail on commands associated with power monitor functions.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Setup Using Optional
Software
Setup and Commands Chapter 3
FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software, with the RT option, provides a configuration interface for the PowerMonitor 5000 unit, including the ability to upload, edit, download, and back up the unit configuration on a server. Please refer to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix User Manual, publication
FTEM-UM002 , or online help topics for information on configuring the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit by using FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software. Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor, or visit http://www.software.rockwell.com
for more information on available software packages.
Setup Using Communication
Refer to Communication on page 187 for detailed information on unit setup by
using communication with a programmable controller or custom software application.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 53
Chapter 3 Setup and Commands
Notes:
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Basic Metering
Chapter
4
Metering
Topic
Voltage, Current, Frequency Metering
Page
This section describes the functions of the PowerMonitor 5000 unit. Most functions require you to configure set-up parameters to align the unit with your installation and your application requirements. The set-up parameters are listed by name and described in this section. You can view set-up parameters by using the PowerMonitor 5000 web page, and when logged in to an Admin account, make changes to the setup. Set-up parameters are also accessible by using communication.
Please refer to the Data Tables for additional information on setup parameters including the following:
• Range of valid values
• Default values
• Data type
Set-up parameters can be found in data tables with names beginning with
‘Configuration’, for instance Configuration.Metering_Basic.
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit calculates metering results based on the values of a number of set-up parameters. These basic metering parameters are listed in the table that follows. The basic metering setup is necessary to obtain accurate, properly scaled metering results.
This applies to all models of the PowerMonitor 5000 unit.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 55
Chapter 4 Metering
56
Set-up Parameters
The following set-up parameters specify the configuration of the voltage and current sensing circuit, how the metered values are scaled, nominal values, update rate, and averaging. These parameters are found in the power monitor's
Configuration > Metering_Basic web page.
Metering_Mode
Metering_Mode must match the external electrical system and how it is wired to the PowerMonitor voltage and current input terminals. Refer to the wiring diagrams in
Chapter 2 . The following are the selections for the Metering_Mode:
0 = Demo
1 = Split-phase
2 = Wye (default)
3 = Delta, 2 CT
4 = Delta, 3 CT
5 = Open Delta, 2 CT
6 = Open Delta, 3 CT
7 = Delta, Grounded B Phase, 2 CT
8 = Delta, Grounded B Phase, 3 CT
9 = Delta, High Leg
10 = Single Phase
V1_V2_V3_PT_Primary
V1_V2_V3_PT_Secondary
VN_PT_Primary
VN_PT_Secondary
These parameters define the transformation ratios of the potential (voltage) transformers (PTs or VTs) used to connect the power monitor to the measured power circuit. When the power monitor is directly connected to the measured circuit (up to 690V L-L), you can specify any 1:1 ratio.
I1_I2_I3_CT_Primary
I1_I2_I3_CT_Secondary
I4_CT_Primary
These parameters define the transformation ratios of the current transformers
(CTs) used to connect the power monitor to the measured power circuit. The secondary value is permitted to be only 5 A.
Nominal_System_LL_Voltage
Nominal_System_Frequency
These parameters specify the nominal system (line-to-line) voltage and frequency. The power monitor uses these values to optimize metering accuracy, and the M6 and M8 models use these values to set thresholds for detection of power quality events.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Wiring Diagnostics
Metering Chapter 4
Realtime_Update_Rate
This parameter specifies the averaging used and the update rate of metering results to the data tables and setpoint calculations. You can select from the following:
0 = Single cycle averaged over 8 cycles
1 = Single cycle averaged over 4 cycles
2 = 1 cycle with no averaging
Related Functions
• Voltage and Current Metering
• Power Metering
• Energy Metering
• Demand Metering
• Configuration Lock
• Data Logging
• Power Quality monitoring
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit provides a means for you to verify proper power monitor connections and diagnose wiring errors. To meter power and energy correctly, voltage and current inputs must be connected to the power circuit with the correct phase rotation and polarity. Indications of wiring errors include the following:
• Indication of negative real power (kW) on a load, or indication of positive power on a generator
• Power factor outside the range of 45% lagging to 80% leading
• Very different power and/or power factor values on different phases
Wiring diagnostics operate on command in any wiring mode, and require a level of measured current at least 5% of the nominal metering scale, or 250 mA of CT secondary current. For example, a power monitor with 600:5 CT ratios configured for I1, I2, and I3 requires 30 amps of load current for wiring diagnostics to operate.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 57
Chapter 4 Metering
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit calculates phase angles of voltage and current, and checks these against three distinct ranges of system power factor:
• Range 1: lagging 97% to leading 89%. This range is for very high lagging or significantly leading power factors. Examples of loads in this range include data centers, over-excited synchronous motors, and circuits with power factor correction.
• Range 2: lagging 85% to leading 98%. This range includes most industrial circuits that range from lagging to slightly leading power factors, including circuits feeding AC variable-frequency drives.
• Range 3: lagging 52% to lagging 95%. This range exhibits lower lagging power factors. Examples include lightly-loaded motor circuits and DC
SCR drives.
The power monitor displays wiring diagnostic status results for all three power factor ranges when a command is issued. You decide which power factor range applies based upon your knowledge of the circuit and its load characteristics. You can expect more reliable wiring diagnostic results when the circuit is operating in a normal condition, that is, not especially lightly loaded.
illustrates the part power factor plays in wiring diagnostics. The PF ranges show the I1 phase angle limits for each range. The phasor diagram shows the fundamental voltage and currents in a three-phase, 4-wire system operating with a lagging power factor of roughly 85%. In this example, ranges 2 and 3 wiring diagnostic can return good results, but range 1 can incorrectly indicate that all currents are inverted and displaced by a phase, as shown by the –I1, -I2 and –I3 phasors.
Figure 24 - Power Factors and Wiring Diagnostics
58
In addition to wiring diagnostics on command, the PowerMonitor 5000 unit updates voltage and current magnitude and phase angle data continually. These values are used by FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix RT software to display a system phasor diagram.
Wiring diagnostic results can also be used for automatic virtual wiring correction, as described in the next section.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Metering Chapter 4
Applications
This applies to all models.
Setup
Only basic metering setup is required.
Command
Command Word 2
Set this command word value to 11 (decimal) or make selection in web page to initiate wiring diagnostics.
Wiring Diagnostic Results
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit returns the following wiring diagnostic results for all three power factor ranges. Results are available for about 30 minutes after the command is received.
Command_Status
These are the values:
0 = Command Active
1 = Input Level Low
2 = Disabled
3 = Waiting Command
RangeN_Voltage_Input_Missing
RangeN_Current_Input_Missing
These are the values for these parameters:
-1 = Test not run
0 = Test passed
1 = Phase 1 missing
2 = Phase 2 missing
3 = Phase 3 missing
12 = Phase 1 and 2 missing
13 = Phase 1 and 3 missing
23 = Phase 2 and 3 missing
123 = All phases missing
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 59
Chapter 4 Metering
60
Range1_L97_C89_Status
Range2_L85_C98_Status
Range3_L52_L95_Status
0 = pass
1 = fail
RangeN_Voltage_Input_Inverted
RangeN_Current_Input_Inverted
These are the values:
-1 = Test not run
0 = Test passed
1 = Phase 1 inverted
2 = Phase 2 inverted
3 = Phase 3 inverted
12 = Phase 1 and 2 inverted
13 = Phase 1 and 3 inverted
23 = Phase 2 and 3 inverted
123 = All phases inverted
Voltage_Rotation
Current_Rotation
These are the values:
123…321 designating phase and rotation. Example: 213 = Phase 2 then phase 1 then phase 3
-1 = Test not run
4 = Invalid Rotation
5 = Out of range
Phasor Magnitudes and Angles
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit updates these values continually.
Voltage_Phase_1_Angle (always zero)
Voltage_Phase_1_Magnitude
Voltage_Phase_2_Angle
Voltage_Phase_2_Magnitude
Voltage_Phase_3_Angle
Voltage_Phase_3_Magnitude
Current_Phase_1_Angle
Current_Phase_1_Magnitude
Current_Phase_2_Angle
Current_Phase_2_Magnitude
Current_Phase_3_Angle
Current_Phase_3_Magnitude
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Metering Chapter 4
Semantics
Magnitudes are the scaled RMS value of the voltage or current. In Wye and splitphase modes, voltages are reported as line-to-neutral. In Delta modes, voltage is reported as line-to-line. Phase angles are referenced to Phase 1 Voltage, which is defined as zero, consistent with the 4-quadrant metering diagram included in
Note that current angles in Delta modes include a 30° offset due to the phase angle difference between Wye and Delta modes as shown in the following diagram.
Wiring Correction
Related Functions
• Voltage and Current Metering
• Power Metering
• Energy Metering
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit can correct for wiring errors by logically mapping physical voltage and current inputs to voltage and current metering channels. You determine if and when this occurs by issuing a Wiring Corrections Command.
The wiring corrections command offers a number of options:
• Automatically correct the wiring according to the wiring diagnostics results for the power factor range 1, 2, or 3 that you select.
• Manually apply wiring correction.
• Remove previously-applied wiring corrections.
The ‘Virtual Wiring Correction’ status indicator next to the voltage terminal blocks indicates when wiring corrections are in effect.
IMPORTANT Only one wiring correction command can be applied (one command can correct for multiple errors). If a change is needed, first remove the previous wiring correction, and then apply the new wiring correction.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 61
Chapter 4 Metering
62
Applications
This applies to all models.
Setup
Only basic metering setup is required.
Command
The Command.Wiring_Corrections
table comprises the following parameters.
Wiring_Correction_Commands
Wiring_Correction_Commands determines the type of wiring correction to be performed when the command executes. These are the selections:
0 = No command
1 = Correct wiring automatically by using Power Factor Range 1 results
2 = Correct wiring automatically by using Power Factor Range 2 results
3 = Correct wiring automatically by using Power Factor Range 3 results
4 = Correct wiring by using manual input mapping parameters
5 = Remove all wiring corrections.
Input_V1_Mapping
Input_V2_Mapping
Input_V3_Mapping
Input_I1_Mapping
Input_I2_Mapping
Input_I3_Mapping
This collection of parameters determines the mapping of physical voltage inputs to logical voltage channels and physical current inputs to logical current channels.
The following are the permitted values:
1 = Map the physical input to logical channel 1
2 = Map the physical input to logical channel 2
3 = Map the physical input to logical channel 3
-1 = Map the physical input to logical channel 1 and invert its polarity
-2 = Map the physical input to logical channel 2 and invert its polarity
-3 = Map the physical input to logical channel 3 and invert its polarity
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Metering Chapter 4
For example, an Input_I1_Mapping value of -1 inverts the polarity of the secondary connection to the CT on phase 1. The values of these parameters are ignored if automatic wiring correction is selected in the command. If manual input mapping is selected, all mapping parameters are required and the combination is checked for validity (mapping of two physical inputs to the same metering channel is not permitted).
Status
The
table mirrors the parameters of the most recent wiring correction command. In addition, the following parameters report the status of the most recent command.
Last_Cmd_Rejection_Status
These are the values:
0 = No rejection
1 = Rejected; see rejection information
Rejection_Information
These are the values:
0 = No information
1 = Selected range is incomplete
2 = Command is already active. Please use command 5 (remove all wiring corrections) to start over
3 = Two like inputs wired to one terminal
4 = Invalid Input parameter
Related Functions
• Voltage and Current Metering
• Power Metering
• Energy Metering
• Configuration Lock
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 63
Chapter 4 Metering
Metering Overview
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit performs calculations on scaled, digital voltage, and current values. Signals connected to the voltage and current inputs are sampled and their instantaneous values are converted to digital values in an analog-to-digital (A/D) converter section. These values are scaled according to configured PT Primary, PT Secondary, CT Primary, and CT Secondary parameters, and evaluated according to the configured Wiring Mode parameter.
All metering results can be viewed by using the Web interface,
FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software, version 2.0, or standard CIP communication.
Summary of Measurements
• Current: Average Current, Positive/Negative/Zero Sequence, Percent
Unbalance
• Voltage: Line-Line, Line-Neutral, Average, Positive/Negative/Zero
Sequence, Percent Unbalance
• Frequency, Average Frequency
• Power: Real (W), Reactive (VARs), Apparent (VA), Total
• Power Factor: True (Full Bandwidth), Displacement (Fundamental ),
Lead, Lag, Demand
• Real Energy Consumption (kWh, GWH), Forward, Reverse, Net
• Reactive Energy Consumption (kVARh, GVARh) Forward, Reverse, Net
• Apparent Energy Consumption (kVAh, GVAh) Net
• Current Consumption (Amp-h)
• Demand and Projected Demand (kA, kW, kVAR, kVA)
• IEEE Percent Total Harmonic Distortion
• IEC Percent Total Harmonic Distortion
• Crest Factor
• K-Factor
• Phase Rotation (ABC, ACB)
• Time of Use
Metering Accuracy Class
ANSI C12.20 -2010 (clause 8) Class 0.2 and
EN 62053-22 - 2003 (clause 5.5.4) Class 0.2
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Energy Metering
Metering Chapter 4
The power monitor meters the following energy consumption parameters:
• Real Energy Consumption (kWh, GWH), Forward, Reverse, Net
• Reactive Energy Consumption (kVARh, GVARh) Forward, Reverse, Net
• Apparent Energy Consumption (kVAh, GVAh) Net
• Current Consumption (Amp-h)
Applications
This function applies to all PowerMonitor 5000 models.
Table 8 - Energy Metering Metered Parameters kVARh_Fwd
GVARh_Rev kVARh_Rev
GVARh_Net kVARh_Net
GVAh kVAh
GAh kAh
Parameter
GWh_Fwd kWh_Fwd
GWh_Rev kWh_Rev
GWh_Net kWh_Net
GVARh_Fwd
Description
Total real energy consumed
Total real energy consumed
Total real energy produced
Total real energy produced
The sum of forward and reverse real energy
The sum of forward and reverse real energy
Total reactive energy consumed
Range
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
± 0…9,999,999
± 0.000…999,999
0…9,999,999
Total reactive energy consumed
Total reactive energy produced
0.000…999,999
0…9,999,999
Total reactive energy produced 0.000…999,999
Total sum of forward and reverse reactive energy ±0…9,999,999
Total sum of forward and reverse reactive energy ±0.000…999,999
Total apparent energy consumed 0…9,999,999
Total apparent energy consumed
Accumulated amp-hours consumed
Accumulated amp-hours consumed
0.000…999,999
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999 kVARh
GVARh kVARh
GVARh kVARh
GVAh kVAh
GAh kAh
Units
GWh kWh
GWh kWh
GWh kWh
GVARh
Example
A large energy value could be displayed as 123,456,789,234.567 kWh where
123,456 is the GWh metering result and 789,234.567 is the kWh metering result.
Energy results (kWh, kVARh, and kVAh) roll over to 0 after the value of
9,999,999,999,999 or 10
13
-1 is reached.
Setup
Only basic metering setup is required for energy metering.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 65
Chapter 4 Metering
Commands
The following commands are supported by the power monitor:
• Set GWh/kWh register
• Set GVARh/kVARh register
• Set GVAh/kVAh register
• Set GAh/kAh register
• Clear all energy registers
Related Functions
• KYZ output
• Energy log
• Configuration lock
Demand Metering
Demand is an electric power term that expresses the average energy usage over a predefined period. Your electrical energy provider specifies how demand is determined in the rate tariff or schedule that is used to calculate your electric bill.
The power monitor can be configured to align with how your electric-energy provider measures demand by using a fixed demand period or a sliding time window. The demand period can be configured to be timed internally, synchronized to an external demand end-of-interval contact connected to the S2 status input, or synchronized by using communication. The PowerMonitor 5000 unit, by default, calculates demand on a fixed 15-minute demand period, which is synchronized to the power monitor internal clock.
Table 9 - Demand Metering Metered Parameters
Parameter kW_Demand kVAR_Demand kVA_Demand
Demand_PF
Demand_Amperes
Projected_kW_Demand
Projected_kVAR_Demand
Projected_kVA_Demand
Projected_Ampere_Demand
Description
The average total real power during the last demand period.
The average total reactive power during the last demand period.
The average total apparent power during the last demand period.
The average PF during the last demand period.
The average demand for amperes during the last demand period.
The projected total real power for the current demand period.
The projected total reactive power for the current demand period.
Range
± 0.000…9,999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
-100.0…100.0
0.000…9,999,999
± 0.000…9,999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
The projected total apparent power for the current demand period.
The projected average amperes for the current demand period.
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
Units kW kVAR kVA
PF
A kW kVAR kVA
A
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Metering Chapter 4
Projected demand calculates an instantaneous or linear projection of demand at the end of a demand interval.
Demand power factor is calculated by using the following formula.
kVADemand
Demand Calculation
Demand is equal to the average power level during a predefined time interval.
This interval continuously repeats and is typically 15 minutes but can be between
5 and 30 minutes in length. The power monitor computes demand levels for watts, VA, amps, and VARs, and provides two different methods for projecting demand. The formula for real power (kW) demand is shown below.
Demand
=
T
×
t
( t + T
)
P t d t
T = Demand interval duration
T = Time at beginning of interval
P(t) = Power as a function of time
If your electric utility provides a pulse that indicates the end of each demand interval, the power monitor can be set up to determine its demand interval from the utility pulse.
Some electric service providers use the sliding window method. This method breaks the demand interval into many sub-intervals and updates the demand value at the end of each sub-interval.
For example, a 15 minute interval can be divided into 15 one-minute subintervals. Each minute, the following occurs:
• The demand for the sub-interval is calculated and stored.
• The average value of the most recent fifteen sub-intervals is computed to obtain a demand value.
• Sub-interval values older than fifteen minutes are discarded.
Projected Demand Calculation
Projected demand calculates an instantaneous (default) or first-order projection of demand at the end of a demand interval. Select the best projection method for your system by comparing the projected values from each method with the actual
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 67
Chapter 4 Metering demand at the end of the interval. The methods of projecting demand are described below.
68 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Metering Chapter 4
Instantaneous
The power monitor computes instantaneous demand by substituting the elapsed interval duration for the total interval duration (T) in the demand equation. It is therefore identical to the standard computation except it integrates the power only over the elapsed interval duration and calculates the average value over the elapsed duration. The modified equation thus becomes:
(t2 - t1) = Elapsed interval duration and is less than T
First Order Projection
The first order demand projection does the following:
• Uses the instantaneous demand as a starting point
• Computes the trend of the instantaneous demand
• Computes the time remaining in the interval
• Performs a first order projection of what the final demand is at the end of the interval
This method can be useful where your system has a significant base load with additional loads that are switched in and out during the interval.
Setup
Basic Metering and Date and Time setup are required. If the default demand configuration (15-minute fixed interval based on internal clock) satisfies your demand metering requirements, you do not need to change any demand setup parameters.
If you want to customize the demand calculation to match that of your electric service provider, or to satisfy other application requirements, then there are two groups of setup parameters you can change.
Basic demand set-up parameters are found in the Metering_Basic tab under the
Configuration tab.
Demand_Source
Selects the source of the demand end-of-interval (EOI) signal. These are the values:
0 = Internal Timer (default)
1 = Status Input 2
2 = Controller Command (Unit must be set up as a demand sync master)
3 = Ethernet Demand Broadcast
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 69
Chapter 4 Metering
These are the semantics:
• If Demand_Broadcast_Mode_Select is set to master, then a Demand
Source value of 0…2 selects the EOI source that is used to trigger the demand-sync master broadcast.
• If Demand_Broadcast_Mode_Select is set to slave, then a Demand Source value of 0…3 selects the EOI source.
Demand_Period_Length (Minutes)
Specifies the desired period for demand calculations. These are the values:
0 = See semantics
1…99 = Length of time of each demand period in minutes
These are the semantics:
• When set to 0 there is no projected demand calculations.
• If the internal timer is selected, a setting of 0 turns the demand function off.
Number_Demand_Periods
Specifies the number of demand periods to average for demand measurement.
These are the values:
1 = Used for fixed demand period
2…15 = Used for sliding window demand period
Forced_Demand_Sync_Delay
When configured for an external demand source, this parameter defines how long the unit waits for the expected control input (for example, EOI pulse or network demand broadcast), before it starts a new demand period. If this occurs an entry is made in the Event Log. These are the values:
0 = Wait forever
1…900 = Wait this many seconds before starting a new demand period
Network demand synchronization is available on units connected to an Ethernet network. Network-demand synchronization parameters are found in the
Communications_Native tab under Configuration tab.
70 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Metering Chapter 4
Demand_Broadcast_Mode_Select
Demand Ethernet broadcast selection. These are the values:
0 = Slave (default)
1 = Master
IMPORTANT There must be only one master per demand network.
Demand_Broadcast_Port
The common port for demand broadcast messages. These are the values:
300 (default)…400
Commands
Controller command (EOI signal)
Related Functions
• Status inputs
• Time of use log
• Configuration lock
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 71
Chapter 4 Metering
Power Metering
This function applies to all PowerMonitor 5000 models.
Table 10 - Power Metering Metered Parameters
Parameter
L1_kW
L2_kW
L3_kW
Total_kW
L1_kVAR
L2_kVAR
L3_kVAR
Total_kVAR
L1_kVA
L2_kVA
L3_kVA
Total_kVA
L1_True_PF_%
L2_True_PF_%
L3_True_PF_%
Avg_True_PF
L1_Disp_PF
L2_Disp_PF
L3_Disp_PF
Avg_Disp_PF
L1_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
L2_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
L3_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
Total_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
Description
Power of individual phase or sum of phases; signed to show direction
Reactive power of individual phase or sum of all phases; signed to show direction
Range
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
Apparent power of individual phase or sum of all phases
0…9.999E15
The ratio between power and apparent power for individual phase or all phases
0.00…100.00
The cosine of the phase angle between the fundamental voltage and current for an individual phase or all phases
Lead or lag indicator for power factor
1 = leading
-1 = lagging
0.00…100.00
-1…1 -
Units kW kVAR kVA
%
%
Only total three-phase power results are provided when Direct Delta or Open
Delta wiring modes are selected.
72 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Metering Chapter 4
The Magnitude and Direction of Power Quantities chart indicates the relationship between the magnitude and direction of the power quantities and the numeric signs used by the power monitor.
Figure 25 - Magnitude and Direction of Power Quantities
Pf = 0
+kVAR (Import) kVARHR-F (Forward)
90°
(Power Factor
Leading)
(+)
(Power Factor
Lagging)
(-)
II I
Pf = 100%
-kW (Export) kWH-R (Reverse)
180°
(Power Factor
Lagging)
(-)
III IV
(Power Factor
Leading)
(+)
0°
Pf = 100%
+kW (Import) kWH-F (Forward)
270°
Pf = 0
-kVAR (Export) kVARHR-R (Reverse)
Setup
Only basic metering setup is required for power metering.
Related Functions
• Metering result averaging
• Configuration lock
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 73
Chapter 4 Metering
Voltage, Current, Frequency
Metering
This function applies to all PowerMonitor 5000 models.
Table 11 - Voltage, Current, and Frequency Metering Metered Parameters
Parameter
V1_N_Volts
V2_N_Volts
V3_N_Volts
Avg_V_N_Volts
VN_G_Volts
V1_V2_Volts
V2_V3_Volts
Description
RMS line to neutral voltage of individual phase or average of V1, V2, V3
RMS ground to neutral voltage
RMS line to line voltage of individual phase or average of
V1_V2, V2_V3 and V3_V1
Range
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
Units
V
V
V
V3_V1_Volts
Avg_VL_VL_Volts
I1_Amps
I2_Amps
I3_Amps
Avg_Amps
I4_Amps
RMS line current of individual phase or average of I1, I2 and
I3 amps.
Frequency_Hz
Avg_Frequency_Hz
Voltage Rotation
Pos_Seq_Volts
Neg_Seq_Volts
Zero_Seq_Volts
Pos_Seq_Amps
RMS current of phase 4, also known as the neutral or zerosequence current
The frequency of the voltage
Average Frequency over 6 cycles
Voltage rotation has the following designations:
0 = Not metering
123 = ABC rotation
132 = ACB rotation
4 = No rotation
Positive Sequence Voltage
Negative Sequence Voltage
Zero Sequence Voltage
Positive Sequence Amps
Neg_Seq_Amps
Zero_Seq_Amps
Negative Sequence Amps
Zero Sequence Amps
Voltage_Unbalance_% Voltage percent unbalance
Current_Unbalance_% Current percent unbalance
0…9.999E15
A
0…9.999E15
40.00…70.00
40.00…70.00
0…132
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
A
Hz
Hz
V
V
V
A
A
A
%
%
Line-to-neutral voltage results are provided in Wye, split-phase and high-leg
Delta metering modes. Line-to-neutral voltage results are not provided in Delta
(other than high-leg Delta) and Open Delta metering modes.
Voltage and current unbalance are calculated by using the following formula.
Negative Sequence
100
Positive Sequence
×
74 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Metering Chapter 4
Symmetrical Component Analysis Results
The power monitor calculates sequence voltages and currents for use in symmetrical component analysis, which transforms a set of unbalanced threephase vectors into three sets of balanced vectors. The positive sequence components are a set of vectors that rotate the same direction as the original power vectors, and represent that portion of the applied voltage or current capable of doing work. Negative sequence components rotate opposite to the original vectors, and represent the portion of the applied power that results in losses due to unbalance. The percent unbalance value is the ratio between the negative and positive current sequence in a three-phase system and is the most accurate measurement of current unbalance because it takes into account the magnitude of the individual currents and the relative phase displacement. The zero sequence component is a single vector that does not rotate, and represents ground or neutral current (I4) or voltage. The component analysis results are included in the table above.
Setup
Only basic metering input setup is required for voltage and current metering.
Related Functions
• Metering result averaging
• Configuration lock
Viewing Metering Results by Using Web Page
You can view voltage, current, frequency, energy, and power metering results from the PowerMonitor 5000 web page. Browse to the network address of the power monitor. From the home page, choose the MeteringResults
folder and then the desired
metering results page.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 75
Chapter 4 Metering
Configuration Lock
You can use the Web interface to view power quality results, power monitor status and statistics, and configuration. CalibrationData links to a printable calibration certificate for the power monitor. Configuration lets you review the configuration parameters, and, if logged in as an administrator, change them.
While logged in as an administrator, you can also issue commands to the power monitor from the Command link.
Viewing Metering Results with a Door Mounted Display
The PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module (catalog number 1426-DM, purchased separately) can be applied as a panel display for one, two, or three PowerMonitor
5000 units.
provides further information on setting up and using a Display
Module for a PowerMonitor 5000 unit.
Unauthorized changes to the PowerMonitor 5000 unit setup are prevented when the configuration lock switch is placed in the lock position.
Applications
This applies to all models.
Operation
The following setup parameters and commands are locked when the configuration lock is applied.
Configuration.Metering_Basic
All parameters.
Configuration.SystemGeneral
• KYZ and Relay Outputs setup
• Status inputs scale
Configuration.CommunicationsNative
• Network demand setup
76 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Metering Chapter 4
Command.System_Registers
• Command Word One, which includes the following commands:
• Set kWh, kVARh, kVAh, kAh, all energy registers
• Set status input count
• Force relay or KYZ output on, off, or clear force
• Restore factory defaults
• Reset power monitor
Setup
No setup is needed.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 77
Chapter 4 Metering
Notes:
78 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Chapter
5
Power Quality Monitoring
a
Topic
Waveform Recording (M6 and M8 model)
Page
This section describes the basic Power Quality functions of the PowerMonitor
5000 unit. Most functions require you to configure set-up parameters to align the unit with your installation and your application requirements. The set-up parameters are listed by name and described in this section. You can view set-up parameters by using the PowerMonitor 5000 web page, and when logged in to an
Admin account, make changes to the setup. Set-up parameters are also accessible by using communication.
Please refer to the Data Tables for additional information on setup parameters including the following:
• Range of valid values
• Default values
• Data type
Set-up parameters can be found in data tables with names beginning with
‘Configuration’, for instance Configuration.Metering_Basic.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 79
Chapter 5 Power Quality Monitoring
The term ‘power quality’ is associated with electromagnetic irregularities in voltage and current in a power circuit that can interfere with or cause failures of electronic equipment. The purpose of these functions is to assist users to determine and correct the causes of poor power quality, resulting in more reliable operation and reduced cost.
A number of national and international standards have been developed that define and classify power quality events and issues, and provide guidelines for detecting and reporting these events and issues. The design of the power quality functions in the PowerMonitor 5000 unit has been aligned with these standards.
Please refer to the followiing Appendices for further information:
•
•
- IEEE 1159
•
•
- EN 61000-4-30
Power quality functions are classified into three broad categories:
• Measurement and reporting the value of power circuit attributes that comprise power quality
• Classification of power quality events according to applicable standards and annunciation of such events
• Recording power quality events and their metadata for statistical and diagnostic purposes
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit provides a range of power quality monitoring functions. The basic M5 model detects sags and swells, and measures THD, crest factor, and K-factor. The M6 model builds upon the M5 functionality, adding
IEEE 519 THD/TDD pass/fail reporting, user configurable voltage sag/swell settings, power quality logging, waveform recording, harmonic analysis, and synchronized event recording among multiple power monitors. The M8 model is an advanced power quality meter that expands upon the M6 with sub-cycle transient detection and capture, flicker monitoring, expanded harmonic analysis,
EN 61000-4-30 metering and EN50160 conformance tracking.
FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software and its RealTime (RT) option provide comprehensive, web-based software tools for presenting the power quality monitoring data produced by the PowerMonitor 5000.
Table 12 compares the power quality capabilities of the PowerMonitor 5000
models.
Table 12 - Power Quality Capabilities
Power Quality Attributes
IEEE Voltage THD %
IEEE Current THD %
IEC Voltage THD %
IEC Current THD %
Crest Factor, Voltage and Current
80
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M5
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M6
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M8
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
•
•
•
•
•
Per phase
•
•
•
•
Average / Total
Power Quality Monitoring Chapter 5
Table 12 - Power Quality Capabilities
Power Quality Attributes
K-factor, Current
Harmonic voltages DC … 63rd, magnitude and angle
Harmonic voltages 64th … 127th, magnitude and angle
Harmonic currents DC … 63rd,, magnitude and angle
Harmonic currents 64th … 127th,, magnitude and angle
Harmonic kW, kVAR, kVA, DC … 63rd
Harmonic kW, kVAR, kVA, 64th … 127th
Sag and swell detection
Classification of Power Quality Events Per IEEE 1159
IEEE 1159 imbalance and frequency variation
IEEE 1159 DC offset and THD rolling average, V and I
IEEE 1159 TID rolling average, V and I
IEEE 1159 Flicker Pst, V
IEEE 519 pass/fail and TDD % (2nd through 40th)
IEEE 519 short and long term harmonic %, Ch1, 2, 3
Waveform recording
Network synchronized waveform recording
Power quality logging
EN61000-4-30 10/12 cycle harmonic subgroups V-N, V-V, I, DC-50th
EN61000-4-30 10/12 cycle interharmonic subgroups V-N, V-V, I, DC-
50th
EN61000-4-30 3 second harmonic subgroups V-N, V-V, DC-50th
EN61000-4-30 3 second interharmonic subgroups V-N, V-V, DC-50th
EN61000-4-30 10 minute harmonic subgroups V-N, V-V, DC-50th
EN61000-4-30 10 minute interharmonic subgroups V-N, V-V, DC-
50th
EN61000-4-30 2 hour harmonic subgroups V-N, V-V, DC-50th
EN61000-4-30 2 hour interharmonic subgroups V-N, V-V, DC-50th
EN61000-4-30 interharmonic mag 5 Hz bins, V-N, V-V, I, DC-50th
EN61000-4-30 interharmonic angle 5 Hz bins, V-N, V-V, I, DC-50th
EN61000-4-30 power frequency variation
EN61000-4-30 supply voltage measurement
EN61000-4-30 flicker measurement
EN61000-4-30 voltage dips and swells
EN61000-4-30 voltage interruptions
EN61000-4-30 data flagging
EN61000-4-30 supply voltage inbalance
EN61000-4-30 time aggregation
EN61000-4-30 Mains signaling voltage on the supply voltage
EN61000-4-30 rapid voltage changes
•
•
1426-M5
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M6
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M8
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Per phase
•
•
•
•
•
Average / Total
•
•
•
•
•
•
81
Chapter 5 Power Quality Monitoring
Harmonic Analysis
82
The PowerMonitor 5000 provides harmonic data to help you understand this important element of power quality in your facility. When calculating harmonic analysis results, the M5 and M6 models utilize DC to the 63rd harmonics, and the M8 model utilizes DC to 127th. Individual harmonic results are not provided in the M5 model.
For additional harmonic analysis, including interharmonics, see EN 50160
Conformance Tracking on page 429 .
Setup
Only basic metering setup is required.
Operation
This section describes the methods for measuring harmonics.
IEEE and IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
These total harmonic distortion calculation methods provide a summary indication of the amount of distortion due to harmonics present in a system.
The standard IEEE definition of harmonic distortion is ‘Total Harmonic
Distortion (THD)’ and is computed for each voltage (V1, V2, V3, VN) and current (I1, I2, I3, I4) channel as follows:
THD =
∞
Σ n = 2
-------------------------
H
1
(
H n
) 2
Where:
• H n
= magnitude of the n th
harmonic
• H
1
= magnitude of fundamental
The standard IEC definition of harmonic distortion is the Distortion Index
(DIN) and is computed for each channel as follows:
DIN =
∞
Σ
(
H n
) n = 2
---------------------
2
Σ n = 1
(
H n
) 2
Where:
• H n
= magnitude of the n th
harmonic
• DIN is equivalent to IEC THD
Crest Factor
Crest factor is another measure of the amount of distortion present in a waveform. It can also be used to express the dynamic range of a measurement device. Crest Factor is the ratio of the peak to the RMS.
Crest Factor = Peak Value RMS Value
A pure sinusoid Crest Factor equals
2
.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Power Quality Monitoring Chapter 5
K-factor
K-factor measures additional heating in a power transformer due to harmonics in the power signal. These harmonics cause additional heating due to increased core losses that occur at higher frequencies.
The increased losses are related to the square of the harmonic frequency.
Therefore, a slight harmonic content can significantly increase the heat rise in a power transformer. The additional harmonic heating can cause a transformer to exceed designed temperature limits even though the RMS current is less than the transformer rating. The K-factor is used as justification to oversize a power transformer to allow extra margin for harmonic losses or to select an appropriate
K-factor rated transformer. A K-factor rated transformer is the preferred choice because it has known performance in the presence of harmonics.
The formula for K-factor is as follows:
K-Factor =
n
∞
Σ
= 1
∞
Σ n
= 1
H
----------------------------------------
(
2
n
H
• n
) n
2
2
Where:
• H n
= magnitude of the n th
harmonic
Harmonic Analysis Results
The power monitor returns results for IEEE and IEC THD, crest factor and Kfactor in the PowerQuality.RealTime_PowerQuality tab.
Table 13 - Harmonic Analysis Results
Tag Name
V1_Crest_Factor
V2_Crest_Factor
V3_Crest_Factor
V1_V2_Crest_Factor
V2_V3_Crest_Factor
V3_V1_Crest_Factor
I1_Crest_Factor
I2_Crest_Factor
I3_Crest_Factor
I4_Crest_Factor
V1_IEEE_THD_%
V2_IEEE_THD_%
V3_IEEE_THD_%
VN_G_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_V_%
V1_V2_IEEE_THD_%
V2_V3_IEEE_THD_%
Units
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Range
0
…
9.999E15
0
…
9.999E15
0
…
9.999E15
0
…
9.999E15
0
…
9.999E15
0
…
9.999E15
0
…
9.999E15
0
…
9.999E15
0
…
9.999E15
0
…
9.999E15
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 83
Chapter 5 Power Quality Monitoring
84
Table 13 - Harmonic Analysis Results
Tag Name
V3_V1_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_V_V_%
I1_IEEE_THD_%
I2_IEEE_THD_%
I3_IEEE_THD_%
I4_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_I_%
V1_IEC_THD_%
V2_IEC_THD_%
V3_IEC_THD_%
VN_G_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_V_%
V1_V2_IEC_THD_%
V2_V3_IEC_THD_%
V3_V1_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_V_V_%
I1_IEC_THD_%
I2_IEC_THD_%
I3_IEC_THD_%
I4_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_I_%
I1_K_Factor
I2_K_Factor
I3_K_Factor
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Units
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Range
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
0.00
…
100.00
1.00
…
25000.00
1.00
…
25000.00
1.00
…
25000.00
Harmonic Magnitude and Angle
The power monitor calculates the RMS magnitude and angle of each individual harmonic. Results are calculated for harmonics DC to 63 (DC to 127th for the
M8 model) for all voltage and current channels. Each magnitude is expressed in rms volts or rms amps. DC offset is always zero for current channels. Only directly-connected voltage channels return non-zero DC offset values.
Angles are expressed in degrees, with zero degrees corresponding to the time stamp of the metering results.
Harmonic Power
The power monitor calculates the magnitudes of real, reactive, and apparent power of each individual harmonic. Results are calculated for harmonics DC to
63 (127 for the M8 model). L1, L2, L3, and total power values are returned for
Wye and split-phase wiring modes. Delta wiring modes return only total power values. Each magnitude is expressed in kW, kVARs, or kVA.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Power Quality Monitoring Chapter 5
Individual Harmonics Results
Individual harmonic results are returned in an array of data tables. You can view any harmonic results table by selecting it from the PowerQuality >
Harmonics_Results tab in the PowerMonitor 5000 web page. The available harmonic results data tables are listed below.
• PowerQuality.Total_kW_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.Total_kW_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.Total_kW_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.Total_kW_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.Total_kVAR_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.Total_kVAR_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.Total_kVAR_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.Total_kVAR_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.Total_kVA_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.Total_kVA_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.Total_kVA_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.Total_kVA_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V1_N_Volts_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.V1_N_Volts_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.V1_N_Volts_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V1_N_Volts_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V2_N_Volts_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.V2_N_Volts_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.V2_N_Volts_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V2_N_Volts_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V3_N_Volts_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.V3_N_Volts_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.V3_N_Volts_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V3_N_Volts_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.VN_G_Volts_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.VN_G_Volts_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.VN_G_Volts_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.VN_G_Volts_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V1_V2_Volts_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.V1_V2_Volts_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.V1_V2_Volts_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V1_V2_Volts_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V2_V3_Volts_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.V2_V3_Volts_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.V2_V3_Volts_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V2_V3_Volts_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 85
Chapter 5 Power Quality Monitoring
86
• PowerQuality.V3_V1_Volts_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.V3_V1_Volts_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.V3_V1_Volts_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V3_V1_Volts_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I1_Amps_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.I1_Amps_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.I1_Amps_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I1_Amps_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I2_Amps_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.I2_Amps_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.I2_Amps_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I2_Amps_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I3_Amps_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.I3_Amps_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.I3_Amps_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I3_Amps_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I4_Amps_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.I4_Amps_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.I4_Amps_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I4_Amps_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L1_kW_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.L1_kW_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.L1_kW_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L1_kW_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L2_kW_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.L2_kW_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.L2_kW_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L2_kW_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L3_kW_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.L3_kW_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.L3_kW_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L3_kW_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L1_kVAR_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.L1_kVAR_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.L1_kVAR_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L1_kVAR_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L2_kVAR_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.L2_kVAR_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.L2_kVAR_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L2_kVAR_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L3_kVAR_H1_RMS (DC…31)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Power Quality Monitoring Chapter 5
• PowerQuality.L3_kVAR_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.L3_kVAR_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L3_kVAR_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L1_kVA_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.L1_kVA_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.L1_kVA_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L1_kVA_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L2_kVA_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.L2_kVA_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.L2_kVA_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L2_kVA_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L3_kVA_H1_RMS (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.L3_kVA_H2_RMS (32…63)
• PowerQuality.L3_kVA_H3_RMS (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.L3_kVA_H4_RMS (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V1_N_Volts_H1_Ang (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.V1_N_Volts_H2_Ang (32…63)
• PowerQuality.V1_N_Volts_H3_Ang (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V1_N_Volts_H4_Ang (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V2_N_Volts_H1_Ang (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.V2_N_Volts_H2_Ang (32…63)
• PowerQuality.V2_N_Volts_H3_Ang (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V2_N_Volts_H4_Ang (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V3_N_Volts_H1_Ang (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.V3_N_Volts_H2_Ang (32…63)
• PowerQuality.V3_N_Volts_H3_Ang (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V3_N_Volts_H4_Ang (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.VN_G_Volts_H1_Ang (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.VN_G_Volts_H2_Ang (32…63)
• PowerQuality.VN_G_Volts_H3_Ang (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.VN_G_Volts_H4_Ang (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V1_V2_Volts_H1_Ang (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.V1_V2_Volts_H2_Ang (32…63)
• PowerQuality.V1_V2_Volts_H3_Ang (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V1_V2_Volts_H4_Ang (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V2_V3_Volts_H1_Ang (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.V2_V3_Volts_H2_Ang (32…63)
• PowerQuality.V2_V3_Volts_H3_Ang (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V2_V3_Volts_H4_Ang (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V3_V1_Volts_H1_Ang (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.V3_V1_Volts_H2_Ang (32…63)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 87
Chapter 5 Power Quality Monitoring
• PowerQuality.V3_V1_Volts_H3_Ang (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.V3_V1_Volts_H4_Ang (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I1_Amps_H1_Ang (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.I1_Amps_H2_Ang (32…63)
• PowerQuality.I1_Amps_H3_Ang (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I1_Amps_H4_Ang (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I2_Amps_H1_Ang (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.I2_Amps_H2_Ang (32…63)
• PowerQuality.I2_Amps_H3_Ang (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I2_Amps_H4_Ang (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I3_Amps_H1_Ang (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.I3_Amps_H2_Ang (32…63)
• PowerQuality.I3_Amps_H3_Ang (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I3_Amps_H4_Ang (96…127, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I4_Amps_H1_Ang (DC…31)
• PowerQuality.I4_Amps_H2_Ang (32…63)
• PowerQuality.I4_Amps_H3_Ang (64…95, M8 model)
• PowerQuality.I4_Amps_H4_Ang (96…127, M8 model)
Sag and Swell Detection
88
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit continually monitors line voltages and sets an alarm flag when the voltage varies below (sag) or above (swell) a predetermined threshold, expressed as a percentage of the nominal system voltage. The
PowerMonitor 5000 models detect and report sags and swells in different ways:
• The M5 model detects sags and swells and reports them in the Alarm Log.
• The M6 and M8 models retain the simple sag/swell capabilities of the
M5 model but also permit you to adjust sag and swell thresholds. In addition, fixed sag and swell thresholds corresponding to definitions found in IEEE 1159 and EN 50160 independently detect and report sags and swells. When sags or swells are detected, these models record waveforms and record detailed event information in the Power Quality Log.
Setup
Basic metering configuration is required:
• All models include fixed thresholds for sag and swell alarming: 90% of nominal for sags, 110% of nominal for swells, each with a 2% of nominal hysteresis.
• In the M6 and M8 models, multi-level sag and swell thresholds and hysteresis are user-configurable and can be adjusted by use of the
Configuration.PowerQuality web page or data table. The parameters are listed in
. Defaults have been selected to effectively disable userconfigurable sag and swell detection, to avoid creating redundant events in the Power Quality Log.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Power Quality Monitoring Chapter 5
Table 14 - Multi-level Sag and Swell Configuration Parameters
Parameter
Sag1_Trip_Point_%
Sag1_Hysteresis_%
Sag2_Trip_Point_%
Sag2_Hysteresis_%
Sag3_Trip_Point_%
Sag3_Hysteresis_%
Sag4_Trip_Point_%
Sag4_Hysteresis_%
Sag5_Trip_Point_%
Sag5_Hysteresis_%
Swell1_Trip_Point_%
Swell1_Hysteresis_%
Swell2_Trip_Point_%
Swell2_Hysteresis_%
Swell3_Trip_Point_%
Swell3_Hysteresis_%
Swell4_Trip_Point_%
Swell4_Hysteresis_%
2%
200%
2%
200%
2%
0%
2%
200%
2%
0%
2%
0%
Default
0%
2%
0%
2%
200%
2%
Range
0.00…100.00
0.00…10.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…10.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…10.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…10.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…10.00
100.00…200.00
0.00…10.00
100.00…200.00
0.00…10.00
100.00…200.00
0.00…10.00
100.00…200.00
0.00…10.00
Operation
The power monitor detects a sag when any phase voltage varies below the fixed sag threshold. A swell is detected when any phase voltage exceeds a swell threshold.
Sag and swell detection operate on line-to-line voltages in Delta wiring modes, and on line-to-neutral voltages in Wye and split-phase wiring modes.
Status
The
Status.Alarms Data Table provides the following tags for monitoring of sags
and swells. A sag or swell indication continues until 90 seconds has elapsed after all phase voltages return to the threshold, providing a more reliable indication of sags and swells when these tags are logged at a 1-minute interval.
• Sag_Indication_Detected
• Swell_Indication_Detected
Sags and swells are also recorded in the alarm log with alarm type = 4 and alarm code = 1 for sag, 2 for swell. In the M6 and M8 models, sags and swells, their trip points, and references to their associated waveform records are also recorded in the Power Quality log.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 89
Chapter 5 Power Quality Monitoring
Related Functions
• Basic Metering setup
• Power Quality setup
• Waveform Recording
• Power Quality Log
Waveform Recording (M6 and M8 model)
The power monitor can capture and record waveforms of all current and voltage channels.
Setup
Basic metering setup is required. These configuration parameters are found in the
Configuration.PowerQuality tab:
• Capture_Pre_Event_Cycles - pre-event cycles for waveform capture, range = 5 (default)…10 cycles
• Capture_Post_Event_Cycles - post-event cycles for waveform capture, range = 2…30 cycles, default 15
These configuration parameters are found in the
Configuration.Communications_Native tab, and specify the synchronized waveform broadcast parameters:
• WSB_Mode - waveform synchronization broadcast mode. The options are the following:
– 0 = Disable (default)
– 1 = Enable
• WSB_Port - specified UDP port for WSB feature, range = 1001 (default)…1009
To enable WSB capture of waveforms, PTP (IEEE 1588) must be enabled and the power monitor must be synchronized with the PTP clock. Refer to Network
Time Synchronization.
Operation
Waveforms are recorded as a sequence of single-cycle harmonic data and stored in a compressed file format in the power monitor. The PowerMonitor 5000 unit can store up to 256 waveform files or a total of 21,600 cycles of waveform data. The maximum size of a single waveform record is 3600 cycles plus the specified preevent and post-event numbers of cycles.
90 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Power Quality Monitoring Chapter 5
Waveform capture is triggered in three ways:
• Manually, through a command
• Automatically by the power monitor when it detects a sag, swell, or transient event
• In response to a waveform synchronization broadcast message
Waveform triggers are ignored when insufficient space remains to store a new waveform.
Waveform files can be cleared by using the Clear_Waveform command. See
.
The waveform voltage source depends on the Metering_Mode parameter value.
For Demo, split-phase, or Wye modes, phase voltage (V-N) is used. For Delta and single phase, line-to-line voltages are used. If the metering mode is changed while a waveform capture is active, the active capture is stopped and saved.
Manual Waveform Recording on Command
A manually triggered waveform recording has a length of 30 cycles plus the preevent and post-event cycles.
Waveform Recording Triggered by Sag, Swell, or Transient
The length of a waveform recording triggered by a power quality event is equal to the duration of the event (but no more than to 3600 cycles) plus the pre-event and post-event cycles.
Network Synchronized Waveform Recording
The power monitor can receive and send remote waveform capture triggers by using Waveform Synchronization Broadcast (WSB) messages through a UDP port by using native Ethernet communication. The two types of WSB messages are start waveform and end waveform. Each type of message also contains a network id (last 3 bytes of the originator's MAC ID), trigger type (sag, swell, or user command) and timestamp information.
WSB is disabled by default. If WSB is disabled, the unit neither sends nor receives WSB messages. If WSB is enabled, and PTP is enabled and synchronized, the unit broadcasts a WSB start message when an internal triggering event begins and broadcast a WSB end message when the event is finished. When a unit receives a WSB message through the selected UDP port, it starts recording a waveform aligned with the WSB start message timestamp, ending the waveform recording when the WSB end message is received from the originator. If the WSB end message is lost, the recording ends when 3600 cycles have been recorded.
If the PTP clock is not synchronized (IsSynchronized value = 0), WSB messages are not broadcast or acted upon if received.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 91
Chapter 5 Power Quality Monitoring
Waveform Capture Application Considerations
The PowerMonitor 5000 captures one waveform record at a time. It is possible that more than one triggering event can occur in a short time. The starting point of a waveform capture is determined by the first triggering event and the defined pre-event cycles. If fewer cycles of data are available, then the first available cycle is the starting point.
If more than one triggering event occurs during a waveform capture, the capture duration extends to include the duration of the event that ends latest, plus the post-trigger cycles. A waveform record that includes more than one triggering event is referenced in all power quality log records of the triggering events.
Pre-event or post-event cycle settings that are changed during a waveform capture do not take effect until the next capture. Any change to
Configuration.Metering_Basic immediately ends a waveform capture that is in process.
In the unlikely event that the PowerMonitor 5000's resources are overstressed so that it is unable to write a waveform record to non-volatile memory in a timely fashion, the in-process waveform record ends with the latest cycle captured in
RAM.
Commands
The following waveform-related commands are found in the
Command.System_Registers table.
Command Word Two
Set this command word value to execute the listed action. These are the selections:
• 14 = Trigger Waveform
• 15 = Clear Waveform
Clear Waveform operates by using the value contained in the tag listed below.
The default value is zero.
Clear Waveform File ID
Waveform File ID, the choices are the following:
• 0 = Clear All
• 1…999 = Clear selected; if the ID does not exist, the command is ignored
92 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Power Quality Monitoring Chapter 5
Waveform File Names
Waveform files are stored with names that contain file identification and a local timestamp. The file name syntax is:
Waveform_ID_YYYYMMDD_hhmmss_MicroS_HH, where
• ID = the file identifier, used in the Clear_Waveform command
• YYYMMDD_hhmmss = the local date and time stamp of the record, used to associate the waveform file with a power quality log record
• MicroS = the microsecond timestamp of the record, used for aligning
WSB waveform records
• HH = the UTC hour avoids duplication during daylight-saving time transition
Retrieving Waveform Records by Using FTP
You can retrieve compressed waveform files by using File Transfer Protocol (ftp) and native Ethernet communication. A number of ftp clients are available many at no cost. This example uses Microsoft Internet Explorer as the ftp client. To access and download waveform files by using a web browser, follow these steps.
1.
Open Internet Explorer and browse to the ftp server of the PowerMonitor
5000. The url is ftp://<ip_address>/, where <ip_address> is the one assigned to the native Ethernet port.
2.
Browse to the Waveform directory.
3.
Select a waveform file name from the list and click the Save to save the file in the location of your choosing
IMPORTANT If you are using FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software to log data from your
PowerMonitor 5000 unit, the software can automatically download and clear waveform files shortly after they have been recorded. In this case, the file list in the ftp client is empty. Use the software to view and manage waveform files.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 93
Chapter 5 Power Quality Monitoring
Reading Waveform Records by Using the Data Table Interface
The procedure for reading waveform records is similar to that used for reading
data logging records. Refer to Reading Logging Records by Using the Data Table
.
Related Functions
• Sag and Swell Detection
• Network Time Synchronization
• Power Quality Log
Application
This applies only to the M6 and M8 models.
94 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Chapter
6
Logging
Topic
Waveform Log (M6 and M8 model)
Power Quality Log (M6 and M8 model)
Trigger Data Log (M6 and M8 model)
EN 50160 Weekly and Yearly Logs
Page
This section describes the functions of the PowerMonitor 5000 unit. Most functions require you to configure set-up parameters to align the unit with your installation and your application requirements. The set-up parameters are listed by name and described in this section. You can view set-up parameters by using the PowerMonitor 5000 web page, and when logged in to an Admin account, make changes to the setup. Set-up parameters are also accessible by using communication.
Please refer to the Data Tables for additional information on setup parameters including the following:
• Range of valid values
• Default values
• Data type
Set-up parameters can be found in data tables with names beginning with
‘Configuration’, for instance Configuration.Metering_Basic.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 95
Chapter 6 Logging
Logging Overview
Log Type Model
Waveform log
Energy log
Data log
Min/Max log
M6 and M8
All
All
All
Load Factor log
Time-of-Use log
Alarm log
Event log
All
All
All
All
Setpoint log All
Power Quality log M6 and M8
Trigger Data log
Snapshot log
M6 and M8
M6
M8 group 0
M8 group 1
M8 group 2
EN50160 Weekly Log M8
EN50160 Yearly Log M8
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit maintains a number of types of internal data logs and records metering, status, event, and alarm data into these logs as specified in the logging configuration. This table summarizes the data log types and sizes, and how their records can be retrieved.
Max Number of Records
21,600 cycles, 256 files
90 days (129,600 @ 1 minute log rate)
60,000 @ 32 parameters
82 parameters (M5, M6)
207 parameters (M8)
13 Including Current Month
13 Including Current Month
100 Alarms
100 Events
100 Setpoint Events
100
3,600 cycles, 60 files
2270 parameters 1 file
4447 parameters, 1 file
1233 parameters, 1 file
20439 parameters, 1 file
8 including current day
13 including current month
•
•
•
•
•
•
Log Data Retrieval Method
Read Selected
Record
Read Records
Sequentially, in
Forward or
Reverse Order
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Web File
Download
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FTP File
Download
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Setup
The following set-up parameters define the behavior of the data logging functions in the PowerMonitor 5000 unit, except for the Data Log, which has its own set of
set-up parameters. These parameters are found in the Configuration.Logging
table.
Energy_Log_Interval
Energy_Log_Interval selects how often a record is logged, in minutes:
0 = Disables energy logging
1…60 = Length of logging interval in minutes
-1 = Synchronizes energy logging to the end of the demand interval
96 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
Energy_Log_Mode
Energy_Log_Mode defines the log behavior when full:
0 = Stop logging
1 = Delete oldest energy log file and create a new file
Setpoint_Log_Mode
Setpoint_Log_Mode defines the log behavior when full.
0 = Stop logging
1 = Overwrite oldest record
Time_Of_Use_AutoStore
Time_Of_Use_AutoStore defines the day of the month to start a new time-ofuse log record.
Off_Peak_Days
Off_Peak_Days is a bit field that specifies off-peak days of the week.
Bit 0 = Sunday, bit 1 = Monday, and so forth
MID_Peak_AM_Hours
MID_Peak_PM_Hours
ON_Peak_AM_Hours
ON_Peak_PM_Hours
These parameters are bit fields specifying mid-peak and on-peak hours of the weekdays not already defined as off-peak. Bit 0 = 12 a.m. …1 a.m., bit 1 = 1 a.m.…2 a.m. and so forth.
Load_Factor_Auto_Log_Setting
Load_Factor_Auto_Log_Setting defines the day of month to start a new load factor log record.
PowerQuality_Log_Mode
This parameter sets the action of the log once it has filled to capacity.
0 = Stop logging
1 = Overwrite oldest record
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 97
Chapter 6 Logging
Event_Log_Mode
Event_Log_Mode defines the log behavior when full.
0 = Stop logging.
1 = Overwrite oldest record.
Retrieve Logging Results from Web Page
You can retrieve logging results from the PowerMonitor 5000 web page. Browse to the network address of the power monitor. From the home page, choose the
LoggingResults folder and then the Data_Log or another logging results page.
98
To retrieve a file, click the filename link. A dialog box opens asking if you wish to open the file (in Microsoft Excel or another spreadsheet application), or save the file.
Energy and data logs are stored in multiple files. The date and time of each file’s first record is embedded in the file name. The date and time of each file’s most recent record is listed in the file creation date and time columns.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
Download Logging Results by Using FTP
You can retrieve logging results by using File Transfer Protocol (ftp). There are many ftp clients available, many at no charge. This example uses the Microsoft
Windows command-line ftp client. To access log files by using this client, follow these steps.
1.
From the Windows Start menu, choose Run.
2.
Type cmd and click OK.
3.
At the prompt, type ftp and press Enter (this time and after each command).
4.
Type ‘open aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd’ (the IP address of the power monitor).
5.
Log in with a valid user name and password.
6.
To view a directory of log files, type ‘cd LoggingResults’.
7.
Type ‘dir’.
8.
To download a log file, type ‘get’ followed by a space and the file name.
The file is saved to the folder where the ftp client was started (typically the
Windows desktop).
There are many other ftp commands you can use. We suggest searching the Web for ‘command-line ftp client’ for more information.
Reading Logging Records by Using the Data Table Interface
The Min/Max, Alarm, Event, Load Factor, Time-of-Use, Power Quality,
Snapshot, EN50160 Weekly, and EN50160 Yearly logs can be retrieved sequentially, one record at a time, in either forward or reverse order. The Min/
Max, Load Factor, Time-of-Use, EN50160 Weekly, and EN50160 Yearly logs also support the retrieval of individually specified records.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 99
Chapter 6 Logging
100
The Data, Energy, Waveform, and Trigger Data logs support sequential record retrieval but require additional configuration steps. See
,
Waveform Log (M6 and M8 model) on page 102
,
Trigger Data Log (M6 and M8 model) on page 147
for more information.
IMPORTANT Sequential record retrieval is available for networks such as DeviceNet that do not support ftp. Download speed and performance by using sequential record retrieval is significantly lower than if using ftp.
To initiate this type of log retrieval, a controller or application sets parameter
values in the Configuration.Log_Read
table, writes the table to the power monitor, and then reads the applicable LoggingResults table.
Refer to the Communication chapter for more information.
Selected Log
Selects the log from which to retrieve information. Once a single request has been made the auto, or sequential, return feature brings back successive records each time the log is read. Some logs support individual record requests. In the case of the Data, Energy, Waveform, and Trigger Logs, the data returned are file names of the log files. These are the choices.
Parameter Value
1 = Event Log
2 = Min/Max Log
3 = Load Factor Log
4 = Time of Use Log
5 = Setpoint Log
6 = Alarm Log
7 = Data Log File List
8 = Energy Log File List
9 = Metering Snapshot File
10 = Power Quality Log
11 = Waveform Log File
12 = Trigger Data File
13 = Trigger Header File
14 = EN50160 Weekly Log
15 = EN50160 Yearly Log
Results Table
(sequential only)
LoggingResults.DataLog_FileName
LoggingResults.EnergyLog_FileName
LoggingResults.Snapshot_Log (M6 and M8 model)
LoggingResults.Power_Quality_Log (M6 and M8 model)
LoggingResults.WaveformFileName (M6 and M8 model)
LoggingResults.TriggerData_Log (M6 and M8 model)
LoggingResults.TriggerData_Header (M6 and M8 model)
LoggingResults.EN50160_Weekly_Log (M8 only)
LoggingResults.EN50160_Yearly_Log (M8 only)
Requests not supported by the power monitor model are ignored.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
Chronology of Auto Return Data
Selects the chronological order of sequentially retrieved records. This parameter is ignored if a specific record is requested from the Min/Max, Load Factor, or
TOU log. These are the choices:
0 = Reverse direction (most recent record first)
1 = Forward direction (oldest record first)
Min/Max Record to be Returned
These are the choices:
0 = Use sequential return in the order selected
1…207 = Retrieve the selected record. See the Min_Max_Parameter table for the list
Load Factor or TOU Record to be Returned
These are the choices:
0 = Use sequential return in the order selected
1 = Retrieve the current active record
2 = Retrieve the latest closed monthly record
…
13 = Retrieve the earliest closed monthly record
EN 50160 Weekly Record to be Returned
These are the choices:
0 = Use sequential return in the order selected
1 = Retrieve the current active record
2 = Retrieve the latest closed daily record
…
8 = Retrieve the earliest closed daily record
EN 50160 Yearly Record to be Returned
These are the choices:
0 = Use sequential return in the order selected
1 = Retrieve the current active record
2 = Retrieve the latest closed monthly record
…
13 = Retrieve the earliest closed monthly record
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 101
Chapter 6 Logging
Waveform Log (M6 and M8 model)
You can retrieve uncompressed waveform records by using the data table interface and optional DeviceNet or ControlNet network communication.
IMPORTANT When using native Ethernet network communication, retrieving waveforms by using ftp provides much faster results.
Records retrieved by using the data table interface are single-cycle harmonic magnitudes and angles from DC to the 63rd (DC to the 127th for the M8 model), returned as REAL values in a sequence of data table reads and writes.
IMPORTANT Waveform records returned through the data table interface are not compressed.
To display the record as a waveform, the returned data must be appropriately organized by the client and an inverse FFT performed to obtain a series of timedomain voltage and current data. That data can be plotted in a graphic format.
Waveform Data Table Retrieval
A controller or application can sequentially retrieve waveform records. Follow these tasks in this process to retrieve waveform records.
1.
Read the number of waveform files from the Statistics.Logging
The
table contains the following waveform information:
• Element 13, the number of waveform cycles
• Element 14, the number of waveform files
102 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
2.
Write the Configuration.Log_Read
table contains the following elements:
• Element 0. Write a value of 11 to request the next waveform file name
• Element 1: Write a 0 to return the most recent file name first or a 1 to return the oldest file name first
3.
Read the waveform file name from the
LoggingResults. WaveformFileName Data Table
one or more times until the desired waveform file name is returned.
The LoggingResults. WaveformFileName Data Table
returns a string containing the requested file name. The file name syntax is described above in Waveform File Names on page [nn - ed. Please update and link].
The Configuration.WaveformFileName Data Table
contains the file selection string
‘Waveform_ID_YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS_MicroS_hh/Cycle/
MagOrAng/Channel/iOrder’. Options include the following:
• The desired waveform file name from which to return records
• Appended selection switches:
– Cycle = present cycle offset to be returned; range = 0 … total cycles in the waveform -1
– MagOrAng; 0 = magnitude data, 1 = angle data
– Channel = the selected channel to return; range = 0 (V1)…7 (I4)
– Order = the range of harmonic components to return; 0 = DC…31,
1 = 32…63
Following the write to the
Configuration.WaveformFileName Data Table ,
each read of the
LoggingResults. Waveform_Log Data Table returns a
successive portion of the waveform record. The appended selection switches in the filename written to the
Configuration.WaveformFileName
Data Table define the first record retrieved in the sequence of data
retrieval. If no selection switches are included with the filename, the first record returned is the waveform header.
The sequence of waveform data retrieval proceeds according to the following logic.
For Cycle 0 to N
For MagOrAng = Magnitude to Angle
For Channel = 0 to 7
For iOrder = 0 to 3
Next iOrder
Next Channel
Next MagOrAng
Next Cycle
4.
Write the selected file name into the
Configuration.WaveformFileName
5.
Perform sequential reads of the LoggingResults. Waveform_Log Data
and store the results in a suitable location.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 103
Chapter 6 Logging
11
12
9
10
…
42
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
Element Number Tag Name
0 Record_Indicator
Timestamp_Date
Timestamp_Time
Microsecond_Stamp
File_ID
Total_Cycles
Cycle_Returned
Frequency
Mag_Angle
Channel
Order
X_(0 + Order * 32)
X_(1 + Order * 32)
…
X_(31 + Order * 32)
Waveform Data Records
The LoggingResults. Waveform_Log Data Table contains the most recent record
read from the selected waveform file, and contains the following REAL elements.
Description
Indicates the significance of the data in the record
0 = No record returned
1 = the record contains parameter values
2 = the record contains general information of the log file being retrieved, reference to each item description in the data table;
3 = log file not found.
Date of cycle collection MMDDYY
Time of cycle collection hhmmss
Microsecond of cycle collection
The selected file ID
Total cycles of the waveform file
The current returned cycles
The frequency of average cycle
The returned value is magnitude or angle
The channel returned
The order of returned values
The returned value X_(h) where X_(h) = the RMS magnitude or angle of the spectral component h. Units are
Volts, Amps or degrees, depending on the value of Channel and Mag_Angle elements
104 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
4
5
6
7
8
9…42
1
2
3
Element Number Tag Name
0 Record_Indicator
File_ID
Waveform_Identifier_High
Waveform_Identifier_Low
Revision
Compression
Metering_Mode
Mac_Address_High
Mac_Address_High
Reserved
Logging Chapter 6
Waveform Header
If the value of Record_Indicator is 2, the
LoggingResults. Waveform_Log Data
Table returns the following information. The data type returned is REAL,
although some elements (MAC ID) are better interpreted as UINT32.
Description
Indicates the significance of the data in the record 2 = the record contains general information of the log file being retrieved, reference to each item description in the data table;
The selected file ID
File ID (Int16)+ Waveform Identifier(Int48)
{ typedef struct unsigned short sFileID; //this id is used for user selection, 1…256 unsigned short sWaveformID; //the Waveform id highest 2 bytes unsigned long lWaveformID; //the Waveform id Lowest 4 bytes
}WAVEFORM_ID;
Waveform file format revision
Indicate compression or not and the compression type, high 8 bits is compression flag , low 8 bits is compression type
Metering mode, indicates voltages are L-N or L-L
Mac address of power monitor - high 3 bytes
Low 3 bytes
Reserved for future use
If the waveform retrieval is interrupted for more than 60 seconds, the sequence needs to be reinitialized by writing the
Configuration.WaveformFileName Data
Table . Appending the filename with selection switches configured for the next
record in sequence begins the retrieval where it left off before the interruption.
Refer to
Waveform Recording (M6 and M8 model) on page 90
for more information about waveform setup, operation, commands, related functions, and retrieval via ftp and the native Ethernet port.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 105
Chapter 6 Logging
Energy Log
106
The energy log stores energy, demand, and scaled status input counter values at a time interval defined in parameter Energy_Log_Interval. The power monitor can store up to 90 days of energy log data. The default logging interval is 15 minutes.
Energy Log Results Files
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit stores the energy log in multiple commaseparated-value (.csv) files, and selects a file duration based on the value of the
Energy_Log_Interval parameter.
Log Duration File End Date Interval Setting (minutes)
1
2 or above Week 1st day of a new month,
00:00:00
Maximum Records
1440
5040
In addition, the active energy log file is closed and a new file is created when any of the following events occur:
• Initial powerup of the power monitor
• Subsequent powerup, if the active energy log file is older than the expected duration
• If the Energy_Log_Interval parameter is changed
The Energy_Log_Mode parameter determines what happens when the log contains 90 days of data:
• If set to 0 = Stop Logging, no new energy log files are created and no more energy data is logged.
• If set to 1 = Delete oldest energy log file and create a new file, a new file is created and energy logging continues uninterrupted. This is the default setting.
File Names
Energy log file names have the following semantics:
EnergyLog_YYYYMMDD_hhmm_HH.csv
Where:
• YYYYMMDD_hhmm - the file creation date and time
• HH - UTC hour avoids duplication during daylight-saving time transition
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
Logged Parameters
The energy log records a predefined set of parameters. The first record in each file is a header that indicates the tag name of each parameter. Each subsequent record is a structure of REAL elements containing the following parameters.
Table 15 - Energy Log Parameters
29
30
27
28
25
26
23
24
33
34
31
32
21
22
19
20
17
18
15
16
13
14
11
12
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
Element
0
Tag Name
Record_Indicator
Energy_ Record_Identifier
Energy_Timestamp_Year
Energy_Timestamp_Mth_Day
Energy_Timestamp_Hr_Min
Energy_Timestamp Sec_ms
Status_1_Count_xM
Status_1_Count_x1
Status_2_Count_xM
Status_2_Count_x1
Status_3_Count_xM
Status_3_Count_x1
Status_4_Count_xM
Status_4_Count_x1
GWh_Fwd kWh_Fwd
GWh_Rev kWh_Rev
GWh_Net kWh_Net
GVARH_Fwd kVARh_Fwd
GVARH_Rev kVARh_Rev
GVARH_Net kVARh_Net
GVAh kVAh kW_Demand kVAR_Demand kVA_Demand
Demand_PF
Projected_kW_Demand
Projected_kVAR_Demand
Projected_kVA_Demand
Description
Indicate meanings of the data in the record
Internal unique record number
The date and time of the record
Scaled Status input 1 counter
Scaled Status input 2 counter
Scaled Status input 3 counter
Scaled Status input 4 counter
Forward real energy
Reverse real energy
Net real energy
Forward reactive energy
Reverse reactive energy
Net reactive energy
Net apparent energy
The average real, reactive, apparent power and power factor during the last demand period
The projected average real, reactive and apparent power for the current demand period
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 107
Chapter 6 Logging
Energy Log Single Record Retrieval
A controller or application can sequentially retrieve records from the Energy Log files by following the process described in this section, following these general tasks.
1.
Read the number of log files from the Statistics.Logging
2.
Write the Configuration.Log_Read
table and read the filename from the
LoggingResults.EnergyLog_FileName
table until the desired log file is
selected.
3.
Write the selected file name into the
table.
4.
Perform sequential reads of the
store the results in a suitable location.
table contains the following Energy Log information:
• Element 5 and 6, the number of Energy Log records
• Element 10, the number of Energy Log files
table contains the following elements:
• Element 0. Write a value of 8 to request the next Energy Log file name
• Element 1: Write a 0 to return the most recent file name first or a 1 to return the oldest file name first
The LoggingResults.EnergyLog_FileName
table returns a string containing the requested file name. The file name contains the starting date and time of the log
file, as described above in File Names on page 106
.
The Configuration.EnergyLogFile
table contains the file selection string.
Options include the following:
• The desired Energy Log file name from which to return records
• Alternately, ‘allfiles’, to return records from all Energy Log files
• An appended chronology switch:
– ‘/r’ to begin with the most recent record
– ‘/f ’ to return the oldest record first (default if no chronology switch is appended)
108 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
For example, writing the string ‘EnergyLog_20130112_0630_11/r’ selects the file EnergyLog_20130112_0630_11. Successive reads of the
table return sequential energy log records, starting with the last record.
table contains the most recent record read from
the selected energy log file, and contains the following elements:
• Element 0 indicates the type of record
Options are:
– 0 = No record returned
– 1 = Parameter values
– 2 = Reserved
– 3 = Log file not found
• Element 1 returns a unique record ID.
• Elements 2…5 return the date and time stamp of the record
• Elements 6…34 return parameter values.
Parameter values are listed in the order shown in Energy Log Parameters on page 107 .
Setup
The Energy Log requires the following to be configured:
• Basic metering setup
• Logging configuration
• Date and Time setup
Commands
Clear energy log
Related Functions
• Energy Metering, Demand Metering
• Data Log
• Configuration lock
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 109
Chapter 6 Logging
Data Log
110
The data log stores user-selected values at a time interval defined in parameter
Data_Logging_Interval. The power monitor can store up to 60,000 records of up to 32 parameters. The default logging interval is 15 minutes.
Setup
The Data Log requires the following to be configured:
• Basic metering setup
• Date and Time setup
The first 22 parameters in the Data Log are configured by default, as listed in the
Logged Parameters table. Further configuration of the Data Log is not required if the default selections satisfy your data logging needs.
To customize your Data Log, change the following set-up parameters, which define the behavior of the Data Log. These parameters are found in the
table.
Data_Logging_Interval
Data_Logging_Interval defines the logging interval in seconds. These are the selections:
0 = Disables data logging
-1 = synchronize log with demand period
1…3600 = User-selected data logging interval. Default is 900 (15 minutes)
Logging Mode
Logging Mode selects how records are saved.
0 = Fill and stop recording when log is full.
1 = Overwrite when log is full starting with the earliest record.
DataLog_Parameter_1
DataLog_Parameter_2
…
DataLog_Parameter_32
These parameters define the set of records that are maintained in the data log.
The Configuration.Data_Log web page includes the descriptions of the default selections for each parameter, even if the selections have been changed from their default value.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Units
%
%
%
% kVA kVA kVA
%
-
%
%
% kVAR kVAR kVAR kVA kW kW kW kVAR
A
A
Hz kW
A
A
V
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Data Log Parameter List
Table 16 - Data Log Parameter List
28
29
26
27
24
25
22
23
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
34
35
36
32
33
30
31
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Parameter
Number
Parameter Tag Name
None
V1_N_Volts
V2_N_Volts
V3_N_Volts
VGN_N_Volts
Avg_V_N_Volts
V1_V2_Volts
V2_V3_Volts
V3_V1_Volts
Avg_VL_VL_Volts
I1_Amps
I2_Amps
I3_Amps
I4_Amps
Avg_Amps
Frequency_Hz
L1_kW
L2_kW
L3_kW
Total_kW
L1_kVAR
L2_kVAR
L3_kVAR
Total_kVAR
L1_kVA
L2_kVA
L3_kVA
Total_kVA
L1_True_PF
L2_True_PF
L3_True_PF
Avg_True_PF
L1_Disp_PF
L2_Disp_PF
L3_Disp_PF
Avg_Disp_PF
L1_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
Logging Chapter 6
111
Chapter 6 Logging
112
Units
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
-
%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 16 - Data Log Parameter List
65
66
63
64
61
62
59
60
57
58
55
56
53
54
51
52
73
74
71
72
75
69
70
67
68
49
50
47
48
45
46
43
44
41
42
39
40
Parameter
Number
37
38
Parameter Tag Name
VGN_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_V_%
V1_V2_IEEE_THD_%
V2_V3_IEEE_THD_%
V3_V1_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_V_V_%
I1_IEEE_THD_%
I2_IEEE_THD_%
I3_IEEE_THD_%
I4_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_I_%
V1_IEC_THD_%
V2_IEC_THD_%
V3_IEC_THD_%
VGN_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_V_%
L2_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
L3_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
Total_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
V1_Crest_Factor
V2_Crest_Factor
V3_Crest_Factor
V1_V2_Crest_Factor
V2_V3_Crest_Factor
V3_V1_Crest_Factor
I1_Crest_Factor
I2_Crest_Factor
I3_Crest_Factor
I4_Crest_Factor
V1_IEEE_THD_%
V2_IEEE_THD_%
V3_IEEE_THD_%
V1_V2_IEC_THD_%
V2_V3_IEC_THD_%
V3_V1_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_V_V_%
I1_IEC_THD_%
I2_IEC_THD_%
I3_IEC_THD_%
Units
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
%
V
A
%
A
A
V
V
-
V
-
-
%
%
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 16 - Data Log Parameter List
102
103
104
105
98
99
100
101
96
97
94
95
92
93
90
91
110
111
112
113
114
106
107
108
109
88
89
86
87
84
85
82
83
80
81
78
79
Parameter
Number
76
77
Parameter Tag Name
I4_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_I_%
I1_K_Factor
I2_K_Factor
I3_K_Factor
Pos_Seq_Volts
Neg_Seq_Volts
Zero_Seq_Volts
Pos_Seq_Amps
Neg_Seq_Amps
Zero_Seq_Amps
Voltage_Unbalance_%
Current_Unbalance_%
V1_N_Volts_DC_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_1st_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_2nd_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_3rd_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_4th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_5th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_6th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_7th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_8th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_9th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_10th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_11th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_12th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_13th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_14th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_15th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_16th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_17th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_18th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_19th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_20th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_21st_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_22nd_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_23rd_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_24th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_25th_H_RMS
Logging Chapter 6
113
Chapter 6 Logging
114
Units
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 16 - Data Log Parameter List
141
142
143
144
137
138
139
140
133
134
135
136
129
130
131
132
149
150
151
152
153
145
146
147
148
125
126
127
128
121
122
123
124
117
118
119
120
Parameter
Number
115
116
Parameter Tag Name
V1_N_Volts_26th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_27th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_28th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_29th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_30th_H_RMS
V1_N_Volts_31st_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_DC_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_1st_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_2nd_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_3rd_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_4th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_5th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_6th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_7th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_8th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_9th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_10th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_11th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_12th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_13th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_14th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_15th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_16th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_17th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_18th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_19th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_20th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_21st_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_22nd_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_23rd_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_24th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_25th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_26th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_27th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_28th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_29th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_30th_H_RMS
V2_N_Volts_31st_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_DC_H_RMS
Table 16 - Data Log Parameter List
180
181
182
183
184
176
177
178
179
172
173
174
175
168
169
170
171
164
165
166
167
160
161
162
163
156
157
158
159
Parameter
Number
154
155
Parameter Tag Name
V3_N_Volts_1st_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_2nd_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_3rd_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_4th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_5th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_6th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_7th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_8th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_9th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_10th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_11th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_12th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_13th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_14th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_15th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_16th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_17th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_18th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_19th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_20th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_21st_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_22nd_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_23rd_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_24th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_25th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_26th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_27th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_28th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_29th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_30th_H_RMS
V3_N_Volts_31st_H_RMS
Units
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Logging Chapter 6
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 115
Chapter 6 Logging
Data Log Results Files
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit stores the data log in multiple comma-separatedvalue (.csv) files, and selects a file duration based on the value of the
Data_Logging_Interval parameter.
Interval, Seconds
1~30
31~90
>90
Log File Duration
Hour
Day
Week
File End Date
New hour, xx:00:00
(hh:mm:ss)
New day, 00:00:00
(hh:mm:ss)
Maximum Records
3600
2788
Sunday of a week, 00:00:00
(hh:mm:ss)
6646
In addition, the active data log file is closed and a new file is created when any of the following events occur:
• Initial powerup of the power monitor
• Subsequent powerup, if the active data log file is older than the expected duration
• If the Data_Logging_Interval or any other data log parameter is changed
The Data_Log_Mode parameter determines what happens when the log contains
60,000 records:
• If set to 0 = Fill and stop recording when log is full, no new data log files are created and no more data is logged.
• If set to 1 = Overwrite when log is full starting with the earliest record, a new file is created and data logging continues uninterrupted. This is the default setting.
File Names
Data log file names have the following semantics:
DataLog_YYYYMMDD_hhmm_HH.csv, where:
• YYYYMMDD_hhmm - the file creation date and time
• HH - UTC hour avoids duplication during daylight-saving time transition
116 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
Logged Parameters
12
13
10
11
The data log records a user-selected set of parameters. The first record in each file is a header that indicates the tag name of each logged parameter. Each subsequent record is a structure of REAL elements containing the following parameters.
Table 17 - Data Log Logged Parameters
24
25
8
9
5
6
3
4
1
2
Element
0
7
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Tag Name
Record_Indicator
Data_ Record_Identifier
Data _Timestamp_Year
Data _Timestamp_Month_Day
Data _Timestamp_Hour_Minute
Data _Timestamp Sec_ms
DataLog_Parameter_1
(Avg_V_N_Volts)
DataLog_Parameter_2
(Avg_VL_VL_Volts)
DataLog_Parameter_3 (Avg_Amps)
DataLog_Parameter_4
(Frequency_Hz)
DataLog_Parameter_5 (Total_kW)
DataLog_Parameter_6 (Total_kVAR)
DataLog_Parameter_7 (Total_kVA)
DataLog_Parameter_8
(Total_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator)
DataLog_Parameter_9
(Avg_True_PF)
DataLog_Parameter_10
(Avg_Disp_PF)
DataLog_Parameter_11
(Avg_IEEE_THD_V_%)
DataLog_Parameter_12
(Avg_IEEE_THD_V_V_%)
DataLog_Parameter_13
(Avg_IEEE_THD_I_%)
DataLog_Parameter_14
(Avg_IEC_THD_V_%)
DataLog_Parameter_15
(Avg_IEC_THD_V_V_%)
DataLog_Parameter_16
(Avg_IEC_THD_I_%)
DataLog_Parameter_17
(Voltage_Unbalance_%)
DataLog_Parameter_18
(Current_Unbalance_%)
DataLog_Parameter_19
DataLog_Parameter_20
Description
Indicate meanings of the data in the record
Data log record time stamp
Values of user-selected or default parameters
(Default parameter selection tag name)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 117
Chapter 6 Logging
118
Table 17 - Data Log Logged Parameters
34
35
32
33
36
37
30
31
28
29
Element
26
27
Tag Name
DataLog_Parameter_21
DataLog_Parameter_22
DataLog_Parameter_23
DataLog_Parameter_24
DataLog_Parameter_25
DataLog_Parameter_26
DataLog_Parameter_27
DataLog_Parameter_28
DataLog_Parameter_29
DataLog_Parameter_30
DataLog_Parameter_31
DataLog_Parameter_32
Description
Values of user-selected or default parameters
Data Log Single Record Retrieval
A controller or application can sequentially retrieve records from the Data Log files by following the process described in this section, following these general tasks.
1.
Read the number of log files from the Statistics.Logging
2.
Write the Configuration.Log_Read
table and read the filename from the
LoggingResults.DataLog_FileName
table until the desired log file is selected.
3.
Write the selected file name into the
table.
4.
Perform sequential reads of the
the results in a suitable location.
file contains the following Data Log information:
• Element 7 and 8, the number of Data Log records
• Element 9, the number of Data Log files
table contains the following elements:
• Element 0. Write a value of 7 to request the next Data Log file name
• Element 1: Write a 0 to return the most recent file name first or a 1 to return the oldest file name first
The LoggingResults.DataLog_FileName
table returns a string containing the
requested file name. The file name contains the starting date and time of the log file, as described in
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
The
table contains the file selection string. Options include the following:
• The desired Data Log file name from which to return records
• Alternately, ‘allfiles’, to return records from all Data Log files
• An appended chronology switch:
– ‘/r’ to begin with the most recent record
– ‘/f ‘to return the oldest record first (default if no chronology switch is appended)
For example, writing the string ‘DataLog_20130112_0630_11/r’ selects the file
DataLog_20130112_0630_11. Successive reads of the
table return sequential data log records, starting with the last record.
The
table contains the most recent record read from the selected data log file, and contains the following elements.
• Element 0 indicates the type of record. Options are:
– 0 = No record returned
– 1 = Parameter values
– 2 = Parameter index values
– 3 = Log file not found
• Element 1 returns a unique record ID or the total number of records, depending on the value of Element 0.
• Elements 2…5 return the date and time stamp of the record
• Elements 6…37 return parameter values or parameter index values depending on the value of Element 0.
Parameter index values are associated with parameter tag names as listed in the
Data Log Parameter List on page 111 .
Commands
Clear data log
Related Functions
• Voltage, current, frequency, power metering
• Data log
• Configuration lock
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 119
Chapter 6 Logging
Min/Max Log
120
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit records time-stamped minimum and maximum values for all real-time metering data (except for energy data).
Min/Max Log Results
Min/max log records can be retrieved from the PowerMonitor 5000 web page or ftp server. The power monitor generates the log file at the time of the request.
Records can also be retrieved individually or sequentially by using the data table interface.
File Name
The min/max log is named Min_Max_Log.csv.
Logged Parameters
The first record in the min/max log file is a header listing the attribute names for each logged parameter.
Table 18 - Min/Max Log Logged Parameters
Attribute Name
MinMax_Parameter_Number
MIN_Value
MAX_Value
Timestamp_MIN_Year
Timestamp_MIN_Mth_Day
Timestamp_MIN_Hr_Min
Timestamp_MIN_Sec_ms
Timestamp_MAX_Year
Timestamp_MAX_Mth_Day
Timestamp_MAX_Hr_Min
Timestamp_MAX_Sec_ms
Description
The number of the parameter from the MIN_MAX parameter list.
The minimum value recorded since the last MIN_MIX clear.
The maximum value recorded since the last MIN_MIX clear.
The year at which this MIN record was logged.
The month and day this MIN record was logged.
The hour and minute this MIN record was logged.
The seconds and milliseconds this MIN record was logged.
The year at which this MAX record was logged.
The month and day this MAX record was logged.
The hour and minute this MAX record was logged.
The seconds and milliseconds this MAX record was logged.
Each subsequent record is a structure of REAL elements containing the attributes listed above for each of the metering parameters listed below. Parameters 83…207 are supported by the M8 model only.
Table 19 - Min/Max Log Parameter Attributes
2
3
Parameter No.
1
4
Parameter name
V1_N_Volts
V2_N_Volts
V3_N_Volts
V4_N_Volts
V
V
Units
V
V
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 19 - Min/Max Log Parameter Attributes
33
34
31
32
29
30
27
28
25
26
23
24
21
22
19
20
41
42
39
40
43
37
38
35
36
17
18
15
16
13
14
11
12
9
10
7
8
Parameter No.
5
6
Total_kW
L1_kVAR
L2_kVAR
L3_kVAR
Total_kVAR
L1_kVA
L2_kVA
L3_kVA
Total_kVA
L1_True_PF_Leading
L2_True_PF_Leading
L3_True_PF_Leading
Avg_True_PF_Leading
L1_True_PF_Lagging
L2_True_PF_Lagging
L3_True_PF_Lagging
Parameter name
Avg_V_N_Volts
V1_V2_Volts
V2_V3_Volts
V3_V1_Volts
Avg_VL_VL_Volts
I1_Amps
I2_Amps
I3_Amps
I4_Amps
Avg_Amps
Frequency_Hz
L1_kW
L2_kW
L3_kW
Avg_True_PF_Lagging
L1_Disp_PF
L2_Disp_PF
L3_Disp_PF
Avg_Disp_PF
V1_Crest_Factor
V2_Crest_Factor
V3_Crest_Factor
I1_Crest_Factor
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
%
%
%
%
%
% kVA
% kVAR kVA kVA kVA kW kVAR kVAR kVAR
-
-
-
-
%
%
%
%
%
Hz kW kW kW
A
A
A
A
V
A
V
V
Units
V
V
Logging Chapter 6
121
Chapter 6 Logging
122
Table 19 - Min/Max Log Parameter Attributes
72
73
70
71
68
69
66
67
64
65
62
63
60
61
58
59
80
81
78
79
82
76
77
74
75
56
57
54
55
52
53
50
51
48
49
46
47
Parameter No.
44
45
V2_IEC_THD_%
V3_IEC_THD_%
VGN_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_V_%
I1_IEC_THD_%
I2_IEC_THD_%
I3_IEC_THD_%
I4_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_I_%
I1_K_Factor
I2_K_Factor
I3_K_Factor
Pos_Seq_Volts
Neg_Seq_Volts
Zero_Seq_Volts
Pos_Seq_Amps
Parameter name
I2_Crest_Factor
I3_Crest_Factor
I4_Crest_Factor
V1_IEEE_THD_%
V2_IEEE_THD_%
V3_IEEE_THD_%
VGN_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_V_%
I1_IEEE_THD_%
I2_IEEE_THD_%
I3_IEEE_THD_%
I4_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_I_%
V1_IEC_THD_%
Neg_Seq_Amps
Zero_Seq_Amps
Voltage_Unbalance_%
Current_Unbalance_% kW Demand kVAR Demand kVA Demand
Demand PF
Demand Amperes
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
V
A
V
V
-
-
-
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% kW kVAR kVA
%
A
%
%
A
A
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
-
%
-
-
Units
Table 19 - Min/Max Log Parameter Attributes
109
110
111
112
105
106
107
108
101
102
103
104
97
98
99
100
117
118
119
120
121
113
114
115
116
95
96
93
94
91
92
89
90
87
88
85
86
Parameter No.
83
84
200mS_L1_kW
200mS_L2_kW
200mS_L3_kW
200mS_Total_kW
200mS_L1_kVAR
200mS_L2_kVAR
200mS_L3_kVAR
200mS_Total_kVAR
200mS_L1_kVA
200mS_L2_kVA
200mS_L3_kVA
200mS_Total_kVA
200mS_L1_True_PF
200mS_L2_True_PF
200mS_L3_True_PF
200mS_Total_True_PF
Parameter name
200mS_V1_N_Magnitude
200mS_V2_N_Magnitude
200mS_V3_N_Magnitude
200mS_VN_G_Magnitude
200mS_VN_Ave_Magnitude
200mS_V1_V2_Magnitude
200mS_V2_V3_Magnitude
200mS_V3_V1_Magnitude
200mS_VV_Ave_Magnitude
200mS_I1_Amps_Magnitude
200mS_I2_Amps_Magnitude
200mS_I3_Amps_Magnitude
200mS_I4_Amps_Magnitude
200mS_Amps_Ave_Magnitude
200mS_L1_Disp_PF
200mS_L2_Disp_PF
200mS_L3_Disp_PF
200mS_Total_Disp_PF
200mS_V1_N_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_V2_N_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_V3_N_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_VN_G_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_Avg_IEEE_THD_V_%
%
%
%
% kVA kVA kVA kVA kVAR kVAR kVAR kVAR kW kW kW kW
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
A
A
A
A
V
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
Units
V
V
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
123
Chapter 6 Logging
124
Table 19 - Min/Max Log Parameter Attributes
148
149
150
151
144
145
146
147
140
141
142
143
136
137
138
139
156
157
158
159
160
152
153
154
155
132
133
134
135
128
129
130
131
124
125
126
127
Parameter No.
122
123
Parameter name
200mS_V1_V2_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_V2_V3_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_V3_V1_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_Avg_IEEE_THD_V_V_%
200mS_I1_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_I2_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_I3_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_I4_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_Avg_IEEE_THD_I_%
200mS_V1_N_IEC_THD_%
200mS_V2_N_IEC_THD_%
200mS_V3_N_IEC_THD_%
200mS_VN_G_IEC_THD_%
200mS_Avg_IEC_THD_V_%
200mS_V1_V2_IEC_THD_%
200mS_V2_V3_IEC_THD_%
200mS_V3_V1_IEC_THD_%
200mS_Avg_IEC_THD_V_V_%
200mS_I1_IEC_THD_%
200mS_I2_IEC_THD_%
200mS_I3_IEC_THD_%
200mS_I4_IEC_THD_%
200mS_Avg_IEC_THD_I_%
200mS_V1_N_THDS
200mS_V2_N_THDS
200mS_V3_N_THDS
200mS_VN_G_THDS
200mS_AVE_VN_THDS
200mS_V1_V2_THDS
200mS_V2_V3_THDS
200mS_V3_V1_THDS
200mS_AVE_LL_THDS
200mS_V1_N_TIHDS
200mS_V2_N_TIHDS
200mS_V3_N_TIHDS
200mS_VN_G_TIHDS
200mS_AVE_VN_TIHDS
200mS_V1_V2_TIHDS
200mS_V2_V3_TIHDS
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Units
%
%
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 19 - Min/Max Log Parameter Attributes
187
188
189
190
183
184
185
186
179
180
181
182
175
176
177
178
195
196
197
198
199
191
192
193
194
171
172
173
174
167
168
169
170
163
164
165
166
Parameter No.
161
162
Parameter name
200mS_V3_V1_TIHDS
200mS_AVE_LL_TIHDS
200mS_I1_K_Factor
200mS_I2_K_Factor
200mS_I3_K_Factor
200mS_Pos_Seq_Volts
200mS_Neg_Seq_Volts
200mS_Zero_Seq_Volts
200mS_Pos_Seq_Amps
200mS_Neg_Seq_Amps
200mS_Zero_Seq_Amps
200mS_Voltage_Unbalance_%
200mS_Current_Unbalance_%
10s_Power_Frequency
3s_V1_N_Magnitude
10m_V1_N_Magnitude
2h_V1_N_Magnitude
3s_V2_N_Magnitude
10m_V2_N_Magnitude
2h_V2_N_Magnitude
3s_V3_N_Magnitude
10m_V3_N_Magnitude
2h_V3_N_Magnitude
3s_VN_G_Magnitude
10m_VN_G_Magnitude
2h_VN_G_Magnitude
3s_V1_V2_Magnitude
10m_V1_V2_Magnitude
2h_V1_V2_Magnitude
3s_V2_V3_Magnitude
10m_V2_V3_Magnitude
2h_V2_V3_Magnitude
3s_V3_V1_Magnitude
10m_V3_V1_Magnitude
2h_V3_V1_Magnitude
CH1_Short_Term_Flicker_Pst
CH1_Long_Term_Flicker_Plt
CH2_Short_Term_Flicker_Pst
CH2_Long_Term_Flicker_Plt
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Pst
Plt
Pst
Plt
V
V
V
V
%
Hz
A
%
A
A
V
V
-
V
-
-
Units
%
%
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
125
Chapter 6 Logging
Load Factor Log
126
Table 19 - Min/Max Log Parameter Attributes
205
206
207
Parameter No.
200
201
202
203
204
Parameter name
CH3_Short_Term_Flicker_Pst
CH3_Long_Term_Flicker_Plt
200mS_CH1_Mains_Signaling_Volt age
200mS_CH2_Mains_Signaling_Volt age
200mS_CH3_Mains_Signaling_Volt age
V
V
3s_Voltage_Unbalance
10m_Voltage_Unbalance
2h_Voltage_Unbalance %
%
%
Units
Pst
Plt
V
Setup
The Min/Max Log requires the following to be configured:
• Basic metering setup
• Logging configuration
• Date and Time setup
Commands
• Clear single min/max log record
• Clear min/max log
Related Functions
• Demand metering
• Voltage, current and frequency metering
• Power metering
• Configuration lock
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit maintains a 12-month record of real, reactive and apparent demand and load factor. Load factor is defined as average demand divided by peak demand and is a measure of load variability.
Load Factor Log Results
Load factor log records can be retrieved from the PowerMonitor 5000 web page or ftp server. The power monitor generates the log file at the time of the request.
Records can also be retrieved individually or sequentially by using the data table interface.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
File Name
The log file is named Load_Factor_Log.csv.
Logged Parameters
The load factor log consists of 14 records. The first is a header naming the logged parameters. The second is an active record for the current month. The remaining records are static and store data for each of the previous 12 months. The monthly records operate in a circular, or FIFO fashion. On a user-selected day each month, the current record is pushed into the stack of monthly records and, if the stack is full, the oldest is deleted. Each record is a structure of REAL elements containing the following parameters:
• LoadFactor_Record_Number
• LoadFactor_End_Date
• LoadFactor_Elapsed_Time
• Peak_Demand _kW
• Average_Demand_kW
• LoadFactor_kW
• Peak_Demand_kVAR
• Average_Demand_kVAR
• LoadFactor_kVAR
• Peak_Demand_kVA
• Average_Demand_kVA
• LoadFactor_kVA
Setup
The Data Log requires the following to be configured:
• Basic metering setup (including Demand)
• Data logging configuration
• Date and Time setup
Commands
• Store and clear current Load Factor Record
• Clear Load Factor Log
Related Functions
• Demand metering
• Configuration lock
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 127
Chapter 6 Logging
Time-of-use (TOU) Log
128
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit maintains records of energy and demand organized by times of use defined by the user.
In the PowerMonitor 5000 model, there are three time-of-use (TOU) logs, one each for real, reactive and apparent energy, and demand. Within each log, energy consumption and peak demand are recorded into off-peak, mid-peak and onpeak categories. The days and times that define the mid- and on-peak periods are user selectable. All times of use not defined as mid- or on-peak are considered offpeak.
TOU Log Results
Time-of-use log records can be retrieved from the PowerMonitor 5000 web page or ftp server. The power monitor generates the log file at the time of the request.
Records can also be retrieved individually or sequentially by using the data table interface.
File Name
The log file is named Time_of_Use_Log.csv.
Logged Parameters
The TOU log consists of 14 records. The first is a header naming the logged parameters. The second is an active record for the current month. The remaining records are static and store data for each of the previous 12 months. The monthly records operate in a circular, or FIFO fashion. On a user-selected day each month, the current record is pushed into the stack of monthly records and, if the stack is full, the oldest is deleted. Each record is a structure of REAL elements containing the following parameters:
• TOU_Record_Number
• TOU_ Start_Date
• TOU_End_Date
• Off_Peak_GWh_Net
• Off_Peak_kWh_Net
• Off_Peak_kW_Demand
• Mid_Peak_GWh_Net
• Mid_Peak_kWh_Net
• Mid_Peak_kW_Demand
• On_Peak_GWh_Net
• On_Peak_kWh_Net
• On_Peak_kW_Demand
• Off_Peak_GVARh_Net
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
• Off_Peak_kVARh_Net
• Off_Peak_kVAR_Demand
• Mid_Peak_GVARh_Net
• Mid_Peak_kVARh_Net
• Mid_Peak_kVAR_Demand
• On_Peak_GVARh_Net
• On_Peak_kVARh_Net
• On_Peak_kVAR_Demand
• Off_Peak _GVAh_Net
• Off_Peak_kVAh_Net
• Off_Peak_kVA_Demand
• Mid_Peak_GVAh_Net
• Mid_Peak_kVAh_Net
• Mid_Peak_kVA_Demand
• On_Peak_GVAh_Net
• On_Peak_kVAh_Net
• On_Peak_kVA_Demand
Setup
The Time-of-use Log requires the following to be configured:
• Basic metering setup (including Demand)
• Logging configuration
• Date and Time setup
Commands
• Store and clear current TOU Record
• Clear TOU Log
Related Functions
• Energy metering
• Demand metering
• Configuration lock
Logging Chapter 6
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 129
Chapter 6 Logging
Event Log
The event log records the date and time of changes made to the device and of external events. The event log is up to 100 records deep. The event log cannot be cleared.
The Event_Log_Mode parameter determines what happens when log is full:
• If 0 = Stop logging, no more event data is logged.
• If 1 = Overwrite oldest record, event logging continues and oldest events are deleted.
Event Log Results
Event log records can be retrieved from the PowerMonitor 5000 web page or ftp server. Event log records can also be retrieved sequentially by using the data table interface.
File Name
The event log is named Event_Log.csv.
Logged Parameters
The event log operates in a circular, or FIFO fashion. The first record is a header naming the logged parameters. Each subsequent record is a structure of INT16 elements containing the following parameters.
Table 20 - Event Log Logged Parameters
Tag Name
Event_Record_Identifier
Event_Timestamp_Year
Event_Timestamp_Mth_Day
Event_Timestamp_Hr_Min
Event_Timestamp_Sec_ms
Event Type
General Code
Information Code
Description
Used to verify record sequence when returning multiple records.
The year when the record was recorded.
The month and day when the record was recorded.
The hour and minute when the record was recorded.
The seconds and milliseconds when the record was recorded.
Indicates the type of event that has occurred.
Indicates general information about the status event.
Indicates specific information about the status event.
130 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 21 - Event, General, and Information Codes
Event Type
Self-Test Status
Event #
1
General Code
Pass
Nor Flash Memory
Code
0
1
SDRAM
NAND Flash Memory
FRAM
Real Time Clock
Watchdog Timer 32
Ethernet communication 64
2
4
8
16
Information Code
Overall Status
Boot Code Checksum
Application Code Checksum 4
Wrong Application FRN 8
Invalid Model Type
WIN Mismatch
16
32
1
2
Code
Missing Upgrade Block
Failed Read/Write Test
Read/Write Failed
Failed Read/Write Test
Real Time Clock Failed
Real Time Clock not Set
Watchdog Time Out
Ethernet Communication
Port Failed
SNTP_Task_init_failed
Demand_Broadcast_task_ init_failed
1
1
1
2
1
1
64
1
2
4
Logging Chapter 6
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 131
Chapter 6 Logging
Table 21 - Event, General, and Information Codes
Event Type
Configuration Changed
Event #
2
General Code
Clock Set
Status Input Counter Set
Code
1
2
Factory Defaults Restored 4
Energy Register Set 8
Information Code
Status Input 1
Status Input 2
Status Input 3
Status Input 4
Wh Register
VARh Register
VAh Register
Ah Register
All Energy Registers Cleared 16
1
2
4
8
Code
4
8
1
2
Log Cleared or Set 4
Relay/KYZ Output Forced 8
Status Input Activated 16
Terminal Locked
Terminal Unlocked
Min/Max Log Cleared
Energy Log Cleared
LoadFactor Log Cleared
TOU Log Cleared
Data Log Cleared
Setpoint Log Cleared
Trigger Data Log Cleared 64
Power Quality Log Cleared 128
Waveform Log Cleared
KYZ Forced On
256
1
KYZ Forced Off
Relay 1 Forced On
Relay 1 Forced Off
Relay 2 Forced On
8
16
2
4
16
32
4
8
1
2
16
32
Relay 2 Forced Off
Relay 3 Forced On
Relay 3 Forced Off
Status Input 1
Status Input 2
Status Input 3
Status Input 4
2
4
8
32
64
128
1
132 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 21 - Event, General, and Information Codes
Event Type
Status Input Deactivated
Event #
32
Energy Register Rollover 64
General Code
Status Input 1
Status Input 2
Status Input 3
Status Input 4
Wh Register
VARh Register
VAh Register
Status Input 1 Register
Status Input 2 Register
Status Input 3 Register
Status Input 4 Register
Device Power Up
Device Power Down
Missed External Demand
Sync
Register Set Clear
128
256
512
1024
16
32
4
8
64
1
2
4
8
Code
1
2
Setup
Logging configuration.
Commands
None.
Related Functions
Log status input changes.
Information Code Code
Logging Chapter 6
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 133
Chapter 6 Logging
Setpoint Log
134
The setpoint log records information when a setpoint output activates (asserts) or deactivates (de-asserts). The setpoint log is up to100 records deep.
The Setpoint_Log_Mode parameter determines what happens when log is full:
• If 0 = Stop logging, no more setpoint data is logged.
• If 1 = Overwrite oldest record, logging continues and oldest events are deleted.
Setpoint Log Results
Setpoint log records can be retrieved from the PowerMonitor 5000 web page or ftp server. Setpoint log records can also be retrieved sequentially by using the data table interface.
File Name
The setpoint log is named Setpoint_Log.csv.
Logged Parameters
The setpoint log operates in a circular, or FIFO fashion. The first record is a header naming the logged parameters. Each subsequent record is a structure of
REAL elements containing the following parameters.
Table 22 - Setpoint Log Logged Parameters
Item Name
Setpoint_Record_Identifier
Setpoint_Timestamp_Year
Setpoint_Timestamp_Mth_Day
Setpoint_Timestamp_Hr_Min
Setpoint_Timestamp_Sec_ms
Setpoint_Number
Setpoint_Status
Input_Parameter
Test_Condition
Evaluation_Type
Threshold_Setting
Hysteresis_Setting
Assert_Delay
Deassert_Delay
Output_Source
Description
Used to verify record sequence when returning multiple records.
The year when the record was recorded.
The month and day when the record was recorded.
The hour and minute when the record was recorded.
The seconds and milliseconds when the record was recorded.
Setpoint number of record.
Setpoint is active or not active.
Input test parameter of setpoint.
Test Condition.
Evaluation type for setpoint.
The threshold setting magnitude or percent.
Magnitude or percent.
Time delay before actuation.
Time delay before deassert.
Output flag or bit.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 22 - Setpoint Log Logged Parameters
Item Name
Output_Action
Accumulated_Time
Number_Of_Transitions
Description
Configured action when actuated.
Total accumulation in seconds.
Number of transitions from off to on.
Setup
• Basic metering setup
• Setpoints 1…5 configuration
• Setpoints 6…10 configuration
• Setpoints 11…15 configuration
• Setpoints 16…20 configuration
• Setpoint Logic configuration
• Setpoint Outputs configuration
• Date and Time setup
• Logging configuration
Commands
• Clear Setpoint Log
• Clear Setpoint Accumulators
Related Functions
Setpoint configuration and operation.
Logging Chapter 6
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 135
Chapter 6 Logging
Alarm Log
The alarm log records information when an alarm occurs. The alarm log is up to 100 records deep. The alarm log cannot be cleared.
Alarm Log Results
Alarm log records can be retrieved from the PowerMonitor 5000 web page or ftp server. Alarm log records can also be retrieved sequentially by using the data table interface.
File Name
The alarm log is named Alarm_Log.csv.
Logged Parameters
The alarm log operates in a circular, or FIFO fashion. The first is a header naming the logged parameters. Each subsequent record is a structure of INT16 elements containing the following parameters.
Table 23 - Alarm Log Logged Parameters
Tag Name
Alarm_Record_Identifier
Alarm_Timestamp_Year
Alarm_Timestamp_Mth_Day
Alarm_Timestamp_Hr_Min
Alarm_Timestamp_Sec_ms
Alarm Type
Alarm Code
Description
Used to verify record sequence when returning multiple records.
The year when the record was recorded.
The month and day when the record was recorded.
The hour and minute when the record was recorded.
The seconds and milliseconds when the record was recorded.
Indicates the type of event that has occurred.
Indicates information about the alarm.
136 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
Table 24 - Alarm Codes and Descriptions
Alarm Type Description
Metering_Status
Type
1
Over_Range_Information
PowerQuality_Status
Logs_Status
Output_Pulse_Overrun
2
4
8
16
Alarm Code Description
Virtual_Wiring_Correction
Volts_Loss_V1
Volts_Loss_V2
Volts_Loss_V3
Voltage_Over_Range_Indication
Ampere_Over_Range_Indication
Wiring_Diagnostics_Active
V1G_Over_Range
V2G_Over_Range
V3G_Over_Range
VNG_Over_Range
I1_Over_Range
I2_Over_Range
I3_Over_Range
I4_Over_Range
Sag_Indication_Detected
Swell_Indication_Detected
Transient_Indication
200mS_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
3s_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
10m_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
2h_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
Data_Log_Full_Fill_And_Stop
Event_Log_Full_Fill_And_Stop
Setpoint_Log_Full_Fill_And_Stop
PowerQuality_Log_Full_Fill_And_Stop
Energy_Log_Full_Fill_And_Stop
Waveform_Full
TriggerData_Full_Fill_And_Stop
KYZ_Pulse_Overrun
Relay1_Pulse_Overrun
Relay2_Pulse_Overrun
Relay3_Pulse_Overrun
1
2
32
64
4
8
8
16
2
4
64
1
16
32
4
8
1
2
16
32
64
128
4
8
1
2
32
64
8
16
2
4
Code
1
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 137
Chapter 6 Logging
Table 24 - Alarm Codes and Descriptions
Alarm Type Description Type
IEEE1159_Over/Under_Voltage_Imbalance 32
IEEE1159_DCOffset_THD_Frequency_Conditi on
64
IEEE1159_TID_Condition 65
IEEE519_Overall_Status 128
Alarm Code Description
IEEE1159_Over_Voltage_V1
IEEE1159_Over_Voltage_V2
IEEE1159_Over_Voltage_V3
IEEE1159_Under_Voltage_V1
IEEE1159_Under_Voltage_V2
IEEE1159_Under_Voltage_V3
IEEE1159_Imbalance_Condition_Volts
IEEE1159_Imbalance_Condition_Current
IEEE1159_DCOffset_Condition_V1
IEEE1159_DCOffset_Condition_V2
IEEE1159_DCOffset_Condition_V3
IEEE1159_Voltage_THD_Condition_V1
IEEE1159_Voltage_THD_Condition_V2
IEEE1159_Voltage_THD_Condition_V3
IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition_ I1
IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition_ I2
IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition_ I3
IEEE1159_PowerFrequency_Condition
64
128
256
512
IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition_ I4 1024
IEEE1159_Voltage_TID_Condition_V1 1
IEEE1159_Voltage_TID_Condition_V2
IEEE1159_Voltage_TID_Condition_V3
2
4
IEEE1159_Current_TID_Condition_I1
IEEE1159_Current_TID_Condition_ I2
IEEE1159_Current_TID_Condition_ I3
IEEE1159_Current_TID_Condition_ I4
ShortTerm_TDD_THD_PASS_FAIL
LongTerm_TDD_THD_PASS_FAIL
ShortTerm_Individual_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 4
LongTerm_Individual_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 8
1
2
32
64
8
16
16
32
4
8
1
2
64
128
16
32
4
8
Code
1
2
138 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
Table 24 - Alarm Codes and Descriptions
Alarm Type Description Type
ShortTerm_2nd_To_17th_Harmonic_Status 256
ShortTerm_18th_To_33rd_Harmonic_Status 512
ShortTerm_34th_To_40th_Harmonic_Status 1024
Alarm Code Description
2nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
3rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
4th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 4
5th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 8
6th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 16
7th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 32
Code
1
2
8th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 64
9th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 128
10th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 256
11th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 512
12th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 1024
13th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 2048
14th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 4096
15th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 8192
16th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 16384
17th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 32768
18th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
19th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
1
2
20th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 4
21st_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 8
22nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 16
23rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 32
24th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 64
25th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 128
26th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 256
27th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 512
28th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 1024
29th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 2048
30th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 4096
31st_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 8192
32nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 16384
33rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 32768
34th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
35th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
1
2
36th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
37th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
38th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
39th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
40th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
16
32
4
8
64
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 139
Chapter 6 Logging
140
Table 24 - Alarm Codes and Descriptions
Alarm Type Description Type
LongTerm_2nd_To_17th_Harmonic_Status 2048
LongTerm_18th_To_33rd_Harmonic_Status 4096
LongTerm_34th_To_40th_Harmonic_Status 8192
Alarm Code Description
2nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
3rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
4th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 4
5th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 8
6th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 16
7th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 32
Code
1
2
8th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 64
9th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 128
10th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 256
11th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 512
12th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 1024
13th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 2048
14th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 4096
15th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 8192
16th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 16384
17th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 32768
18th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
19th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
1
2
20th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 4
21st_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 8
22nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 16
23rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 32
24th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 64
25th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 128
26th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 256
27th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 512
28th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 1024
29th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 2048
30th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 4096
31st_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 8192
32nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 16384
33rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL 32768
34th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
35th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
1
2
36th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
37th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
38th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
39th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
40th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
16
32
4
8
64
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
Table 24 - Alarm Codes and Descriptions
Alarm Type Description
IEEE1159_Voltage_Fluctuation_Condition
EN61000_4_30_Mains_Signal_Under_Over
_Deviation_Condition
Type Alarm Code Description Code
16384 IEEE1159_Voltage_Fluctuation_Condition_V1 1
IEEE1159_Voltage_Fluctuation_Condition_V2 2
IEEE1159_Voltage_Fluctuation_Condition_V3 4
32768 EN61000_4_30_Mains_Signal_Condition_V1 1
EN61000_4_30_Mains_Signal_Condition_V2 2
EN61000_4_30_Mains_Signal_Condition_V3 4
EN61000_4_30_Under_Deviation_V1
EN61000_4_30_Under_Deviation_V2
EN61000_4_30_Under_Deviation_V3
EN61000_4_30_Over_ Deviation _V1
EN61000_4_30_Over_ Deviation _V2
EN61000_4_30_Over_ Deviation _V3
32
64
8
16
128
256
Setup
Basic metering setup.
Commands
None.
Related Functions
None.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 141
Chapter 6 Logging
Power Quality Log
(M6 and M8 model)
The power monitor records power quality events that it has detected and classified into a Power Quality log.
Setup
• Basic metering setup
• Date and time setup
• Logging configuration
The Power_Quality_Log_Mode parameter in the Configuration.Logging tab determines what happens when the log is full:
• 0 = Stop logging; no more power quality data is logged.
• 1 = Overwrite oldest record; logging continues and oldest events are deleted.
Operation
A Power Quality log record is comprised of the event classification, local and
UTC timestamps, duration of event, minimum sag rms voltage and maximum swell rms voltage level, and the trip point setting. Time stamps have a resolution of 1 microsecond. If a sag or swell event has an associated waveform recording, the Power Quality log entry includes the Association_Timestamp, a date/time reference to the waveform.
Because the user or software can delete waveform files to make room for more captures, a situation can occur in which a reference appears in a power quality log record but the file no longer exists. In this case, the write status table returns ‘Log
File Not Found’ to the user.
The power quality log is 100 records deep.
File Name
The power quality log is named Power_Quality_Log.csv.
142 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
Logged Parameters
The event log operates in a circular, or FIFO fashion. When accessed as a file, the first record is a header containing the tag names. Each subsequent record is a structure of REAL elements containing the following parameters.
Tag Name
Record_Identifier
Event_Type
Sub_Event_Code
Local_Timestamp_Year
Local_Timestamp_Mth_Day
Local_Timestamp_Hr_Min
Local_Timestamp_Sec_mS
Description
Used to verify record sequence when returning multiple records
Power quality event type, see Power Quality Event Code table.
Indicate the sub event of the event type. For example, a sag event can happen in V1, V2 or V3. See Power Quality Event Code table.
Year of the local time when the record was recorded
Month and Day of the local time when the record was recorded
Hour and Minute of the local time when the record was recorded
Second and Millisecond of the local time when the record was recorded.
Local_Timestamp_uS
UTC_Timestamp_Year
UTC_Timestamp_Mth_Day
UTC_Timestamp_Hr_Min
Microsecond when the record was recorded
Year of the UTC when the record was recorded
Month and Day of the UTC when the record was recorded
Hour and Minute of the UTC when the record was recorded.
UTC_Timestamp_Sec_mS
UTC_Timestamp_uS
Second and Millisecond of UTC when the record was recorded.
Microsecond of UTC when the record was recorded.
Association_Timestamp_Year Year of the timestamp associated with waveform file if the event can trigger a waveform capture
Association_Timestamp_Mth_Day Month and Day of the timestamp associated with waveform file if the event can trigger a waveform capture
Association_Timestamp_Hr_Min
Association_Timestamp_Sec_mS
Association_Timestamp_uS
Event_Duration_mS
Min_or_Max
Trip_Point
WSB Originator
Hour and Minute of the timestamp associated with waveform file if the event can trigger a waveform capture
Second and Millisecond of the timestamp associated with waveform file if the event can trigger a waveform capture
Microsecond of the timestamp associated with waveform file
Event duration in milliseconds
Minimum or maximum value of the related parameter during the event
The trip point that triggered the event
ID of the unit that originated the WSB message; the 3 least significant bytes of its MAC ID
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 143
Chapter 6 Logging
Power Quality Event Name
Voltage_Swell
Voltage_Sag
Imbalance
Power_Frequency
Voltage_DC_Offset
Voltage THD
Current THD
IEEE1159_Over_Voltage
IEEE1159_Under_Voltage
Voltage_TID
Current_TID
IEEE1159_Voltage_Fluctuations
Voltage_Transient
Command_Trigger
Power Quality Event Codes
Event Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Sub Event Name
V1_Swell
V2_Swell
V3_Swell
V1_Sag
V2_Sag
V3_Sag
Voltage Imbalance
Current Imbalance
--
V1_DC_Offset
V2_DC_Offset
V3_DC_Offset
V1_THD
V2_THD
V3_THD
I1_THD
I2_THD
I3_THD
V1_Over_Voltage
V2_Over_Voltage
V3_Over_Voltage
V1_Under_Voltage
V2_Under_Voltage
V3_Under_Voltage
V1_Interharmonics
V2_Interharmonics
V3_Interharmonics
I1_Interharmonics
I2_Interharmonics 2
I3_Interharmonics 3
3
1
1
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
2
3
--
1
1
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
Sub Event Code Can Trigger Waveform
Capture
•
•
•
•
•
•
12
I4_Interharmonics 4
V1_Pst 1
V2_Pst
V3_Pst
2
3
13 •
14
V1_Transient
V2_Transient
V3_Transient
--
3
--
1
2
•
•
•
Description
Voltage Swell (4 trip points for V1)
Voltage Swell (4 trip points for V2)
Voltage Swell (4 trip points for V3)
Voltage Sag (5 trip points for V1)
Voltage Sag (5 trip points for V2)
Voltage Sag (5 trip points for V3)
Voltage Imbalance
Current Imbalance
Power Frequency Deviation
V1 DC offset
V2 DC offset
V3 DC offset
V1 DC offset
V2 DC offset
V3 DC offset
I1 THD
V1 under voltage
V2 under voltage
V3 under voltage
Voltage V1 total interharmonic distortion
Voltage V2 total interharmonic distortion
Voltage V3 total interharmonic distortion
Current I1total interharmonic distortion
V1 Pst configured limit has been exceeded
V2 Pst configured limit has been exceeded
V3 Pst configured limit has been exceeded
V1 transient
V2 transient
V3 transient
Event triggered by the user command
144 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
Power Quality Event Name
WSB_Sag
WSB_Swell
WSB_Transient
WSB_Command
IEEE1159_Swell
IEEE1159_Sag
IEEE1159_Interruption
EN61000_4_30_Mains_Signaling
EN61000_4_30_Under_Deviation
EN61000_4_30_Over_Deviation
18
19
16
17
Event Code Sub Event Name
15 --
--
--
--
V1_Swell
V2_Swell
20
21
22
23
24
V3_Swell
V1_Sag
V2_Sag
V3_Sag
V1_Interruption
V2_Interruption
V3_Interruption
V1_Mains_Signal
V2_Mains_Signal
V3_Mains_Signal
V1_Under_Deviation
V2_Under_ Deviation
V3_Under_ Deviation
V1_Over_ Deviation
V2_Over_ Deviation
V3_Over_ Deviation
3
1
1
2
2
3
2
3
3
1
1
2
--
1
--
--
Sub Event Code Can Trigger Waveform
Capture
-•
Description
2
3
1
2
3
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Sag event from WSB (waveform synchronization broadcast) message.
Swell event from WSB message
Transient event from WSB message
User command from WSB message
Voltage Swell greater than 110% of nominal
Voltage Swell greater than 110% of nominal
Voltage Swell greater than 110% of nominal
Voltage Sag less than 90% of nominal
Voltage Sag less than 90% of nominal
Voltage Sag less than 90% of nominal
Voltage Interruption less than 10% nominal
Voltage Interruption less than 10% nominal
Voltage Interruption less than 10% nominal
V1 mains signaling has exceeded the configured limit
V2 mains signaling has exceeded the configured limit
V3 mains signaling has exceeded the configured limit
An under deviation is detected on V1
An under deviation is detected on V2
An under deviation is detected on V3
An over deviation is detected on V1
An over deviation is detected on V2
An over deviation is detected on V3
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 145
Chapter 6 Logging
Power Quality Log Results
Power quality log records can be retrieved in a file from the PowerMonitor 5000 web page or ftp server. The link for the power quality log is found in the
LoggingResults.General_Logs tab in the web page.
To retrieve the file, click the link and follow the prompts to save or open the file.
The ftp server works in a similar way.
Records can also be retrieved sequentially through the native Ethernet network communication or an optional communication port by using the data table interface. A read of the
table returns the number of power quality log records in Element 15.
Select the power quality log and the desired order of record retrieval by writing values to these tags in the
• Selected Log = 10, Power Quality Log
• Chronology of Auto Return Data = 0 for most recent first (default), 1 for earliest first
Successive reads of the LoggingResults.Power_Quality_Log (M6 and M8 model)
table return records in the selected sequence. After the last record is read, the next read starts again from the end or beginning of the log as was selected.
Commands
Clear power quality log
146 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
Trigger Data Log (M6 and M8 model)
A trigger data log is enabled as a setpoint or logic gate output action and stores a cycle-by-cycle record of the values of up to 8 selected parameters for a selected duration when its associate setpoint activates.
Setup
The trigger log requires the following to be configured:
• Basic Metering setup
• Date and Time setup
• Setpoint setup
At least one setpoint or logic gate output must be configured with a value of
30 = ‘Trigger Data Log’, to utilize the trigger data feature.
The trigger log is configured by default. If the default configuration satisfies your requirements, you do not need to change it. To modify the setup, edit the parameters in the Configuration.TriggerData tab, which contains the following parameters.
Trigger_Mode - Selects how records are saved. Options are:
• 0 = Fill and stop recording when log is full
• 1 = Overwrite when log is full starting with the earliest record (default)
TriggerData_Length_s - Log duration, range = 1 (default) …10 seconds
Trigger log parameter selection. For each, the range is 1…184, from the Data Log
Parameter List on page 111 .
The default values of the parameters are listed below.
• TriggerData_Parameter_1 - 5 = Avg_V_N_Volts
• TriggerData_Parameter_2 - 9 = Avg_VL_VL_Volts
• TriggerData_Parameter_3 - 14 = Avg_Amps
• TriggerData_Parameter_4 - 15 = Frequency_Hz
• TriggerData_Parameter_5 - 19 = Total_kW
• TriggerData_Parameter_6 - 23 = Total_kVAR
• TriggerData_Parameter_7 - 27 = Total_kVA
• TriggerData_Parameter_8 - 39 = Total_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
Operation
When an associated setpoint activates, the trigger data file stores the selected parameters for the selected duration in a data file and stores the associated setpoint or logic gate identity and configuration parameters in a setpoint information file.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 147
Chapter 6 Logging
148
File Names
Triggerlog_YYYYMMDD_hhmmss_HH, and
TriggerSetpointInfo_YYYYMMDD_hhmmss_HH, where
• YYYMMDD_hhmmss = the local date and time stamp of the record, used to associate the trigger data file with its associated setpoint information
• HH = the UTC hour avoids duplication during daylight-saving time transition
Refer to
LoggingResults. TriggerData_Header Data Table
for the content and structure of the setpoint information file, and
TriggerData_Log Data Table for the content and structure of the trigger data file.
Trigger Data Log Results
Trigger data log records can be retrieved from the PowerMonitor 5000 web page or ftp server. Trigger data log records can also be retrieved sequentially by using the data table interface.
When retrieved from the web page or ftp server, the first row in the files is a header row containing parameter names.
Trigger Data Log Single Record Retrieval
A controller or application can sequentially retrieve trigger data records by following the process described in this section, following these general tasks.
1.
Read the number of trigger data files from the
table.
The
table contains the following trigger data information:
• Element 11, the number of trigger data records (cycles)
• Element 12, the number of trigger data files
2.
Write the Configuration.Log_Read
table with Selected Log = 12.
The
table contains the following elements:
• Element 0: Write a value of 12 to request the next trigger data log or trigger data setpoint information file name, or a value of 13 to select the trigger data header
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
• Element 1: Write a 0 to return the most recent file name first or a 1 to return the oldest file name first
3.
Read the trigger data setpoint information file name from the
LoggingResults. TriggerLog_Setpoint_Info_File_Name Data Table one or
more times until the desired file name is returned.
4.
Read the trigger data file name from the
LoggingResults.TriggerLog_FileName Data Table one or more times until
the desired file name is returned.
5.
Write the selected file names into the Configuration.TriggerDataLogFile
Configuration.TriggerSetpointInfoFile Data Table .
6.
Perform a read of the
LoggingResults. TriggerData_Header Data Table
and store the results in a suitable location.
7.
Perform sequential reads of the LoggingResults. TriggerData_Log Data
table and store the results in a suitable location.
The first read returns the total number of cycle data records in the log along with the selected parameter ID numbers. Subsequent reads return each the value of the selected parameters, cycle-by-cycle.
Commands
• Clear trigger data log
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 149
Chapter 6 Logging
Snapshot Log
The Snapshot log captures a record of all data from a single cycle on command.
Setup
The Snapshot log requires the following to be configured:
• Basic Metering setup
• Date and Time setup
Operation
The Snapshot log captures and records the present cycle's data when a command is issued. The content and file structure of the Snapshot log differs between the
M6 and M8 models. This table depicts the Snapshot log content for each model.
Model Parameter Group Results Set
M6 n/a Date and time stamp to the millisecond
All metering data
All harmonic data
Single harmonic results, DC up to the 63rd for the following
- Voltage channels and average
- Current channels and average
- Real, reactive and apparent power per phase and total
M8 0 (default) Parameter Group No.
Date and time stamp to the millisecond
All metering data
All harmonic data
Single harmonic results, DC up to the 127th for the following
- Voltage channels and average
- Current channels and average
- Real, reactive and apparent power per phase and total
1
2
Number of Records
2270
4447
Parameter Group No.
Date and time stamp to the millisecond
EN61000-4-30 Harmonic subgroups up to the 50th for voltage and current
EN61000-4-30 Interharmonic subgroups up to the 50th for voltage and current
EN61000-4-30 Power Quality parameters table
1233
Parameter Group No.
Date and time stamp to the millisecond
EN61000-4-30 5Hz harmonic results, magnitude and angle for voltage and current
EN61000-4-30 5Hz harmonic results, kW, kVAR, kVA magnitude
20,439
150 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logging Chapter 6
For the M8 model, select a Parameter Group by setting the value of the
Metering_Snapshot_Parameter_Selection parameter in the
table or web page. You can download snapshot log
parameter lists from the M6 and M8 model web pages to help interpret the log contents:
• Snapshot_ParameterList_Group0.csv
• Snapshot_ParameterList_Group1.csv
• Snapshot_ParameterList_Group2.csv
The file name includes the local date and time stamp. Subsequent metering data snapshot commands overwrite the previous file.
File Name
The snapshot log file name is
Metering_Snapshot_[Group#_]YYYYMMDD_hhmmssmmm.csv, where:
• Group# = Group 0, 1, or 2 (M8 model only)
• YYYYMMMDD = Year, month, and day
• hhmmssmmm = Hour, minute, seconds and milliseconds
Metering Snapshot Log Results
The metering snapshot log results can be retrieved from the PowerMonitor 5000 web page or ftp server. Records are also retrieved sequentially starting from the beginning of the file by using the data table interface.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 151
Chapter 6 Logging
Web Interface
Click the link and follow the prompts to save or open the log file. The
Snapshot_ParameterList file lists the parameter IDs and their corresponding tag names. The ftp page is similar.
Figure 26 - Metering Snapshot Tab for the M6 Model
Figure 27 - Metering Snapshot Tab for the M8 Model
Data Table Interface
Successive reads of the
LoggingResults. Snapshot_Log Data Table return
sequential single parameters. The following is the data returned:
• Parameter_Number - the ID number of the parameter. The
Snapshot_ParameterList.csv file contains a listing of tag names associated to parameter IDs and can be downloaded from the web page or ftp server.
• Parameter_Value
Commands
Metering data snapshot
For the M8 model, the Parameter Group returned is based on the the value of the
Metering_Snapshot_Parameter_Selection parameter in the
table when the Metering Data Snapshot command
is executed.
EN 50160 Weekly and Yearly
Logs
Please refer to
Appendix G for information on the EN 50160 logs and
compliance record.
152 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Relay and KYZ Outputs
Chapter
7
Logic Functions
Topic
Page
This section describes the functions of the PowerMonitor 5000 unit. Most functions require you to configure set-up parameters to align the unit with your installation and your application requirements. The set-up parameters are listed by name and described in this section. You can view set-up parameters by using the PowerMonitor 5000 web page, and when logged in to an Admin account, make changes to the setup. Set-up parameters are also accessible by using communication.
Please refer to the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
for additional information on setup parameters including the following:
• Range of valid values
• Default values
• Data type
Set-up parameters can be found in data tables with names beginning with
‘Configuration’, for instance Configuration.Metering.Basic.
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit is equipped with three electromechanical Form C relay outputs, typically used for control and annunciation, and one KYZ output solid-state relay designed for low-power, long-life signaling operation. The KYZ output’s typical use is to provide a pulse output proportional to energy consumption to an external totalizer.
Applications
This applies to all models.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 153
Chapter 7 Logic Functions
154
Operation
The outputs can operate in the following modes:
• Energy pulse operation with fixed pulse width or toggle
• Setpoint operation
• I/O control through a Class 1 connection
• Forced operation
IMPORTANT I/O control can use relay output contacts and solid-state KYZ outputs on the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit to control other devices. You can select the response of these outputs to a loss of the connection. Be sure to evaluate the safety impact of the output configuration on your plant or process.
The Default output state on communication loss defines the behavior of the output if the PowerMonitor 5000 unit experiences the loss of a Class 1 (I/O) connection with a Logic controller.
Forced operation of outputs over-rides pulsed operation and setpoint control.
Forced operation is not permitted if an I/O (for example, Exclusive Owner or
Data) connection exists. Force operations are written to the Status Log.
Setup
Relay and KYZ output setup parameters specify the operation of each output, and are found in the
table.
KYZ_Output_Parameter
Output_Relay_1_Output_Parameter
Output_Relay_2_Output_Parameter
Output_Relay_3_Output_Parameter
The output parameter defines how each output is controlled, and for pulsed operation, relates an output’s pulse rate to a specified energy value. These are the selections:
0 = Disable
1 = Wh Fwd
2 = Wh Rev
3 = VARh Fwd
4 = VARh Rev
5 = Vah
6 = Ah
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logic Functions Chapter 7
KYZ_Solid_State_Output_Scale
Output_Relay_1_Output_Scale
Output_Relay_2_Output_Scale
Output_Relay_3_Output_Scale
The output parameter divided by the scale is the output pulse rate. Example: Wh is selected for the parameter and 1,000 is the scale value. The output is pulsed every 1000 Wh, or 1 kWh. This parameter is ignored for setpoint or communication operation.
KYZ_Pulse_Duration_Setting
Output_Relay_1_Pulse_Duration_Setting
Output_Relay_2_Pulse_Duration_Setting
Output_Relay_3_Pulse_Duration_Setting
Defines the duration of each output pulse. These are the choices:
0 = KYZ-style transition output (toggle)
50…1000 = Pulse duration in milliseconds, rounded to the nearest 10 ms.
This parameter is ignored for setpoint or communication operation.
Default_KYZ_State_On_Comm_Loss
Default_Relay_1_State_On_Comm_Loss
Default_Relay_2_State_On_Comm_Loss
Default_Relay_3_State_On_Comm_Loss
In Class 1 scheduled communication operation, this parameter defines the behavior of the specified output if the power monitor experiences a communication loss/communication recovery. These are the selections:
0 = Last state/resume
1 = Last state/freeze
2 = De-energize/resume
3 = De-energize/freeze
4 = Local control
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 155
Chapter 7 Logic Functions
Semantics of selections:
• Last-state = hold the output in its last state on communication loss
• De-energize = put output into de-energized or normal state on communication loss
• Resume = restore output control when communication recovers
• Freeze = maintain state of output when communication recovers until one of the following occurs:
– Logic controller enters program mode
– Power cycle to the power monitor
– Change the parameter value to ‘resume’
• Local Control = Revert to local power monitor control (pulsed or setpoint) on communication loss. When communication recovers and connection is re-established, output control by the connection host resumes.
Status
Relay and KYZ output status is reported by the state of the following Boolean tags, found in the
table. For each tag, 0 = False, 1 = True.
KYZ _Output_Energized
KYZ_Forced_On
KYZ_Forced_Off
Relay_1_Output_Energized
Relay_1_Forced_On
Relay_1_Forced_Off
Relay_2_Output_Energized
Relay_2_Forced_On
Relay_2_Forced_Off
Relay_3_Output_Energized
Relay_3_Forced_On
Relay_3_Forced_Off
Commands
The following command parameters are found in the
table. These commands are not permitted if an
Exclusive Owner connection has been established with a Logix controller.
156 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Status Inputs
Logic Functions Chapter 7
Command Word One
Set this command word value to execute the corresponding action. These are the selections:
10 = Force KYZ Output On
11 = Force KYZ Output Off
12 = Remove Force from KYZ
13 = Force Relay 1 Output On
14 = Force Relay 1 Output Off
15 = Remove Force from Relay 1
16 = Force Relay 2 Output On
17 = Force Relay 2 Output Off
18 = Remove Force from Relay 2
19 = Force Relay 3 Output On
20 = Force Relay 3 Output Off
21 = Remove Force from Relay 3
Related Functions
• Configuration lock
• Status Log
• Setpoints
• EDS add-on profile
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit has four self-powered (24V DC) status inputs.
Two typical uses for status inputs are to totalize external pulse meters and to synchronize the demand end of interval (EOI).
Applications
This applies to all models.
Operation
Each time status input 1 sees an off to on transition, the status input 1 scale factor is added to the status input 1 count. The count continues to increase, rolling over to zero at a value of 9,999,999,999,999 (10
13
– 1). Status input 2, 3 and 4 operate in the same fashion. The status input 2 counter operates whether or not the input is used for demand EOI synchronization.
Setup
The setup parameters for pulse totalizing and scaling are in the
table and are summarized below.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 157
Chapter 7 Logic Functions
158
Log_Status_Input_Changes
These are the choices:
0 = Disable recording of status input changes into the event log
1 = Enable recording of event input changes into the event log
Status_Input_1_Input_Scale
Status_Input_2_Input_Scale
Status_Input_3_Input_Scale
Status_Input_4_Input_Scale
When a status pulse is received the count is increased by the scale factor. (Input pulse * input scale) added to total status count.
Setup for demand EOI synchronization is described in Basic Metering on page 55
.
Status
Status input status is reported by the state of the following Boolean tags, found in the
table. For each tag, 0 = false, 1 = true.
Status_Input_1_Actuated
Status_Input_2_Actuated
Status_Input_3_Actuated
Status_Input_4_Actuated
The scaled value of status input counters are reported in the following tags, found in the
table.
Status_1_Count_xM
Status_1_Count_x1
Status_2_Count_xM
Status_2_Count_x1
Status_3_Count_xM
Status_3_Count_x1
Status_4_Count_xM
Status_4_Count_x1
These are the semantics:
X 1 = value time 1, range = 0…999,999
X M = value time 1 million, range = 0…9,999,999
Combined range (X M, X 1) = 0…9,999,999,999,999
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Setpoints
Logic Functions Chapter 7
Commands
The following command parameters are found in the
Command Word One
Set this command word value to set or reset (to zero) a scaled status input counter value. These are the selections:
6 = Set Status 1 Count
7 = Set Status 2 Count
8 = Set Status 3 Count
9 = Set Status 4 Count
These commands operate by using the values contained in the tags listed below.
The default values are zero. The semantics are the same as described in the Status sub-clause above.
Status 1 Count x M Register Set Value
Status 1 Count X 1 Register Set Value
Status 2 Count x M Register Set Value
Status 2 Count X 1 Register Set Value
Status 3 Count x M Register Set Value
Status 3 Count X 1 Register Set Value
Status 4 Count x M Register Set Value
Status 4 Count X 1 Register Set Value
Related Functions
Configuration lock.
A Setpoint tracks the value of a user-selected parameter and when the value meets user-defined criteria, sets the corresponding Setpoint_Active flag and executes an optional user-selected action.
Applications
• M5 model: 10 simple setpoints
• M6 and M8 models: 20 simple or logical setpoints with 10 logic gates
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 159
Chapter 7 Logic Functions
160
Operation
A PowerMonitor 5000 unit setpoint continually monitors the selected parameter and evaluates its value against the configured test condition, evaluation types, threshold, and hysteresis values. The setpoint is armed when the parameter value satisfies the test condition. A setpoint activates when it has been armed for at least the assert delay time. The setpoint is dis-armed when the parameter value no longer satisfies the test condition (including a dead band defined by the hysteresis value), and de-activates when it has been dis-armed for at least the deassert delay time.
Each setpoint can be tied to an output action, such as energizing a relay output or clearing a value. In the M6 and M8 models, setpoints can also be used as inputs to up to 10 logic gates, which lets you combine setpoints to take specified actions.
The power monitor provides setpoint data including status of each setpoint, statistics relating to setpoint operations, and a setpoint history log.
See
Setpoint and Logic Gate Status on page 174 for more information.
Evaluation Types
The M5 model provides two evaluation types for setpoints:
• Magnitude - the selected parameter is compared against a fixed value configured by you in the Threshold tag for the setpoint. Magnitude is the default selection and is typically used with metering values that are analog in nature.
• State - the selected parameter is compared against a Boolean value (0…1) configured by you in the Threshold tag for the setpoint. State is typically used with discrete parameter values that are either off (0) of on (1).
The M6 and M8 models provide two additional evaluation types:
• Percent of Reference - the selected parameter is compared against a percentage of a fixed nominal reference value. You configure a nominal value in the Reference Value tag for the setpoint, and configure the percentage in the Threshold tag for the setpoint. This operates similar to the Magnitude evaluation type but the power monitor, rather than you, calculates the percentage of the nominal value.
• Percent of Sliding Reference - the selected parameter is compared against that parameter’s own sliding average. This evaluation type can identify rapid variations from a nominal value that changes relatively slowly over time. You configure the sliding average interval in minutes by setting the value of the Relative_Setpoint_Interval_m tag, found in the
Configuration.PowerQuality Data Table
which has a range of 1…1440 minutes (24 hours). A single Relative_Setpoint_Interval is used for all setpoints. The sliding average is updated at a rate of one second per minute of interval. For example, a 5 minute sliding average interval updates every 5 seconds. You configure the percentage of the sliding average in the
Threshold tag for each setpoint. The Reference tag is not used in the
Percent of Sliding Reference evaluation type.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logic Functions Chapter 7
Simple Setpoint Logic (all models)
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit provides three test conditions for setpoint logic.
Any parameter type is permitted to be used with any test condition. Be sure to test the operation of your setpoint setup to assure the desired operation.
Greater Than
A Greater Than setpoint test condition arms the setpoint for activation when the monitored value is greater than the threshold, and dis-arms the setpoint when the
value is less than the threshold less the hysteresis value. Figure 28
illustrates this.
, the setpoint is armed at point A, dis-armed at point B, and armed at point C. Points d and f also arm the setpoint but the value decreases below the threshold at points e and g before the assert delay time passes.
Figure 28 - Greater Than Test Condition
Selected
Parameter
Threshold
A b
C
Hysteresis
Setpoint
Status
1
0
Assert
Delay a
B d e f c
Deassert
Delay
Assert
Delay g
Less Than
A Less Than test condition arms the setpoint for activation when the monitored value is less than the threshold, and dis-arms the setpoint when the value is
greater than the threshold plus hysteresis. Figure 29
illustrates this. In
the setpoint is armed at point A, dis-armed at point B, and armed at point C.
Points d and f also arm the setpoint but the value increase above the threshold at points e and g before the assert delay time passes.
Figure 29 - Less Than Test Condition
Selected
Parameter
Hysteresis a
B
Threshold
Setpoint
1
Status
0
Assert
Delay
A b c e f d
Deassert
Delay
Assert
Delay g
C
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 161
Chapter 7 Logic Functions
Setpoint 1
· Parameter Selection 1
· Reference Value 1
· Test Condition 1
· Evaluation Type 1
· Threshold 1
· Hysteresis 1
· Assert Delay Seconds 1
· Deassert Delay Seconds 1
Setpoint 2
· Parameter Selection 2
· Reference Value 2
· Test Condition 2
· Evaluation Type 2
· Threshold 2
· Hysteresis 2
· Assert Delay Seconds 2
· Deassert Delay Seconds 2
Equal To
An Equal To test condition arms the setpoint for activation when the monitored value exactly equals the threshold, and dis-arms the setpoint when the value no longer equals the threshold. Hysteresis is ignored in the Equal To test condition.
Figure 30 illustrates this. In Figure 30
, the setpoint is armed at point A, dis-armed at point B, and armed at point C. Point d also arms the setpoint but the value changes at point e before the assert delay time passes.
Figure 30 - Equal To Test Condition
C
Threshold
A B d e
Deassert
Delay
Assert
Delay
Assert
Delay
Output
Setpoint Logic Gates (M6 and M8 models)
Up to 10 logic gates can be used to logically combine setpoints to enable output actions. Each logic gate can have up to four inputs. Select among AND, NAND,
OR, NOR, XOR or XNOR logic. XOR and XNOR use inputs 1 and 2.
In Figure 31 , Setpoint Output 1 activates when Setpoint 1 asserts. Setpoint
Output 2 activates when both Setpoint 1 and Setpoint 2 assert.
Figure 31 - Setpoint Example
Setpoint Output 1
Setpoint Output 1 Input Source : Setpoint 1
Setpoint Output 1 Action
Logic Gate 1
· Logic Level 1 Gate 1
Function: AND
· L 1 _ G1 Input 1
· L 1 _ G1 Input 2
· L 1 _ G1 Input
· L 1 _ G1 Input
Setpoint Output 2
Setpoint Output 2 Input Source : Logic Gate
Setpoint Output 2 Action
1
162 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logic Functions Chapter 7
Operation
• AND
An AND gate output asserts when ALL of its enabled inputs are asserted.
Disabled inputs are ignored. If only one input is enabled, the logic gate output copies the input state.
• NAND
A NAND, or Not-AND, gate output asserts except when ALL of its enabled inputs are asserted. Disabled inputs are ignored. If only one input is enabled, the logic gate output inverts the input state.
• OR
An OR gate output asserts when ANY of its enabled inputs are asserted.
Disabled inputs are ignored. If only one input is enabled, the logic gate output copies the input state.
• NOR
A NOR, or Not-OR, gate asserts when NONE of its enabled inputs are asserted. Disabled inputs are ignored. If only one input is enabled, the logic gate output inverts the input state.
• XOR
An XOR, or exclusive-OR, gate asserts when only one of its two inputs is asserted. An XOR gate must have two and only two inputs enabled. Both inputs must be configured at the same time or an error results.
• XNOR
An XNOR, or exclusive-NOR, gate asserts when either both of its two inputs are asserted or both are de-asserted. An XNOR gate must have two and only two inputs enabled. Both inputs must be configured at the same time or an error results.
In general, a logic gate is disabled and its output is de-asserted if none of its inputs are enabled. Except for XOR and XNOR gates, any combination of enabled and disabled inputs is accepted. The output of a logic gate is not permitted to be used as the input to a logic gate.
Setpoint Setup
The tags listed below configure the operation of each setpoint, and are found in the
the M5 model. The M6 and M8 models also have two additional tables for setting up setpoints,
Configuration.Setpoints_11_15 Data Table and
Configuration.Setpoints_16_20 Data Table , and a Relative_Setpoint_Interval
tag in the
table for configuring the sliding reference
for all setpoints.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 163
Chapter 7 Logic Functions
164
Parameter Selection n
Selects a power monitor parameter to track. See Setpoint Parameter Selection
Reference Value n
Used only when Evaluation Type n = 2, Percent of Reference; otherwise ignored.
Range = -10,000,000…10,000,000, default = 0
Test Condition n
0 = Disable (default)
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
Evaluation Type n
0 = Magnitude (default)
1 = State (0 = off, 1 = on)
2 = Percent of Reference (M6 and M8 models only)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (M6 and M8 models only)
Threshold n
When Evaluation_Type is set to 0 = Magnitude or 1 = State, this parameter specifies the value or state that arms the Assert Delay timer to activate the setpoint and trigger the optional output action. When Evaluation_Type is 2 =
Percent of Reference or 3 = Percent of Sliding Reference, this parameter specifies the percentage of Reference_Value_n which then becomes the effective threshold for the setpoint. Range: -10,000,000…10,000,000, default = 0
Hysteresis n
The dead band from the Threshold value arms the Deassert Delay timer to deactivate the setpoint and release the optional output action. Hysteresis is ignored when TestCondition n is ‘Equals’.
Range = 0…10,000,000, default = 0
Assert Delay Seconds n
The amount of time the selected value must satisfy the test condition to activate the setpoint. Range = 0.000 (default)…3600.
Actual minimum time is equal to the setting of the Realtime_Update_Rate in
.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logic Functions Chapter 7
Deassert Delay Seconds n
The amount of time the selected value must no longer satisfy the test condition to activate the setpoint. Range = 0.000…3600.
Actual minimum time is equal to the setting of the Realtime_Update_Rate in
Relative_Setpoint_Interval_m
This tag, found in the Configuration.PowerQuality
table, defines the length of the sliding average interval used in all setpoints with Percent of Sliding Reference evaluation type. Range: 1…1440 minutes, default 60.
Setpoint Logic Gate Setup
The tags listed below can be used to configure setpoint logic gates and are found in the
Configuration.Setpoint_Logic Data Table .
Logic Level 1 Gate n Function
Selects the logic type for the gate. These are the choices:
0 = disabled
1 = AND
2 = NAND
3 = OR
4 = NOR
5 = XOR
6 = XNOR
L1_Gn Input 1
L1_Gn Input 2
L1_Gn Input 3
L1_Gn Input 4
Selects input parameters for the nth logic gate (n = 1 … 10). Each AND, NAND,
OR, and NOR gate has up to four inputs. These are the choices:
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1; -1 = Setpoint 1 inverted
2 = Setpoint 2; -2 = Setpoint 2 inverted
3 = Setpoint 3; -3 = Setpoint 3 inverted
…
20 = Setpoint 20; -20 = Setpoint 20 inverted
IMPORTANT XOR and XNOR use Inputs 1 and 2; both must be configured at the same time, otherwise an error is reported and the logic gate configuration is rejected.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 165
Chapter 7 Logic Functions
166
Setpoint Output Setup
table contains a status bit that is on when each setpoint or
logic gate is active and is off when the setpoint or logic gate is not active. You can optionally assign an output action, such as energizing a relay output or clearing a counter. It is not necessary to assign an output action; many applications can monitor the setpoint or logic gate status bits in the
listed below can be used to optionally tie output actions to setpoints, and are
found in the Configuration.Setpoint_Outputs
Setpoint Output n Input Source
The Setpoint Output n (1, 2, …) Input Source specifies the setpoint or logic gate to associate with the output action.
1…10 = Setpoints 1…1
11…20 = Setpoints 11…20 (M6 and M8 models)
21…30 = Level 1 Logic Gates 1…10 (M6 and M8 models)
Setpoint Output n Action
See Setpoint Output Action List on page 173
for selections.
Setpoint Reference Tables
Table 25 - Setpoint Parameter Selection List
12
13
10
11
14
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Parameter
Number
Parameter Tag Name
None
V1_N_Volts
V2_N_Volts
V3_N_Volts
VGN_N_Volts
Avg_V_N_Volts
V1_V2_Volts
V2_V3_Volts
V3_V1_Volts
Avg_VL_VL_Volts
I1_Amps
I2_Amps
I3_Amps
I4_Amps
Avg_Amps
Units Range
A
A
V
A
A
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
M5 M6 M8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logic Functions Chapter 7
Table 25 - Setpoint Parameter Selection List
43
44
41
42
39
40
37
38
35
36
33
34
31
32
29
30
51
52
49
50
53
47
48
45
46
27
28
25
26
23
24
21
22
19
20
17
18
Parameter
Number
Parameter Tag Name
15
16
Frequency_Hz
L1_kW
L2_kW
L3_kW
Total_kW
L1_kVAR
L2_kVAR
L3_kVAR
Total_kVAR
L1_kVA
L2_kVA
L3_kVA
Total_kVA
L1_True_PF
V3_V1_Crest_Factor
I1_Crest_Factor
I2_Crest_Factor
I3_Crest_Factor
I4_Crest_Factor
V1_IEEE_THD_%
V2_IEEE_THD_%
V3_IEEE_THD_%
VN_G_IEEE_THD_%
L2_True_PF
L3_True_PF
Total_True_PF
L1_Disp_PF
L2_Disp_PF
L3_Disp_PF
Total_Disp_PF
L1_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
L2_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
L3_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
Total_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
V1_Crest_Factor
V2_Crest_Factor
V3_Crest_Factor
V1_V2_Crest_Factor
V2_V3_Crest_Factor
M5 M6 M8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Units Range
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
-
%
-
-
Hz kW kW kW
40.00…70.00
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
kW -9.999E15…9.999E15
kVAR -9.999E15…9.999E15
kVAR -9.999E15…9.999E15
kVAR -9.999E15…9.999E15
%
% kVA
% kVAR -9.999E15…9.999E15
kVA 0…9.999E15
kVA kVA
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
-1 or 1
-1 or 1
-1 or 1
-1 or 1
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 167
Chapter 7 Logic Functions
168
Table 25 - Setpoint Parameter Selection List
82
83
80
81
78
79
76
77
74
75
72
73
70
71
68
69
90
91
88
89
92
86
87
84
85
66
67
64
65
62
63
60
61
58
59
56
57
Parameter
Number
Parameter Tag Name
54
55
Avg_IEEE_THD_V_%
V1_V2_IEEE_THD_%
V2_V3_IEEE_THD_%
V3_V1_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_V_V_%
I1_IEEE_THD_%
I2_IEEE_THD_%
I3_IEEE_THD_%
I4_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_I_%
V1_IEC_THD_%
V2_IEC_THD_%
V3_IEC_THD_%
VN_G_IEC_THD_%
Pos_Seq_Amps
Neg_Seq_Amps
Zero_Seq_Amps
Voltage_Unbalance_%
Current_Unbalance_% kW Demand kVAR Demand kVA Demand
Demand PF
Avg_IEC_THD_V_%
V1_V2_IEC_THD_%
V2_V3_IEC_THD_%
V3_V1_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_V_V_%
I1_IEC_THD_%
I2_IEC_THD_%
I3_IEC_THD_%
I4_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_I_%
I1_K_Factor
I2_K_Factor
I3_K_Factor
Pos_Seq_Volts
Neg_Seq_Volts
Zero_Seq_Volts
Units Range
A
A
V
V
-
V
-
-
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
A
%
% kW
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
±0.000…9,999,999 kVAR ±0.000…9,999,999 kVA 0.000…9,999,999
% -100.0…+100.0
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
1.00…25000.00
1.00…25000.00
1.00…25000.00
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
M5 M6 M8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logic Functions Chapter 7
Table 25 - Setpoint Parameter Selection List
119
120
121
122
115
116
117
118
111
112
113
114
107
108
109
110
127
128
129
130
131
123
124
125
126
103
104
105
106
99
100
101
102
97
98
95
96
Parameter
Number
Parameter Tag Name
93
94
Demand Amps
Projected_kW_Demand
Projected_kVAR_Demand
Projected_kVA_Demand
Projected_Ampere_Demand
Status_Input_1_Actuated
Status_Input_2_Actuated
Status_Input_3_Actuated
Status_Input_4_Actuated
Log_Status
PowerQuality_Status
Over_Range_Information
Metering_Status
200mS_V1_N_Magnitude
200mS_V2_N_Magnitude
200mS_V3_N_Magnitude
200mS_VN_G_Magnitude
200mS_VN_Ave_Magnitude
200mS_V1_V2_Magnitude
200mS_V2_V3_Magnitude
200mS_V3_V1_Magnitude
200mS_VV_Ave_Magnitude
200mS_I1_Amps_Magnitude
200mS_I2_Amps_Magnitude
200mS_I3_Amps_Magnitude
200mS_I4_Amps_Magnitude
200mS_Amps_Ave_Magnitude
200mS_L1_kW
200mS_L2_kW
200mS_L3_kW
200mS_Total_kW
200mS_L1_kVAR
200mS_L2_kVAR
200mS_L3_kVAR
200mS_Total_kVAR
200mS_L1_kVA
200mS_L2_kVA
200mS_L3_kVA
200mS_Total_kVA
Units Range M5 M6 M8
A
A kW
0.000…9,999,999 X
-9,999,999…9,999,999 X kVAR -9,999,999…9,999,999 X kVA 0.000…9,999,999 X
0.000…9,999,999
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
X
X
X
X
0 or 1
table
table
table
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A
A
A
A
V
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V kW
table
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
-9.999E15…9.999E15
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X kW kW
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X kW -9.999E15…9.999E15
kVAR -9.999E15…9.999E15
kVAR -9.999E15…9.999E15
kVAR -9.999E15…9.999E15
kVAR -9.999E15…9.999E15
kVA 0.000…9.999E15
kVA kVA kVA
0.000…9.999E15
0.000…9.999E15
0.000…9.999E15
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 169
Chapter 7 Logic Functions
170
Table 25 - Setpoint Parameter Selection List
158
159
160
161
154
155
156
157
150
151
152
153
146
147
148
149
166
167
168
169
170
162
163
164
165
142
143
144
145
138
139
140
141
134
135
136
137
Parameter
Number
Parameter Tag Name
132
133
200mS_L1_True_PF
200mS_L2_True_PF
200mS_L3_True_PF
200mS_Total_True_PF
200mS_L1_Disp_PF
200mS_L2_Disp_PF
200mS_L3_Disp_PF
200mS_Total_Disp_PF
200mS_V1_N_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_V2_N_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_V3_N_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_VN_G_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_Avg_IEEE_THD_V_%
200mS_V1_V2_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_V2_V3_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_V3_V1_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_Avg_IEEE_THD_V_V_%
200mS_I1_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_I2_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_I3_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_I4_IEEE_THD_%
200mS_Avg_IEEE_THD_I_%
200mS_V1_N_IEC_THD_%
200mS_V2_N_IEC_THD_%
200mS_V3_N_IEC_THD_%
200mS_VN_G_IEC_THD_%
200mS_Avg_IEC_THD_V_%
200mS_V1_V2_IEC_THD_%
200mS_V2_V3_IEC_THD_%
200mS_V3_V1_IEC_THD_%
200mS_Avg_IEC_THD_V_V_%
200mS_I1_IEC_THD_%
200mS_I2_IEC_THD_%
200mS_I3_IEC_THD_%
200mS_I4_IEC_THD_%
200mS_Avg_IEC_THD_I_%
200mS_V1_N_THDS
200mS_V2_N_THDS
200mS_V3_N_THDS
Units Range
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
M5 M6 M8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 25 - Setpoint Parameter Selection List
197
198
199
200
193
194
195
196
189
190
191
192
185
186
187
188
205
206
207
208
209
201
202
203
204
181
182
183
184
177
178
179
180
173
174
175
176
Parameter
Number
Parameter Tag Name
171
172
200mS_VN_G_THDS
200mS_AVE_VN_THDS
200mS_V1_V2_THDS
200mS_V2_V3_THDS
200mS_V3_V1_THDS
200mS_AVE_LL_THDS
200mS_V1_N_TIHDS
200mS_V2_N_TIHDS
200mS_V3_N_TIHDS
200mS_VN_G_TIHDS
200mS_AVE_VN_TIHDS
200mS_V1_V2_TIHDS
200mS_V2_V3_TIHDS
200mS_V3_V1_TIHDS
3s_V2_N_Magnitude
10m_V2_N_Magnitude
2h_V2_N_Magnitude
3s_V3_N_Magnitude
10m_V3_N_Magnitude
2h_V3_N_Magnitude
3s_VN_G_Magnitude
10m_VN_G_Magnitude
2h_VN_G_Magnitude
200mS_AVE_LL_TIHDS
200mS_I1_K_Factor
200mS_I2_K_Factor
200mS_I3_K_Factor
200mS_Pos_Seq_Volts
200mS_Neg_Seq_Volts
200mS_Zero_Seq_Volts
200mS_Pos_Seq_Amps
200mS_Neg_Seq_Amps
200mS_Zero_Seq_Amps
200mS_Voltage_Unbalance_%
200mS_Current_Unbalance_%
10s_Power_Frequency
3s_V1_N_Magnitude
10m_V1_N_Magnitude
2h_V1_N_Magnitude
Units Range
V
V
V
V
Hz
V
%
%
A
A
V
A
V
V
-
-
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
-
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
1.00…25000.00
1.00…25000.00
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
40.00…70.00
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
1.00…25000.00
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logic Functions Chapter 7
M5 M6 M8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
171
Chapter 7 Logic Functions
Table 25 - Setpoint Parameter Selection List
226
227
228
229
230
220
221
222
223
Parameter
Number
Parameter Tag Name
210
211
216
217
218
219
212
213
214
215
224
225
3s_V1_V2_Magnitude
10m_V1_V2_Magnitude
Units
2h_V1_V2_Magnitude
3s_V2_V3_Magnitude
10m_V2_V3_Magnitude
2h_V2_V3_Magnitude
3s_V3_V1_Magnitude
10m_V3_V1_Magnitude
2h_V3_V1_Magnitude
CH1_Short_Term_Flicker_Pst
CH1_Long_Term_Flicker_Plt
CH2_Short_Term_Flicker_Pst
CH2_Long_Term_Flicker_Plt
CH3_Short_Term_Flicker_Pst
Plt
Pst
CH3_Long_Term_Flicker_Plt Plt
200mS_CH1_Mains_Signaling_Voltage V
V
Pst
Plt
Pst
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Range
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0…9.999E15
200mS_CH2_Mains_Signaling_Voltage
200mS_CH3_Mains_Signaling_Voltage
3s_Voltage_Unbalance
10m_Voltage_Unbalance
V
V
%
%
2h_Voltage_Unbalance %
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
M5 M6 M8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
172 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logic Functions Chapter 7
Table 26 - Setpoint Output Action List
29
30
27
28
25
26
23
24
21
22
19
20
17
18
15
16
13
14
11
12
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
Parameter Number
0
Action Name
None
Energize Relay 1
Energize Relay 2
Energize Relay 3
Energize KYZ
Clear kWh result
Clear kVARh result
Clear kVAh result
Clear Ah result
Clear all energy results
Clear setpoint #1 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #2 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #3 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #4 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #5 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #6 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #7 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #8 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #9 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #10 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #11 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #12 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #13 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #14 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #15 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #16 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #17 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #18 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #19 time accumulator and transition count
Clear setpoint #20 time accumulator and transition count
Start Trigger Data logging
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 173
Chapter 7 Logic Functions
174
Setpoint and Logic Gate Status
Setpoint status is reported in the following tags, found in the Status.Alarms
table.
Setpoints_1_10_Active
Bit 0 = Setpoint1_Active (0 = False, 1 = True)
Bit 1 = Setpoint2_Active
…
Bit 9 = Setpoint10_Active
Setpoints_11_20_Active (M6 and M8 models)
Bit 0 = Setpoint11_Active (0 = False, 1 = True)
Bit 1 = Setpoint12_Active
…
Bit 9 = Setpoint20_Active
Logic_Level_1 Gates_Active (M6 and M8 models)
Bit 0 = Level1_Gate1_Active (0 = False, 1 = True)
Bit 1 = Level1_Gate2_Active
…
Bit 9 = Level1_Gate10_Active
Setpoint and Logic Gate Statistics
Setpoint statistics are reported in the Statistics.Setpoint_Output
table, which includes the following information tags for each setpoint.
Setpoint n Seconds Accumulator
Setpoint n Minutes Accumulator
Setpoint n Hours Accumulator
Setpoint n Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint n Transitions to Active x1000
Logic gate statistics are reported in the Statistics.Setpoint_Logic Data Table ,
which reports the information listed above for each logic gate.
Commands
The following command parameters are found in the
table.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Logic Functions Chapter 7
Command Word Two
Set this command word value to execute the listed action. These are the selections:
6 = Clear Setpoint Log
7 = Clear Setpoint (Time) Accumulators
18 = Clear Setpoint Logic Gate (Time) Accumulators
Clear Setpoint Accumulators operates by using the value contained in the tag listed below. The default value is zero.
Clear Single Setpoint or Logic Gate Accumulator
0 = Clear all time accumulators
1…20 = Clear selected time accumulator
Related Functions
• Basic Metering
• Status Inputs
• KYZ and Relay Outputs
• Power Quality Monitoring
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 175
Chapter 7 Logic Functions
Notes:
176 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Security
Chapter
8
Other Functions
Table
Page
This section describes the functions of the PowerMonitor 5000 unit. Most functions require you to configure set-up parameters to align the unit with your installation and your application requirements. The set-up parameters are listed by name and described in this section. You can view set-up parameters by using the PowerMonitor 5000 web page, and when logged in to an Admin account, make changes to the setup. Set-up parameters are also accessible by using communication.
Please refer to the Data Tables for additional information on setup parameters including the following:
• Range of valid values
• Default values
• Data type
Set-up parameters can be found in data tables with names beginning with
‘Configuration’, for instance Configuration.Metering_Basic.
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit protects access against unauthorized set-up changes through an account-based security system.
IMPORTANT Security is disabled by default.
With security disabled, any application or web page user effectively has admin privileges. We do not recommend operating the unit with security disabled except during evaluation, testing, or initial setup.
Please refer to Set Up Initial Security on page 50
for the procedure to enable security if desired and set up one or more Admin class accounts for configuration access from the Ethernet network.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 177
Chapter 8 Other Functions
Once security is enabled and an Admin class account is set up during initial configuration, the remaining security configuration can be done through the network web page.
If you want to configure power monitors by using software, such as FactoryTalk
EnergyMetrix RT software, set up at least one Application class account.
This table summarizes the security classes, privileges, access, and limits that apply to the PowerMonitor 5000 unit.
Table 27 - Account Classes and Privileges
Account Class
USB admin
Admin
User
Application privileges with security disabled (all) security enabled but no user logged in
Privileges
Manage security accounts
Read data
Write configuration parameters
Download log files
Manage security accounts
Read data
Write configuration parameters
Download log files
Read data
Download log files
Read data
Write configuration parameters
Download log files
Read data
Write configuration parameters
Download log files
Read data
Interface
USB only web page
USB and native Ethernet web page
USB and native Ethernet web page
Native EtherNet/IP and optional DeviceNet communication CIP assembly and parameters objects CSP/PCCC data tables
10
Any -
Any -
Maximum Number of Accounts
1
10
20
The following rules further define security operation:
• The USB Admin account can be accessed only through the web page when connected via USB.
• Only one Admin can be active at a time, including the USB Admin class.
• A logged in account remains active until logged out or until 30 minutes has elapsed without writing a configuration parameter. FTP access to log files remains until the account is logged out.
• Only an Admin class account can add, remove, or edit accounts. An
Admin class account cannot delete itself and the default USB Admin account cannot be deleted.
• An Application class account is used for access by using CIP or PCCC protocols via native Ethernet network or optional DeviceNet network communication. An Application class account logs in by writing its
username to the Security.Username
table and then its password to the
table within 30 seconds. An application can obtain
security status information by reading the Status.TableWrite
178 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Other Functions Chapter 8
If an Exclusive Owner connection has been set up between a Logix controller and the PowerMonitor 5000 unit, configuration of the power monitor is permitted only through the controller. Attempts to change configuration by using the web interface or other means returns an ownership conflict error.
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit does not have a ‘backdoor’ password. If security accounts are inadvertently deleted or login credentials are lost, connect to the power monitor by using USB and log in to the USB Admin account to edit and/ or create new accounts to restore security access.
Security configuration using messaging on the optional DeviceNet network is not supported.
Date and Time Functions
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit internal clock and calendar is used in demand metering and data logging functions. A number of user-selectable options are available for synchronizing and controlling the internal clock and calendar.
Daylight Saving Time is disabled by default. With DST enabled, the power monitor internal clock advances by one hour on the start date and hour specified, and is set back by one hour on the return date and hour specified. The defaults represent the common DST start and return date/times in the use in the United
States since 2006. The DST function also adjusts the network-time sync offset when used.
Applications
This applies to all models.
Date and Time Parameters
• Date: Year, Month, Day
• Time: Hour, Minute, Seconds, Milliseconds
Setup
Basic date and time parameters are found in the
Date_Year
These are the values: 1970…2100 (default = 2010)
Date_Month
These are the values: 1 (default)…12
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 179
Chapter 8 Other Functions
Date_Day
These are the values: 1 (default)…31
Time_Hour
These are the values: 0 (default)…23
Time_Minute
These are the values: 0 (default)…59
Time_Seconds
These are the values: 0 (default)…59
Time_Milliseconds
These are the values: 0 (default)…999
Daylight Saving Time Setup
Daylight saving time (DST) setup parameters are found in the
The DST format is split into Month/Week/Day:
• Month Settings: 01= January 12= December
• Week Settings: 01=1 st
week 05= last week
• Day Settings: 01= Sunday, 07 = Saturday
• For example: 040107= April/1 st
Week/Saturday
Parameter
Hour_of_ Day_Start
Daylight_Savings_Month/
Week/Day_Start
Return_from_Daylight_Sa vings_Month/Week/Day
Hour_of_Day_End
Description Range
0…23
Format is Month/Week/
Day. (See above for clarification)
10101…120507
Format same as start date 10101…120507
0…23
Default
2 a.m.
30201 March, 2nd week,
Sunday
110101 November, 1st week, Sunday
2 a.m.
180 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Network Time
Synchronization
Other Functions Chapter 8
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit can be set up to synchronize its system clock by using Network Time Synchronization. Network time synchronization clock sources provide better precision and improved coordination between multiple meters. Two different methods of time synchronization are supported, simple network time protocol (SNTP) or precision time protocol (PTP).
Applications
This applies to all models.
Operation
With SNTP selected as the time sync source, the power monitor updates its time from a simple network time protocol server or an anycast group of SNTP servers, depending on set-up parameter values. This requires an available SNTP time server.
When PTP is selected, the power monitor updates its time from a precision time protocol master clock. A PTP master clock source must be available. PTP is the more accurate of the two network time synchronization options.
IMPORTANT Quality of Service (QoS) is a general term that is applied to mechanisms used to treat traffic streams with different relative priorities or other delivery characteristics. Standard QoS mechanisms include IEEE 802.1D/Q (Ethernet frame priority) and Differentiated Services (DiffServ) in the TCP/IP protocol suite. The QoS Object provides a means to configure certain QoS-related behaviors in EtherNet/IP devices. QoS by default is enabled. We suggest that you do not change the default values.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 181
Chapter 8 Other Functions
Parameter
Time_Sync_Source
SNTP_Mode_Select
SNTP_Update_Interval
SNTP_Time_Zone
SNTP Time Server IP
QOS_DSCP_Enable
QOS_DSCP_PTP_Event
QOS_DSCP_PTP_General
QOS_DSCP_Urgent
QOS_DSCP_Scheduled
QOS_DSCP_High
QOS_DSCP_Low
QOS_DSCP_Explicit
Setup
The Network Time Synchronization set-up parameters for SNTP and PTP are
found in the Configuration.Communications_Native
table.
Description
Selection for Time Sync
0 = Disable
1 = SNTP
2 = PTP_Slave
3 = PTP_Master
0 = Unicast
1= Anycast Mode
The SNTP address is a broadcast address of an anycast group
Number of seconds before next update
The time zone in which the power monitor is located
Unicast server or anycast group IP address in format aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
PTP (IEEE 1588) event messages
PTP (IEEE 1588) general messages
CIP transport class 0/1 messages with Urgent priority
CIP transport class 0/1 messages with Scheduled priority
CIP transport class 0/1 messages with high priority
CIP transport class 0/1 messages with low priority
CIP UCMM CIP class 3
Range
0…2
0…1
0…63
0…63
0…63
0…63
0…63
0…63
0…63
43
31
27
55
47
59
47
Default
2
0
1…32766
0…32
300
6 (Central Time)
0.0.0.0…255.255.255.255
0.0.0.0
0…1 1
Time Zones
2
3
0
1
4
5
Table 28 - Time Zone Information
Value
6
Offset from GMT
Time Zone Name
GMT-12:00 Dateline Standard Time
GMT-11:00 Samoa Standard Time
GMT-10:00 Hawaiian Standard Time
GMT-09:00 Alaskan Standard Time
GMT-08:00 Pacific Standard Time
GMT-07:00 Mountain Standard Time
US Mountain Standard Time
GMT-06:00 Canada Central Standard Time
Central America Standard Time
Central Standard Time
Mexico Standard Time
Areas in Time Zone
Eniwetok, Kwajalein
Midway Island, Samoa
Hawaii
Alaska
Pacific Time (US & Canada,; Tijuana)
Mountain Time (US & Canada)
Arizona
Saskatchewan
Central America
Central Time (US & Canada)
Mexico City
182 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Other Functions Chapter 8
Table 28 - Time Zone Information
Value
7
8
21
22
19
20
17
18
11
12
9
10
13
14
15
16
Offset from GMT
Time Zone Name
GMT-05:00 Eastern Standard Time
SA Pacific Standard Time
US Eastern Standard Time
GMT-04:00 Atlantic Standard Time
Pacific SA Standard Time
SA Western Standard Time
GMT-03:30 Newfoundland Standard Time
GMT-03:00 E. South America Standard Time
Greenland Standard Time
SA Eastern Standard Time
GMT-02:00 Mid-Atlantic Standard Time
GMT-01:00 Azores Standard Time
GMT
Cape Verde Standard Time
Standard Time
Greenwich Standard Time
GMT+01:00 Central Europe Standard Time
Central European Standard Time
Romance Standard Time
W. Central Africa Standard Time
W. Europe Standard Time
GMT+02:00 E. Europe Standard Time
Egypt Standard Time
FLE Standard Time
GTB Standard Time
Israel Standard Time
South Africa Standard Time
GMT+03:00 Arab Standard Time
Arabic Standard Time
E. Africa Standard Time
Russian Standard Time
GMT+03:30 Iran Standard Time
GMT+04:00 Arabian Standard Time
Caucasus Standard Time
GMT+04:30 Afghanistan Standard Time
GMT+05:00 Ekaterinburg Standard Time
West Asia Standard Time
GMT+05:30 India Standard Time
GMT+05:45 Nepal Standard Time
Areas in Time Zone
Eastern Time (US & Canada)
Bogota, Lima, Quito
Indiana (East)
Atlantic Time (Canada)
Santiago
Caracas, La Paz
Newfoundland
Brasilia
Greenland
Buenos Aires, Georgetown
Mid-Atlantic
Azores
Cape Verde Is.
Greenwich Mean Time : Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon,
London
Casablanca, Monrovia
Belgrade, Bratislava, Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague
Sarajevo, Skopje, Sofija, Vilnius, Warsaw, Zagreb
Brussels, Copenhagen, Madrid, Paris
West Central Africa
Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna
Bucharest
Cairo
Helsinki, Riga, Tallinn
Athens, Istanbul, Minsk
Jerusalem
Harare, Pretoria
Kuwait, Riyadh
Baghdad
Nairobi
Moscow, St. Petersburg, Volgograd
Tehran
Abu Dhabi, Muscat
Baku, Tbilisi, Yerevan
Kabul
Ekaterinburg
Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent
Calcutta, Chennai, Mumbai, New Delhi
Kathmandu
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 183
Chapter 8 Other Functions
System Error Response
184
Table 28 - Time Zone Information
Value
23
30
31
24
25
26
27
28
29
32
Offset from GMT
Time Zone Name
GMT+06:00 Central Asia Standard Time
N. Central Asia Standard Time
Sri Lanka Standard Time
GMT+06:30 Myanmar Standard Time
GMT+07:00 North Asia Standard Time
SE Asia Standard Time
GMT+08:00 China Standard Time
North Asia East Standard Time
Singapore Standard Time
Taipei Standard Time
W. Australia Standard Time
GMT+09:00 Korea Standard Time
Tokyo Standard Time
Yakutsk Standard Time
GMT+09:30 AUS Central Standard Time
Cen. Australia Standard Time
GMT+10:00 AUS Eastern Standard Time
E. Australia Standard Time
Tasmania Standard Time
Vladivostok Standard Time
West Pacific Standard Time
GMT+11:00 Central Pacific Standard Time
GMT+12:00 Fiji Standard Time
New Zealand Standard Time
GMT+13:00 Tonga Standard Time
Areas in Time Zone
Astana, Dhaka
Almaty, Novosibirsk
Sri Jayawardenepura
Rangoon
Krasnoyarsk
Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta
Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Urumqi
Irkutsk, Ulaan Bataar
Kuala Lumpur, Singapore
Taipei
Perth
Seoul
Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo
Yakutsk
Darwin
Adelaide
Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney
Brisbane
Hobart
Vladivostok
Guam, Port Moresby
Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia
Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is.
Auckland, Wellington
Nuku'alofa
Related Functions
• Demand metering
• Data logging
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit provides options for the handling of critical internal unit run-time errors.
Operation
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit can be reset or operate in Safe mode.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Other Functions Chapter 8
Reset (default)
Reset performs a warm restart of the power monitor firmware. With Reset selected for unit error action, if a critical error occurs, the power monitor logs the error record to its internal Error Log and then restarts automatically. With Reset selected for the error log full option, the oldest error log record is discarded, and then the power monitor logs the error record to its internal Error Log and then restarts automatically. This option is intended for applications where continuity of metering operation is paramount, and where critical control functionality cannot be affected by an operating error in the power monitor.
Safe Mode
In Safe mode each power monitor output is forced to its de-energized state, native
Ethernet communication stops, and the power monitor enters a state of minimal functionality. In safe mode, you can access the unit’s Safe mode web page through the USB device port. The Safe mode web page displays the following:
• Links for downloading error and warning logs
• Control buttons to clear diagnostic logs and reset the unit
From Safe Mode, if the error log is full, you need to clear the error log before attempting to reset the unit.
Contact Rockwell Automation Technical Support for assistance with the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit diagnostic information.
Setup
Setup parameters of these functions are in the
table.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 185
Chapter 8 Other Functions
Unit_Error_Action
These are the selections:
0 = Safe mode
1 = Reset (default)
Software_Error_Log_Full_Action
0 = Safe mode
1 = Reset (default)
Miscellaneous Commands
The following commands relate to the operation of the power monitor at a
system level. These commands are found in the Command.System_Registers
table.
Command_Word_One
Set this command word value to execute the listed action. These are the selections:
22 = Restore factory defaults
23 = Reset power monitor system
These are the semantics:
Restore factory defaults = Clears all user-configured values from the setup menus to their factory default settings.
Reset system = Warm reboot; performs a power-on self-test of the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit.
Related Functions
Configuration lock.
186 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Native Ethernet
Communication
Chapter
9
Communication
All PowerMonitor 5000 units are equipped with a native EtherNet/IP 100 BaseT communication port. This section describes EtherNet/IP communication and the available protocols to use for your application.
The Ethernet communication port allows communication with your power monitor by using a local-area-network (LAN). The Ethernet port can be used to view the unit’s internal webpage.
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit communicates through Ethernet or EtherNet/IP drivers in RSLinx® Classic software, and through explicit messages from Rockwell
Automation controllers communicating via an EtherNet/IP network.
Setup
Setup parameters for the Ethernet native communication port are found in the
Configuration.Comunications_Native table. Addresses in this list are expressed as A.B.C.D where A is the first octet of the IP address or subnet mask, for example, 192.168.200.101.
IP_Address_Obtain
Selects the IP Address at startup. These are the values:
0 = Static IP
1 = DHCP (default)
These are the semantics:
This table displays the setup parameters for the native Ethernet port whether
Static or DHCP is selected. If Static is selected, the value of parameters in this table defines the port settings.
IP_Address_A
IP_Address_B
IP_Address_C
IP_Address_D
Ethernet port Internet Protocol (IP) address.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 187
Chapter 9 Communication
Optional DeviceNet
Communication
Subnet_Mask_A
Subnet_Mask_B
Subnet_Mask_C
Subnet_Mask_D
Ethernet port subnet mask.
Gateway_Address_A
Gateway_Address_B
Gateway_Address_C
Gateway_Address_D
Ethernet port default gateway address.
DNS_Enable
Selects DNS Option. These are the values:
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
DNS_Server_Address_A
DNS_Server_Address_B
DNS_Server_Address_C
DNS_Server_Address_D
DNS_Server2_Address_A
DNS_Server2_Address_B
DNS_Server2_Address_C
DNS_Server2_Address_D
Domain Name Server (DNS) addresses
The remaining parameters in the Configuration.Communications_Native
are described in
Date and Time Functions on page 179
and Demand Metering on page 66
.
PowerMonitor 5000 units can be optionally equipped with a DeviceNet communication port. A DeviceNet communication port can be factory installed or field installed by you. The DeviceNet network is an open-standard, multivendor, industrial device data network that uses a variety of physical media. The
DeviceNet network also provides 24V DC power to devices connected to the network. The DeviceNet network port and the native Ethernet network port can be used simultaneously.
188 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Optional ControlNet
Communication
Communication Chapter 9
Setup
Setup parameters for the optional DeviceNet port are found in the
Configuration.OptionalComm.DNT
table.
Mac ID
Selects the DeviceNet node address. The range is 0…63 (default).
Communication Rate
Selects the DeviceNet network communication (data) rate, and must be selected to match the remaining devices on the network. The selections are the following:
• 0 = 125 Kbps
• 1 = 250 Kbps
• 2 = 500 Kbps
• 3 = Autobaud
PowerMonitor 5000 units can be optionally equipped with a ControlNet communication port. A ControlNet communication port can be factory installed or field installed by you. The ControlNet network is an open-standard, multi-vendor, industrial device data network that supports scheduled, I/O communication as well as unscheduled messaging. The ControlNet port and the native Ethernet port can be used simultaneously.
Setup
The
Configuration.OptionalComm.CNT
table contains the Address tag, the only setup parameter. Valid ControlNet addresses range from 1…99. The default value is 255.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 189
Chapter 9 Communication
Electronic Data Sheet (EDS)
The EDS file is used to convey device configuration data that is provided by the manufacturer. You can obtain EDS files for the PowerMonitor 5000 unit by downloading the file from the following website.
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/support/networks/eds.page
You can install EDS files on your computer by using the EDS Hardware
Installation Tool that comes with RSLinx® Classic software, RSNetWorx™ software, or other tools.
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit
Memory Organization
Memory is organized like that of a ControlLogix controller, by using symbolic tag addressing. Support for PLC-5® or SLC 500 controller type addressing is also provided. Data tables organize individual data items of similar function. For example, real-time metering parameters voltages, current, frequency, and power are grouped in one data table, and billing-related parameters like demand and energy are in a second metering results table.
provides a comprehensive listing of the PowerMonitor 5000 unit data tables.
190 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
Data Table Addressing
Data tables can be addressed in several ways.
Symbolic Addressing
Status and metering results data can be addressed by their tag names, similar to the manner in which ControlLogix controller tags are addressed. Symbolic tag addresses are displayed in the power monitor’s web page, and appear in an
RSLinx Classic software OPC topic set up for a PowerMonitor 5000 unit.
CIP Addressing
Addresses are of the form Object:Instance:Attribute. CIP addressing allows reading and writing of an entire data table (assembly instance) rather than individual elements. In CIP addressing, the energy metering results table is
Object Class 4 (Assembly object), Instance 844
( MeteringResults.RealTime_VIF_Power
table) and Attribute 3 (data).
CSP Addressing
This is also known as ‘PLC-5 style’ or ‘PCCC’ addressing. Addresses are written in the form ‘Axx:yy’ where A is a letter describing the function of the data table, xx is the table number, and yy is the element within, or offset into, the table. For example, ‘F53:0’ is the CSP address of the first element in the
MeteringResults.RealTime_VIF_Power
table. PCCC messaging can be used to
read or write a single data element or a range of data elements within a data table.
Data Types
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit stores data by using several data types:
• Int16, in which the 16-bit word can be represented by an integer value or a bitmap
• Int32, a 32-bit integer value
• SINT, a 8-bit (Byte) value
• REAL, using the 32-bit IEEE 754 floating-point format
• String, containing alphanumeric characters used for security and unit descriptive information
• DWORD, a 32-bit structure typically containing bitmap status information
• SINT, INT, and DINT data types are also used as pads for data alignment with the Logix architecture
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 191
Chapter 9 Communication
Communication Command
Summary
This section lists the commands supported by each communications network type.
EtherNet/IP Network
• CIP Generic Assembly Object (Class 04), Get & Set Attribute Single for
Attribute 3 (data)
• CIP Generic Assembly Object (Class 04), Get Attribute Single for
Attribute 4 (size)
• PCCC PLC5 Word Range Write Function (CMD = 0x0F, FUNC =
0x00)
• PCCC PLC5 Word Range Read Function (CMD = 0x0F, FUNC =
0x01)
• PCCC PLC5 Typed Write Function (CMD = 0x0F, FUNC = 0x67)
• PCCC PLC5 Typed Read Function (CMD = 0x0F, FUNC = 0x68)
• PCCC Protected Logical Read Function w/2 Address Fields (CMD =
0x0F, FUNC = 0xA1)
• PCCC Protected Logical Write Function w/2 Address Fields (CMD =
0x0F, FUNC = 0xA9)
• PCCC Protected Logical Read Function w/3 Address Fields (CMD =
0x0F, FUNC = 0xA2)
• PCCC Protected Logical Write Function w/3 Address Fields (CMD =
0x0F, FUNC = 0xAA)
• PCCC Status Diagnostics (CMD = 0x06, FUNC = 0x03)
DeviceNet and ControlNet Network
• CIP Generic Assembly Object (Class 04), Get & Set Attribute Single for
Attribute 3 (data)
• PCCC PLC5 Word Range Write Function (CMD = 0x0F, FUNC =
0x00)
• PCCC PLC5 Word Range Read Function (CMD = 0x0F, FUNC =
0x01)
• PCCC PLC5 Typed Write Function (CMD = 0x0F, FUNC = 0x67)
• PCCC PLC5 Typed Read Function (CMD = 0x0F, FUNC = 0x68)
• PCCC Protected Logical Read Function w/2 Address Fields (CMD =
0x0F, FUNC = 0xA1)
• PCCC Protected Logical Write Function w/2 Address Fields (CMD =
0x0F, FUNC = 0xA9)
• PCCC Protected Logical Read Function w/3 Address Fields (CMD =
0x0F, FUNC = 0xA2)
• PCCC Protected Logical Write Function w/3 Address Fields (CMD
=0x0F, FUNC = 0xAA)
• PCCC Status Diagnostics (CMD = 0x06, FUNC = 0x03)
192 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP Object Model
This section provides the object model for a PowerMonitor 5000 device type on an EtherNet/IP network. The table below indicates the following:
• The object classes present in this device
• Whether or not the class is required
• The number of instances present in each class
Object Class List
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit supports the following CIP classes.
Table 29 - CIP Object Class List
Object Class
Identity (1, 1hex)
Message Router (2, 2hex)
TCP/IP Interface Object (245, F5hex)
Ethernet Link Object (246, F6hex)
Connection Manager Object (6, 6hex)
Assembly Object (4, 4 hex)
Parameter Object (15, Fhex)
Parameter Group Object (16, 10hex)
Non-Volatile Storage Object (161, A1hex)
File Object (55, 37hex)
Time-Sync Object (67, 43hex)
QoS Object (72, 48hex)
PCCC Object (103, 67hex)
Symbol Object (107, 6Bhex)
User Defined Template Object (108, 6Chex)
File Manager Object (794, 31Ahex)
Email Object (815, 32Fhex)
Device Level Ring Object (71, 47hex)
Energy Object (78, 4Ehex)
Electrical Energy Object (79, 4Fhex)
Optional
Required
Required
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Need in Implementation
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Optional
Optional
Optional
Required
Required
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Number of Instances
1
1 Required (2 Optional)
1
Minimum of 3
Product Specific
Product Specific
Product Specific
Minimum of 1
1
1
1
Product Specific
Product Specific
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 193
Chapter 9 Communication
DeviceNet and ControlNet
Object Model
This section provides the object model for a PowerMonitor 5000 device type on either a DeviceNet or ControlNet network. The table below indicates the following:
• The object classes present in this device
• Whether or not the class is required
• The number of instances present in each class
Object Class List
Table 30 - DeviceNet and ControlNet Object Model
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit supports the following classes.
Object Class
Identity (1, 1hex)
Message Router (2, 2hex)
DeviceNet Object (3, 3hex)
Assembly Object (4, 4 hex)
Connection Object (5, 5hex)
Parameter Object (15, Fhex)
Parameter Group Object (16, 10hex)
Acknowledge HandleObject (43, 28hex)
Non-Volatile Storage Object (161, A1hex)
File Object (55, 37hex)
PCCC Object (103, 67hex)
Energy Object (78, 4Ehex)
Electrical Energy Object (79, 4Fhex)
Email Object (815, 32Fhex)
Required
Required
Required
Optional
Required
Required
Optional
Need in Implementation
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Optional
1
1
Number of Instances
1
Minimum of 3
Minimum of 1
Product Specific
Product Specific
1
1
1
1
Product Specific
1
Minimum of 1
Explicit Messaging
This section discusses data retrieval and parameter configuration by using explicit messaging from Rockwell Automation controllers. Explicit messaging provides the mechanism for users to program a controller to read and write specific data tables in a power monitor. With explicit messages, users can read real-time metering values, configure metering and communication parameters, and also read certain logs.
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit supports PLC-5 Typed, SLC Typed, and CIP
Generic message requests.
194 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
Security Considerations
A controller or application does not need to log in to read real-time metering, configuration, and status data from a PowerMonitor 5000 unit, whether security is disabled or enabled.
If security is enabled, a controller must log in under an Application account class to perform the following:
• Write configuration or commands
• Read log data
To log in, write the username to the Security.Username
table. Within 30 seconds, write the password to the
table. In the source data, buffer the username and password with null characters so the string length is 32 bytes.
A read of the Status.TableWrite
table verifies success of the login and indicate which account class is active. A login remains active until 30 minutes have elapsed since the last write message.
Examples: Explicit Message
Setup
Refer to the following examples for details about setting up an explicit message.
TIP The Studio 5000™ Engineering and Design Environment combines engineering and design elements into a common environment. The first element in the
Studio 5000 environment is the Logix Designer application. The Logix Designer application is the rebranding of RSLogix™ 5000 software.
RSLogix 5000 Software – PLC-5 or SLC Typed Read Message Setup
The following is an example of a message instruction to read single or multiple elements from a PowerMonitor 5000 unit by using PLC-5 or SLC Typed messages. This setup applies to ControlLogix and CompactLogix™ programmable logic controllers.
After setting up a message instruction, open the message configuration dialog box. The Configuration tab is selected initially.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 195
Chapter 9 Communication
Message Type
These are the choices:
PLC-5 Typed Read
SLC Typed Read
Source Element
Look up the PCCC address of the specific data table address to read. If you are performing a multiple element read, this address specifies the first element in the array.
Number of Elements
This is the number of elements being read. These are the values:
1 = Single element read
>1 = Multiple element read, number of elements to read including the first element
Destination Element
The controller tag in which to store the data being read.
Click the Communication tab.
196 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
For an explicit message using a DeviceNet or ControlNet network, only the communication path changes, as shown below.
Path
This field specifies the communication path from the controller to the power monitor. Set-up the path as <Backplane (always 1), Slot of Communication
Module, Port (2 for Ethernet and DeviceNet networks), power monitor IP
Address or DeviceNet address>.
Communication Method
For PLC-5 and SLC Typed Reads, this always defaults to CIP.
RSLogix 5000 Software – PLC-5 or SLC Typed Write Message Setup
A write message is very similar to the PLC-5 and SLC Type read message described above. The changes are in the Configuration tab, as follows.
Message Type
These are the choices:
PLC-5 Typed Write
SLC Typed Write
Source Element
This field specifies the controller tag in which to store the data to write to the power monitor.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 197
Chapter 9 Communication
Number of Elements
This is the number of elements being read. These are the values:
1 = Single element write
>1 = Multiple element write, number of elements to read including the first element
Destination Element
Look up the PCCC address (in
) of the specific data table address to read. If performing a multiple element read, this addresses the first element in the array.
RSLogix 5000 Software – CIP Generic Messaging Setup
The following example demonstrates a message instruction to read or write a data table in the PowerMonitor 5000 unit by using the CIP Generic message type.
This setup applies to ControlLogix and CompactLogix programmable logic controllers.
198
Message Type
CIP Generic.
Service Type
These are the choices:
Get Attribute Single = Read message
Set Attribute Single = Write message
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
Class
Instance
4 = Assembly object
Look up the CIP Instance (in Appendix A
) of the specific data table to read or write. This example uses instance 844, the
MeteringResults.RealTime_VIF_Power
Attribute
3 = Data
Source Element
Used with Write messages, this specifies the controller tag to write to the power monitor.
Source Length
Used with Write messages, this specifies the length in bytes of the data written to the power monitor.
Destination
Used with Read messages, this specifies the controller tag in which to store the data read from the power monitor.
Click the Communication tab.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 199
Chapter 9 Communication
Path
This field specifies the communication path from the controller to the power monitor. Set-up the path as <Backplane (always 1), Slot of Ethernet Module, Port
(always 2 for Ethernet), power monitor IP Address>.
Communication Method
For CIP Generic messaging, this defaults to CIP.
RSLogix 500 Software - Message Setup by Using PLC-5 or SLC Typed
Read/Write
The following is an example of a message instruction to read or write single or multiple elements in a PowerMonitor 5000 unit by using peer-to-peer PLC-5 or
SLC 500 Typed messages in RSLogix 500 software. This setup applies to SLC and MicroLogix programmable logic controllers.
Read/Write
Select Read or Write.
Target Device
Select PLC5 or 500CPU as appropriate.
Local/Remote
Select Local.
200 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Control Block
Select an available Integer word. This example uses N7:0.
Click Setup Screen.
Communication Chapter 9
This Controller Data Table Address
For a Read message, the controller tag in which to store the power monitor data.
For a Write message, the controller tag that stores the value written to the power monitor.
Size in Elements
This is the number of elements being read or written. These are the values:
1 = Single element read or write
2…59 = Multiple element read or write, number of elements to read including the first element
IMPORTANT The maximum size in elements is 59 for a 500CPU target device Read type message.
Channel
Select 1.
Target Device Data Table Address
Look up the PCCC address (in
Appendix A ) of the specific data table address to
read or write. If you are performing a multiple element read or write, this is the first element in the array.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 201
Chapter 9 Communication
MultiHop
Click Yes, then click the MultiHop tab.
SCADA Applications
202
Enter the IP Address of the PowerMonitor 5000 unit in the To Address box.
SCADA is short for ‘Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition’, and describes applications in which process data from controllers and other devices is displayed on human-machine interface (HMI) workstations to help system operators monitor operations and make control decisions. HMI applications such as
FactoryTalk View software utilize communication applications such as RSLinx
Classic and RSLinx Enterprise software to gather data from the process through controller, power monitors, and the like.
This section covers RSLinx Classic software driver setup, and OPC setup by using the RSLinx Classic OPC Server.
RSLinx Classic Driver Configuration
Install the PowerMonitor 5000 unit EDS (Electronic Data Sheet) file on the computer running RSLinx Classic software. You can use the RSLinx EDS
Hardware Installation tool to register EDS file, or they can be uploaded in
RSLinx software after configuring drivers by right clicking on the power monitor icon in RSWho and registering the device.
EtherNet/IP by Using Ethernet Devices Driver
• Create an Ethernet devices driver in RSLinx software.
• Add the IP address of the PowerMonitor 5000 unit to the driver station mapping.
• Use RSWho to verify that RSLinx software is communicating to the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
EtherNet/IP using Ethernet/IP Driver
• Create an Ethernet/IP network driver in RSLinx software.
• Make selections to browse the local or remote subnet as appropriate.
• Use RSWho to verify that RSLinx software is communicating to the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit.
IMPORTANT The PowerMonitor 5000 unit connects to either the RSLinx Classic Ethernet
Devices driver or the Ethernet/IP driver on a single computer but not both simultaneously.
RSLinx Classic OPC Server Setup
RSLinx Classic software functions as an OPC Server to serve data from a
PowerMonitor 5000 unit to an OPC 2.0 compliant application. To set up the
OPC driver, first setup an Ethernet Devices or EtherNet/IP driver as described above to communicate to the power monitor. You can then create an OPC topic to serve data to your SCADA application.
Setup OPC Topic
Follow these steps to set up an OPC topic.
1.
Open RSLinx software.
2.
From the DDE/OPC menu, choose Topic Configuration.
3.
When the topic configuration window appears, click New.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 203
Chapter 9 Communication
This creates a new, un-named topic in the left pane.
4.
Give the topic a name pertinent to your application.
5.
In the right pane, with the Data Source tab selected, browse to the
PowerMonitor 5000 unit by using the previously-configured driver.
6.
With the topic highlighted in the left pane, and the PowerMonitor 5000 unit highlighted in the right pane, click Apply.
7.
Click the Data Collection tab.
8.
From the Processor pull-down menu, choose Logix5000.
This selection provides symbolic tag addressing.
204
9.
Click Done.
OPC Topic configuration is complete. You can now use the RSLinx OPC
Server, and the topic just created, to serve data to your application.
TIP You can also select the SLC 5/03 processor type. The topic using this processor type supports PCCC addressing.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
Testing the OPC Server by Using Microsoft Excel Software
Follow these steps to test the OPC server.
1.
From the Edit menu, choose Copy DDE/OPC Link to check out the
RSLinx Classic OPC server and the new power monitor topic.
2.
In the left pane, browse to Online > MeteringResults >
RealTime_VIF_Power and select a tag on the right, then click OK.
3.
Open Microsoft Excel software.
4.
Right-click a cell and choose Paste Special.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 205
Chapter 9 Communication
5.
Click Paste link, and then click OK.
The value of the selected tag displays in the cell.
You can also check out the OPC topic with the RSLinx OPC Test Client. The figure below shows the difference between symbolic and PCCC addressing. The second item uses symbolic addressing.
FactoryTalk Live Data
You can also use RSLinx Enterprise software to serve power monitor data to other FactoryTalk applications. The PowerMonitor 5000 unit supports PCCC addressing through RSLinx Enterprise software.
This example illustrates the use of FactoryTalk Administrator Console. The local
FactoryTalk directory is configured for an OPC topic in RSLinx Enterprise software. In the application area’s communication setup, the PowerMonitor 5000 unit initially appears with a yellow question mark icon, its IP address, and its catalog number.
1.
Delete this device from the Ethernet driver tree.
2.
Create a new device.
3.
In the Add Device Selection dialog box, choose Ethernet SLC devices >
1408-ENT PM 1000 EnergyMonitor, and assign the new device its IP address.
206 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
4.
Create a device shortcut that references the new device in the tree and click
OK when done.
Once the shortcut is created, you can use the Rockwell Live Data Test
Client to view PowerMonitor 5000 data.
5.
Select the local server and the application area.
6.
Select the shortcut, and browse to the Online link.
7.
In
Appendix A , look up the PCCC address of a data point to monitor.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 207
Chapter 9 Communication
8.
Find the address in the list, select it, and click OK.
The Test Client displays the data and other properties of the selected tag.
This example uses F53:4, V2_N_Volts.
Controller Applications:
Class 1 Connection
This section describes how to set up Class 1 connections with a Logix controller and Studio 5000 Logix Designer application and RSNetWorx software.
IMPORTANT Class 1 connections must be inhibited to update the power monitor firmware.
Generic Ethernet Module Connection, RSLogix 5000 Software
Version 19 and Earlier
1.
To create a connection to a PowerMonitor 5000 unit, choose the Ethernet network under the applicable communication adapter in the I/O tree.
2.
Right-click and choose New Module from the menu.
208 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
3. Fill in the power monitor IP address, and the values shown in the figure below for the input, output, and configuration instances.
4.
Click OK when finished.
The generic Ethernet module connection creates three controller tags in the
Logix project, as identified by the Input, Output, and Configuration assembly instances. These assembly instances identify the ScheduledData.Input Data,
ScheduledData.Output Data, and Configuration.Instance data tables. These data
tables are described in Appendix A
. The Input instance and Configuration instances contain a variety of data types. You need to create controller tags and write controller logic to copy the Input and Configuration instance data into a usable form.
DeviceNet I/O Connection
The DeviceNet Class 1 connection sets up implicit communication between the
DeviceNet scanner and the PowerMonitor 5000 unit. This connection makes it possible to read power monitor parameters into a Logix controller and to control the power monitor discrete outputs. The DeviceNet network connection does not include the configuration instance of the PowerMonitor 5000 unit. You can use a web browser for setting up the power monitor, except that when a
DeviceNet network connection is active, the web browser is not permitted to change the Configuration.OptionalComm.DNT setup values or execute output forcing commands.
It is not necessary to establish an I/O connection to allow explicit messaging with a DeviceNet PowerMonitor 5000 unit that is connected on a DeviceNet network.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 209
Chapter 9 Communication
Follow these steps to set up a DeviceNet I/O connection by using RSNetWorx™ for DeviceNet software.
1.
Launch RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software.
2.
Click Online.
210 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
3.
Browse to and choose the DeviceNet network.
4.
Accept the prompt to upload the network data.
Communication Chapter 9
5.
If the PowerMonitor 5000 icon does not appear, upload and install the eds file from the device.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 211
Chapter 9 Communication
6.
Select the scanner and upload its configuration.
7.
Open the scanner Properties and click the Scanlist tab.
8.
Select the PowerMonitor 5000 unit and click the > button to add the unit to the scanlist.
212 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
9.
Click the Input tab.
Note that the Input mapping is now populated with 60 DWORD elements, obtained from the eds file. The Output mapping is similarly set up with one DWORD.
10.
Click OK to accept the changes and download to the scanner.
If necessary, place the controller in Program mode.
In the Logix controller, the mapped data now appears in the scanner's
Local Data tags with a DINT data type. The Local Data tags must be copied into tags with the correct data type so the data can be interpreted correctly.
With a DeviceNet I/O connection active, any attempt to change the
DeviceNet communication setting results in an exclusive owner conflict error.
The following example copies the scanner local data first to a SINT array and then to a user-defined tag set up with the correct data types and symbolic addressing.
You can obtain the user-defined data type (UDT) import files from the resources tab in the PowerMonitor 5000 web page: http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Energy-Monitoring/1426-
PowerMonitor-5000
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 213
Chapter 9 Communication
ControlNet I/O Connection
A ControlNet Class 1 connection sets up the ControlNet scanner in a Logix controller to implicitly read the ScheduledData.Input instance and control outputs without the use of message instructions in logic. The ControlNet connection does not include the power monitor configuration. You can use a web browser, FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix RealTime (RT) software, or other means for power monitor setup. If a ControlNet connection is active, you are not permitted to change the Configuration.OptionalComm.CNT setup or execute output forcing commands.
It is not necessary to establish an I/O connection to allow explicit messaging with a ControlNet PowerMonitor 5000 unit that is connected on a ControlNet network.
Follow these steps to set up a ControlNet I/O connection by using the Logix
Designer application and RSNetWorx for ControlNet software.
1.
Launch the Logix Designer application.
2.
Open the project file for your controller in offline mode.
3.
Expand the I/O tree and choose the ControlNet network.
4.
Right-click the ControlNet item and choose New Module.
5.
Select the Generic ControlNet Module CONTROLNET-MODULE from the list of Communication modules and then click Create.
214 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
6.
Complete the New Module setup as shown in the example and click OK when done.
TIP The Comm. Format, Input, Output, and Configuration assembly instances and sizes must be entered as shown. Name and optional
Description are your choice. Node is the ControlNet address of the power monitor. Click OK when done.
7.
In the Module Properties dialog box, click the Connection tab and choose a Requested Packet Interval to suit your application.
The fastest metering update rate in the PowerMonitor 5000 unit is once per cycle, which is 20 ms for 50 Hz and 16.67 ms for 60 Hz.
8.
Click OK when done.
9.
Download the revised program to the Logix controller.
You can leave the controller in Remote Program mode for now.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 215
Chapter 9 Communication
10.
Open RSNetWorx for ControlNet software and click the Online button.
11.
Browse to and select the ControlNet network to which the power monitor is connected, and then click OK.
12.
Wait until the online browse is complete.
216 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
13.
If the PowerMonitor 5000 icon does not appear, upload and install the eds file from the device.
14.
Check Edits Enabled, and then click OK.
15.
Click the Save icon, then OK to optimize and re-write schedule for all connections.
The controller needs to be in Program mode for the download to happen.
16.
Put the Logix controller into Run mode and verify the new I/O connection is running.
17.
Close out RSNetWorx software, saving the project if desired.
Data is now being written to the <ModuleName>.I.Data tag in Decimal style. The input tag contains a mixture of different data types. The I.Data tag must be copied into tags with the correct data type so the data can be interpreted correctly.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 217
Chapter 9 Communication
The following example copies the I.Data tag into a user-defined tag set up with correct data types and symbolic addressing.
You must create a destination tag with the appropriate data type. You can obtain user-defined data type (UDT) import files from the Resources tab on the PowerMonitor 5000 product web page. The UDT files for
DeviceNet input and output instances also work with ControlNet instances.
http://ab.rockwellautomation.com/Energy-Monitoring/1426-PowerMonitor-5000
218 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
EDS Add-on Profile Connection (Native EtherNet/IP units only)
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit can be configured with an electronic data sheet
(EDS) based AOP (add-on profile) in RSLogix 5000 software version 20 or
Logix Designer application version 21 or later. You need to register the
PowerMonitor 5000 EDS file on the computer on which software project development is done.
IMPORTANT If a connection returns an error code 16#0203 Connection timed out, please refer to Answer 63904 in the Rockwell Automation Knowledgebase.
The PowerMonitor 5000 device class is displayed under ‘Unknown Device Type
146’ when adding a new EtherNet module.
1.
Select the desired device and click Create.
2.
Enter the name and IP address of the power monitor.
3.
In the module definition, select Compatible Module and enter the correct major and minor revisions.
There are three choices for the connection type.
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Exclusive Owner Connection
The Exclusive Owner connection provides complete control of a PowerMonitor
5000 unit to a Logix controller. When you first set up an Exclusive Owner connection, the following module-defined controller tags are created:
• <ModuleName>:C, the Configuration tag, mapped to the
Configuration.Instance table
• <ModuleName>:I, the Input tag, mapped to the ScheduledData.Input table
• <ModuleName>:O, the Output tag, mapped to the
ScheduledData.Output table
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 219
Chapter 9 Communication
Refer to
Appendix A for the content of these data tables. The
<ModuleName>:C tag is populated with default configuration values. When the connection is opened, the configuration tag is written to the power monitor and over-writes any existing configuration. In most cases this restores the default
Metering_Basic and SystemGeneral configuration of the power monitor.
With an exclusive owner connection active, the following capabilities and restrictions apply:
• Only the owner controller is permitted to modify the power monitor configuration. You can use the Logix Designer application and the module properties dialog box to view and edit the power monitor configuration, including the native EtherNet/IP communication parameters. Attempts to change the configuration through the web page or other applications is rejected with an ‘exclusive ownership conflict’ error.
• The owner controller can read the Input tag elements in its logic and write the Output tag elements in its logic.
• You can use Logix Designer application online with the owner controller to force inputs and outputs configured for native EtherNet/IP control in the power monitor.
• If the connection is lost, the Default_State_on_Comm_Loss parameter determines the behavior of each output.
Listen Only
If an Exclusive Owner connection exists, additional controllers can establish
Listen Only connections that permit the controller to read data from the power monitor's Input data tables. You can also view (but not edit) the power monitor's parameters from the module properties dialog box.
To add a Listen Only connection, the Exclusive Owner connection must be set to
Multicast and both connections must be set to the same RPI.
When you first set up a Listen Only connection, the following module-defined controller tag is created: <ModuleName>:I, the Input tag, mapped to the
table.
220 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Refer to
for the content of the data table.
Communication Chapter 9
If there is no exclusive owner connection, a listen-only connection returns an error code 16#0119 Connection request error: Module not owned.
PowerMonitor 5000 Input Only
The PowerMonitor 5000 Input Only connection is similar to the Listen Only connection but does not require an Exclusive Owner connection to exist. The
Input Only connection permits you to configure the power monitor by using the
Web interface and the parameters in the Module Properties dialog box.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 221
Chapter 9 Communication
When you first set up an Input Only connection, the following module-defined controller tag is created: <ModuleName>:I, the Input tag, mapped to the
table.
Refer to
Appendix A for the content of the data table.
CIP Energy Object
The EtherNet/IP communication protocol complies with the Common
Industrial Protocol (CIP) and the EtherNet/IP implementation of the CIP specification, published by ODVA. The CIP object library includes the following energy-related objects:
• Base Energy Object, Class Code 0x4E
• Electrical Energy Object, Class Code 0x4F
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit provides support of the base and electrical energy objects.
222 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
CIP Base Energy Object
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit supports the following attributes and services of the Base Energy Object, Class Code 0x4E.
Table 31 - Supported Attributes
Energy Object Attribute ID Need in Implementation Access Rule
16
17
13-14
15
11
12
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
Required
Required
Required
Optional
Conditional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Conditional Get
Conditional Get
Optional
Required
Set
Get
Optional
Optional
Optional
Conditional
Set
Set
Set
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get/Set
Get/Set
Get
Get
Get
Energy Object Attribute Name PowerMonitor 5000
Implementation
Energy/Resource Type
Energy Object Capabilities
Supported
Supported
Energy Accuracy
Energy Accuracy Basis
Full Scale Reading
Device Status
Supported
Get only
Not needed
Not supported
Consumed Energy Odometer
Generated Energy Odometer
Supported
Supported
Energy Supported
Energy Transfer Rate User Setting Not applicable
Energy Type Specific Object Path Supported
Energy Aggregation Paths
Energy Identifier
Not needed
Returns Device_Name
Odometer Reset Enable
Metering State
Not supported
Supported
08hex
09hex
0Ehex
10hex
01hex
03hex
04hex
05hex
18hex
19hex
Table 32 - Supported Services
Energy Service Code Need in Implementation
Class
Optional
Optional
N/A
Optional
Optional
N/A
Conditional
N/A
N/A
N/A
Instance
Optional
Optional
Optional
Required
N/A
Optional
Required
Required
Optional
Optional
Service Name
Get_Attributes_All
Get_Attribute_List
Set_Attribute_List
Reset
Create
Delete
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
Get_Member
Set_Member
PowerMonitor 5000
Implementation
Supported
Supported
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Supported
Supported
Not supported
Not supported
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 223
Chapter 9 Communication
224
CIP Electrical Energy Object
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit supports the following attributes and services of the Electrical Energy Object, Class Code 0x4F.
Table 33 - Supported Attributes
29
30
27
28
25
26
23
24
33
34
31
32
35
19
20
21
22
17
18
15
16
13
14
11
12
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
Electrical Energy
Object Attribute ID
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Conditional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Need in
Implementation
Optional
Optional
Conditional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Electrical Energy Object Attribute Name
L3-N Voltage
Average L-N Voltage
L1-L2 Voltage
L2-L3 Voltage
L3-L1 Voltage
Average L-L Voltage
Percent Voltage Unbalance
L1 Real Power
L2 Real Power
L3 Real Power
Total Real Power
L1 Reactive Power
L2 Reactive Power
L3 Reactive Power
Total Reactive Power
L1 Apparent Power
L2 Apparent Power
L3 Apparent Power
Total Apparent Power
Real Energy Consumed Odometer
Real Energy Generated Odometer
Real Energy Net Odometer
Reactive Energy Consumed Odometer
Reactive Energy Generated Odometer
Reactive Energy Net Odometer
Apparent Energy Odometer
Kiloampere-Hours Odometer
Line Frequency
L1 Current
L2 Current
L3 Current
Average Current
Percent Current Unbalance
L1-N Voltage
L2-N Voltage
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
PM5000
Implementation
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Communication Chapter 9
Table 33 - Supported Attributes
40
41
38
39
Electrical Energy
Object Attribute ID
36
37
Need in
Implementation
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Required
Electrical Energy Object Attribute Name
L1 True Power Factor
L2 True Power Factor
L3 True Power Factor
Three Phase True Power Factor
Phase Rotation
Associated Energy Object Path
PM5000
Implementation
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Table 34 - Supported Services
Energy Service
Code
01hex
03hex
0Ehex
Need in Implementation
Class Instance
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Conditional Required
Service Name PowerMonitor
5000
Implementation
Get_Attributes_All
Get_Attribute_List
Supported
Supported
Get_Attribute_Single Supported
Examples of Message Configuration
A sample message instruction configuration dialog box for reading the electrical energy object is shown below. This message calls the Get_Attributes_All service
(service code 0x01) for the Electrical Energy Object (Class code 0x4F).
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 225
Chapter 9 Communication
The second sample message instruction reads a single value from the electrical energy object. This message calls the Get_Attribute_Single service (service code
0x0E) for the Base Energy Object (Class code 0x4E), to read the Total Energy
Odometer, attribute 9.
The data is returned in the correct ‘odometer’ format of five integers scaled by powers of 10. In this example, the total energy value is 1,471.371 kWh.
226 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Chapter
10
Maintenance
Update the PowerMonitor
5000 Unit Firmware
From time to time, firmware updates can be made available for your power monitor. You can also purchase firmware upgrades to add capabilities to your power monitor, for example, promoting an M5 unit to an M6 or M8 unit.
To load firmware, use the ControlFLASH™ utility. You can download firmware updates from the Rockwell Automation technical support website http://www.rockwellautomation.com/compatibility .
To purchase model upgrades, please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative or Allen-Bradley distributor.
Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website.
1.
Click Find Product Downloads.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 227
Chapter 10 Maintenance
2.
From the Product Search pull-down menu, choose Energy Monitoring.
3.
Select the 1426-M5E, series and version to download and respond to the prompts.
Your selections appear in the column on the right.
4.
Click Find Downloads.
Your download selections appear.
5.
Click the download button and follow the prompts.
6.
After you have downloaded the firmware kit, locate the downloaded ZIP file.
7.
Open the ZIP file, and then double-click the ControlFLASH.msi file to install the ControlFLASH utility and the power monitor firmware to your computer
8.
Follow the prompts to install the software.
228 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Maintenance Chapter 10
Upgrading the PowerMonitor
5000 Model and
Communication
You can upgrade an M5 model to an M6 or M8 model by installing a firmware upgrade kit. Contact your local Rockwell Automation representative or
Allen-Bradley distributor to purchase an upgrade. You need to provide the catalog and serial numbers of your existing PowerMonitor 5000 units. The upgrade is furnished with instructions for installation over the native Ethernet,
USB, or optional communication ports.
You can also add an optional DeviceNet or ControlNet port. Contact your local
Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative to purchase an optional communication port. The port is provided with installation instructions. No firmware update is required to utilize a newly installed optional communication port. Following installation, the power monitor functions identically to a unit with a factory-installed optional port, except it still identifies itself with its original catalog number for the purpose of tasks like firmware updates.
Use the ControlFLASH Utility to Update Firmware
You can use the ControlFLASH utility to load firmware via the Ethernet network.
Make sure the appropriate network connection is made and that a driver for the network is configured in RSLinx Classic software before starting.
IMPORTANT The ControlFLASH utility does not update the firmware if any Class 1 connections (generic or EDS AOP connections) exist. A connection exists if the
Network Status indicator is either solid green (connection active) or blinking red (connection timed out). Use the Studio 5000 Logix Designer application to connect to the controller that owns each connection and inhibit the connection. After successfully updating the power monitor firmware, you can uninhibit the connections. Note that you can edit connection properties to reflect the new power monitor firmware revision..
1.
Start the ControlFLASH utility.
2.
From the Welcome dialog box, click Next.
3.
Select the catalog number of the power monitor, and click Next.
4.
Expand the network until you see the power monitor.
[If the required network is not shown, configure a driver for the network in RSLinx Classic software]
5.
Select the power monitor, and click OK.
6.
Select the revision level to which you want to update the controller, and click Next.
7.
To start the update of the controller, click Finish and Yes.
After the controller is updated, the ControlFLASH utility polls the unit to determine that it has restarted. After the unit has restarted, the Status dialog box displays Update complete.
8.
Click OK.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 229
Chapter 10 Maintenance
9.
To close the ControlFLASH utility, click Cancel and Yes.
TIP If an error message appears that indicates the target device is not in a proper mode to accept an update, then one or more Class 1 connections exist. Refer to the IMPORTANT note above.
230 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Appendix
A
Summary of Data Tables
The
Data Table Summary Index table summarizes all data tables available and
their general attributes.
Table 35 - Data Table Summary Index
Name of Data Table
Configuration Parameter Object Table
Display Parameter Object Table
Configuration.Communications_Native
X
Configuration.Setpoints_11_15 (M6 and M8 model)
X
Configuration.Setpoints_16_20 (M6 and M8 model)
X
Configuration.Setpoint_Logic (M6 and M8 Model)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Configuration.Setpoint_Outputs
Configuration.OptionalComm.DNT
Configuration.OptionalComm.CNT
Configuration.TriggerDataLogFile (M6 and M8 model)
Configuration.TriggerSetpointInfoFile (M6 and M8 model)
Configuration.TriggerData_Log (M6 and M8 model)
X
Configuration.Harmonics_Optional_Read
X
X
X
X
X
X
Read M5
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M6
X
X
M8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Write PCCC File
Number
X
NA
NA
N9
N10
F11
F12
N13
ST14
F16
F17
F18
F19
N20
N21
N22
N23
F24
N25
N25
ST26
ST27
ST77
ST76
N31
N28
814
815
816
816
810
811
812
813
817
818
868
867
805
807
808
809
801
802
803
804
102
NA
NA
800
CIP Instance
Number
100
101
30
30
15
50
50
100
100
34
1
1
1
1
50
50
5
50
50
70
40
33
44
52
117
15
# of Table
Parameters
65
1
Refer to Page
822
819
10
15
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 231
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 35 - Data Table Summary Index
Name of Data Table Read M5
Configuration.WaveformFileName (M6 and M8 model)
Status.IEEE1588 (M6 and M8 model)
Statistics.Setpoint_Logic (M6 and M8 model)
MeteringResults.RealTime_VIF_Power
MeteringResults.EN61000_4_30_VIP (M8 only)
LoggingResults.DataLog_FileName
LoggingResults.EnergyLog_FileName
LoggingResults.TriggerLogSetpointInfo_FileName
LoggingResults.TriggerLog_FileName (M6 and M8 model)
LoggingResults.TriggerData_Header (M6 and M8 model)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
F63
F64
N65
N66
ST59
F60
F61
F62
F53
F55
F89
ST58
N37
F47
N48
N49
F67
N68
ST75
X
X
Write PCCC File
Number
X
ST79
ST29
ST30
N32
N33
N34
N35
F38
N43
N82
N36
N42
N39
ST40
N41
N44
ST74
F71
38
11
35
40
1
38
43
1
18
24
7
9
1
56
56
16
14
112
20
112
45
14
45
32
30
13
10
112
33
61
74
1
55
1
1
# of Table
Parameters
Refer to Page
852
853
854
855
880
849
850
851
856
857
858
859
866
839
840
844
846
827
833
828
838
832
835
834
873
826
829
830
831
821
823
824
825
CIP Instance
Number
870
820
865
862
1
15
232 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 35 - Data Table Summary Index
Name of Data Table Read M5
LoggingResults.TriggerData_Log (M6 and M8 model)
X
LoggingResults.Power_Quality_Log (M6 and M8 model)
X
LoggingResults.Snapshot_Log (M6 and M8 model)
LoggingResults.WaveformFileName (M6 and M8 model)
X
X
LoggingResults.Waveform_Log (M6 and M8 model)
X
LoggingResults.EN50160_Weekly_Log (M8 only)
X
LoggingResults.EN50160_Yearly_Log (M8 only)
PowerQuality.RealTime_PowerQuality
X
X
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_HSG (M8 only)
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_THD (M8 only)
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_Sequence (M8 only)
X
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_Aggregation (M8 only)
X
PowerQuality.EN50160_Compliance_Results (M8 only)
X
X
X
PowerQuality.Harmonics_Results (M6 and M8 model)
X
PowerQuality.IEEE1159_Results (M6 and M8 model)
X
PowerQuality.Synchro_Phasor_Results
PowerQuality.IEEE519_ Results (M6 and M8 model)
X
X
PowerQuality.Harmonics Results (M6 and M8 model)
X
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30 Harmonic and
Interharmonic Group Results (M8 only)
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M8
X
X
Write PCCC File
Number
F70
F73
F81
ST78
F88
F90
F91
F92
F93
F80
F83
F84
F54
F69
F72
F103
Fn (varies)
Fn (varies)
Fn (varies)
860
863
894
Varies
Varies
Varies
872
869
879
881
882
883
884
871
874
875
845
CIP Instance
Number
861
864
# of Table
Parameters
14
32
Refer to Page
2
1
43
13
37
56
23
46
13
46
40
37
26
26
44
35
54
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 233
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Data Tables
These tables detail each specific data table and its associated elements, such as start bytes, size, default value, ranges, and description.
IMPORTANT The lock symbol designates that the parameter that is marked is not able to be written when the hardware lock switch is in the lock position.
ScheduledData.Input
Table 36 - Table Properties
CIP Assembly Instance
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
100
65
120
Shown in table
Read Only
Table 37 - ScheduledData.Input Data Table
0
4
Start
Byte
Size Type
4
2
DWORD
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Fault
SetPoint01_10Status
SetPoint01Active
SetPoint02Active
SetPoint03Active
SetPoint04Active
SetPoint05Active
SetPoint06Active
Bit 6
Bit 7
Bit 8
Bit 9
SetPoint07Active
SetPoint08Active
SetPoint09Active
SetPoint10Active
Bit 10…15 Reserved
Description
The status of the connection
Actuation Status of Setpoints 1 through 10
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
Future Use
Units Range
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0…65535
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
234 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 37 - ScheduledData.Input Data Table
18
20
24
14
16
10
12
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
Start
Byte
6
Size Type
2
8 2
Bit 15
Int16
Int16
Int16
Bit 11
Bit 12
Bit 13
Bit 14
Bit 7
Bit 8
Bit 9
Bit 10
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Uint16
Int16
Int32
Int16
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
SetPoint11_20Status
SetPoint11Active
SetPoint12Active
SetPoint13Active
SetPoint14Active
SetPoint15Active
SetPoint16Active
SetPoint17Active
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 7
Bit 8
SetPoint18Active
SetPoint19Active
Bit 9 SetPoint20Active
Bit 10…15 Reserved
DiscreteOutputStatus
KYZLogicState
R1LogicState
R2LogicState
R3LogicState
KYZReadback
KYZForcedOn
KYZForcedOff
R1Readback
R1ForcedOn
R1ForcedOff
R2Readback
R2ForcedOn
R2ForcedOff
R3Readback
R3ForcedOn
R3ForcedOff
Year
Month_Day
Hour_Minute
Seconds_Milliseconds
Reserved
Metering_Iteration_Num
PFLeadLag
Description
Actuation Status of Setpoints 11 through 20
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint is Active
Future Use
Discrete Output status
KYZ Logic State
Relay 1 Logic State
Relay 2 Logic State
Relay 3 Logic State
Indicates Output KYZ Energized
Software Control Forced On KYZ
Software Control Forced Off KYZ
Indicates Output Relay 1 Energized
Software Control Forced On Relay 1
Software Control Forced Off Relay 1
Indicates Output Relay 2 Energized
Software Control Forced On Relay 2
Software Control Forced Off Relay 2
Indicates Output Relay 3 Energized
Software Control Forced On Relay 3
Software Control Forced Off Relay 3
The currrent year
The current month and day
The current hour and minute of the day
The current seconds and milliseconds
Future Use
Metering iteration number
L1 lead or lag indicator for power factor 1 = leading, -1 = lagging
Units
0
0
2010
101
0
Range
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
2010…2100
0101…1231
0000…2359
00000…59999
0
0…65535
-1…1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0
0…65535
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0…65535
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 235
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 37 - ScheduledData.Input Data Table
124 4
128 4
132 4
136 4
140 4
144 4
148 4
152 4
156 4
92
96
100 4
104 4
4
4
108 4
112 4
116 4
120 4
84
88
76
80
68
72
60
64
52
56
44
48
36
40
28
32
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Start
Byte
26
Size Type
2
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
S2
S3
DiscreteInputStatus
S1
Bit 3 S4
Bit 4…15 Reserved
Real
Real
V1ToVNVoltage
V2ToVNVoltage
V3ToVNVoltage
VNToVGVoltage
AvgVtoVNVoltage
V1ToV2Voltage
V2ToV3Voltage
V3ToV1Voltage
AvgVToVVoltage
I1Current
VoltagePercentUnbalance
CurrentPercentUnbalance
S1ScaledCount_xM
S1ScaledCount_x1
S2ScaledCount_xM
S2ScaledCount_x1
S3ScaledCount_xM
I2Current
I3Current
I4Current
IAvgCurrent
LineFreq
Total_kW
Total_kVAR
Total_kVA
TotalTruePF
TotalDisplacementPF
AvgTHD_VToVN_IEEE
AvgTHD_VToV_IEEE
AvgTHD_Current_IEEE
AvgTHD_VToVN_IEC
AvgTHD_VToV_IEC
AvgTHD_Current_IEC
236
Description
Discrete Input status
Indicates Status 1 actuated
Indicates Status 2 actuated
Indicates Status 3 actuated
Indicates Status 4 actuated
Future Use
V1 to N true RMS voltage
V2 to N true RMS voltage
V3 to N true RMS voltage
VN to G true RMS voltage
Average of V1, V2 and V3.
V1 to V2 true RMS voltage
V2 to V3 true RMS voltage
V3 to V1 true RMS voltage
Average of V1_V2, V2_V3 and V3_V1.
I1 true RMS amps
I2 true RMS amps
I3 true RMS amps
I4 true RMS amps
Average I1, I2 and I3 amps.
Last Line Frequency Calculated.
L1, L2 and L3 kW Total.
L1, L2 and L3 kVAR Total.
L1, L2 and L3 kVA Total.
Total L1, L2 and L3 True Power Factor.
Total of L1, L2 and L3 Displacement Power Factor.
Average V1/V2/V3 to N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
Average IEEE THD for V1-V2, V2-V3, V3-V1
Average I1/I2/I3 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
Average V1/V2/V3 to N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
Average IEC THD for V1-V2, V2-V3, V3-V1
Average I1/I2/I3 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
Voltage percent unbalance
Current percent unbalance
Status 1 count times 1000000
Status 1 count times 1
Status 2 count times 1000000
Status 2 count times 1
Status 3 count times 1000000
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Units Range
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.0…70.0
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999 xM x1 xM x1 xM
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% kVAR kVA
A
A
Hz kW
A
A
V
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 37 - ScheduledData.Input Data Table
184 4
188 4
192 4
196 4
200 4
204 4
208 4
212 4
Start
Byte
Size Type
160 4
164 4
Real
Real
168 4
172 4
176 4
180 4
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
216 4
220 4
224 4
228 4
232 4
236 4
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
S3ScaledCount_x1
S4ScaledCount_xM
S4ScaledCount_x1
GWh kWh
GVARH kVARh
GVAh
GAh kAh
Demand_kW
Demand_kVAR
Demand_kVA
Demand_PF
Demand_I
ProjectedDemand_kW
ProjectedDemand_kVAR
ProjectedDemand_kVA
ProjectedDemand_I
Description Units
Status 3 count times 1
Status 4 count times 1000000
Status 4 count times 1
Net gigaWatt hours
Net kiloWatt hours
Net gigaVAR hours
Net kiloVAR hours
Total gigaVA hours
Total giga Ampere hours
Total kilo Ampere hours
The average real power during the last demand period.
The average reactive power during the last demand period.
The average apparent power during the last demand period.
The average PF during the last demand period.
The average amperes during the last demand period.
The projected total real power for the current demand period.
The projected total reactive power for the current demand period.
kVAh
GAh kAh kW kVAR kVA
%
A kW kVAR
The projected total apparent power for the current demand period.
kVA
The projected total amperes for the current demand period.
A x1 xM x1
GWh kWh
GVARh kVARh
GVAh
Range
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
+/- 0…9,999,999
+/- 0.000…999,999
+/- 0…9,999,999
+/- 0.000…999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
+/- 0.000…9,999,999
+/- 0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
-100.0…100.0
0.000…9,999,999
+/- 0.000…9,999,999
+/- 0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 237
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
ScheduledData.Output
Table 38 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
101
1
2
DWORD
Write Only
Table 39 - ScheduledData.Output Data Table
Start
Byte
Size Type
0 4 DWORD
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
RelayOut
Energize KYZ
R1
R2
Bit 3 R3
Bit 4 …31 Reserved
Description
1 = Energize; 0 = de-energize
1 = Energize; 0 = de-energize
1 = Energize; 0 = de-energize
1 = Energize; 0 = de-energize
Future Use
Range
0…15
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
238 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Configuration.Instance
Table 40 - Table Properties
CIP
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
102
44
80
Varies
Read/Write
Table 41 - Configuration.Instance Data Table
Start
Byte
0
Size Type
1 SINT MeterMode
36
40
44
4
8
12
16
28
32
20
24
4
2
4
1
1
4
4
2
4
1
1
4
4
4
1
2
4
Real
SINT
SINT
INT
Real
DINT
Real
SINT
SINT
INT
Real
Real
SINT
INT
Real
Real
Real
Pad01
Pad02
VLinePTPrimary
VLinePTSecondary
ILineCTPrimary
ILineCTSecondary
Pad03
Pad04
VNPTPrimary
VNPTSecondary
I4CTPrimary
I4CTSecondary
Pad05
Pad06
NominalVToVVoltage
Pad07
NominalFreq
Description
Configures the input wiring for metering.
0 = Demo
1 = Split Phase
2 = Wye
3 = Delta 2 CT
4 = Delta 3 CT
5 = Open Delta 2 CT
6 = Open Delta 3 CT
7 = Delta Gnd B Ph 2 CT
8 = Delta Gnd B Ph 3 CT
9 = Delta High Leg
10=Single Phase
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
The primary voltage value of the PT transformer
The secondary voltage value of the PT transformer
The primary ampere value of the CT transformer
Units
Mode
The secondary ampere value of the CT transformer
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
The primary voltage value of the PT transformer
The secondary voltage value of the PT transformer
The primary ampere value of the CT transformer A
The secondary ampere value of the CT transformer
For alignment purpose
A
For alignment purpose
Nominal voltage value or voltage rating of the system being metered.
V
For alignment purpose
Nominal frequency of the system.
50=50 Hertz
60=60 Hertz
V
V
N/A
Hertz
V
V
A
A
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Range
0…10
0…1,000,000
0…690
0…1,000,000
5
0…1,000,000
0…690
0…1,000,000
5
0…1,000,000
0…0
50 or 60
239
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 41 - Configuration.Instance Data Table
Start
Byte
48
Size Type
1 SINT
52
54
1
2
2
2
56 2
SINT
INT
Int16
Int16
Int16
58 2 Int16
60
64
68
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
SINT
SINT
INT
SINT
SINT
INT
SINT
SINT
INT
RealTimeUpdateRate
Pad08
Pad09
DeviceFaultAction
EnergyLogInterval
EnergyLogMode
TOU AutoStoreDay
DemandSource
Pad10
Pad11
DemandPeriodLength
Pad12
Pad13
NumberOfDemandCycles
Pad14
Pad15
Description Units Range
Selects the update rate for the realtime table and the setpoint calculations.
0 = Single cycle averaged over 8 cycles
1 = Single cycle averaged over 4 cycles
2 = 1 cycle with no averaging
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
Meter
Averaging
0…2
This parameter determines the action when a unit error occurs.
0 = Halt on error and make status indicator solid red
1 = Reset power monitor hardware
Selects how often a record is logged (minutes). A value of 0 disables periodic logging of records. A value of -1 causes the logging of records to be synchronized to the end of the demand Interval.
Error Action 0…1
Energy Interval
(Minutes)
-1…60
This parameter sets the action of the log once it has filled to capacity.
0 = Fill and Stop
1 = Overwrite oldest record.
Automatically stores the current record for the month replacing an older record if the log is full. The log holds 12 records plus the current record.
0 = Disable storing records
1 = Store and clear on the first day of the month
2 = 2nd of month
3 = 3rd day of month
…
31 = 31st day of month
If set to 29…31 the last day of every month stores a record.
Energy Log
Mode
AutoStore
0…1
0…31
Demand Period
Length
0…3 When item ‘Demand Broadcast Master Select’ of the Ethernet table is set to a master selection of 0…2 sets the type of master input. In this case item ‘3’ is ignored. When the ‘Demand Broadcast Master Select’ of the Ethernet table is set to slave, then any of these inputs can set the end of the demand period.
0 = Internal Timer
1 = Status Input 2
2 = Controller Command
3 = Ethernet Demand Broadcast
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
Specifies the desired period for demand calculations. When set to 0 there is no projected demand calculations. If the internal timer is selected a setting of 0 turns the demand function off.
Number
Demand
Periods
0…99
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
Specifies the number of demand periods to average for demand measurement.
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
Demand Sync
Delay
1…15
240 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 41 - Configuration.Instance Data Table
Start
Byte
72
Size Type
2 Int16 ForcedDemandSyncDelay
76
2
1
INT
SINT
78
80
1
2
1
SINT
Int16
SINT
Pad17
DemandBroadcastPort
KYZOutputMode
84
1
2
4
SINT
INT
Int32
Pad18
Pad19
KYZPulseScale
88 2 Int16 KYZPulseDuration
92
2
1
INT
SINT
Pad16
DemandBroadcastMode
Pad20
R1OutputMode
96
1
2
4
SINT
INT
Int32
Pad21
Pad22
R1PulseScale
Description Units Range
When the power monitor is configured for external demand control the unit delays for xxx seconds after the expected control pulse has not been received. The demand period starts over and a record is recorded in the event log
0 = Wait forever
1…900 = Wait this many seconds before starting a new demand period.
IMPORTANT: This setting becomes active when an external input is used to end the demand period.
For alignment purpose
Demand Ethernet broadcast selection.
0 = Slave
1 = Master
IMPORTANT: There can be only one master per demand network.
For alignment purpose
The common port for demand broadcast messages.
Demand
Broadcast
Mode
Demand
Broadcast
Mode
0…900
0…1
The parameter selected pulses the KYZ output at a rate that equals the parameter value divided by KYZ scale.
0 = Setpoint Control
1 = Wh Fwd
2 = Wh Rev
3 = VARh Fwd
4 = VARh Rev
5 = VAh
6 = Ah
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
Demand
Broadcast Port
KYZ Output
Parameter
300…400
0…6
The KYZ output parameter divided by the scale is the output pulse rate. Example: Wh is selected for the parameter and 1,000 is the scale value. The output is pulsed every kWh.
Set as 50…1000 to indicate the duration of the pulse in milliseconds, or set to 0 for KYZ-style transition output. (Toggle)
IMPORTANT: The value for delay is rounded off to the nearest 10 ms internally during this function.
For alignment purpose
KYZ Output
Scale
KYZ Output
Duration
1…100,000
0 or 50…1000
Relay 1 Output
Parameter
0…6 The parameter selected pulses the relay 1 output at a rate that equals the parameter value divided by relay 1 scale.
0 = Setpoint Control
1 = Wh Fwd
2 = Wh Rev
3 = VARh Fwd
4 = VARh Rev
5 = VAh
6 = Ah
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
The relay 1 output parameter divided by the relay 1 scale is the output pulse rate. Example: Wh is selected for the parameter and 1,000 is the scale value. The output is pulsed every kWh.
Relay 1 Output
Scale
1…100,000
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 241
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 41 - Configuration.Instance Data Table
Start
Byte
Size Type
100 2 Int16 R1PulseDuration
2
104 1
INT
SINT
Pad23
R2OutputMode
1
2
108 4
SINT
INT
Int32
Pad24
Pad25
R2PulseScale
112 2 Int16 R2PulseDuration
2
116 1
INT
SINT
Pad26
R3OutputMode
1
2
120 4
SINT
INT
Int32
Pad27
Pad28
R3PulseScale
124 4 Int16 R3PulseDuration
2
128 4
132 4
136 4
140 4
INT
Int32
Int32
Int32
Int32
Pad29
S1ScaleFactor
S2ScaleFactor
S3ScaleFactor
S4ScaleFactor
242
Description Units Range
Set as 50…1000 to indicate the duration of the pulse in milliseconds, or set to 0 for KYZ-style transition output. (Toggle)
IMPORTANT: The value for delay is rounded off to the nearest 10 ms internally during this function.
For alignment purpose
Relay 1 Output
Duration
The parameter selected pulses the relay 2 output at a rate that equals the parameter value divided by relay 2 scale.
0 = Setpoint Control
1 = Wh Fwd
2 = Wh Rev
3 = VARh Fwd
4 = VARh Rev
5 = VAh
6 = Ah
Relay 2 Output
Parameter
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
The relay 2 output parameter divided by the relay 2 scale is the output pulse rate. Example: Wh is selected for the parameter and 1,000 is the scale value. The output is pulsed every kWh.
Relay 2 Output
Scale
0 or 50…1000
0…6
1…100,000
Set as 50…1000 to indicate the duration of the pulse in milliseconds, or set to 0 for KYZ-style transition output. (Toggle)
IMPORTANT: The value for delay is rounded off to the nearest 10 ms internally during this function.
For alignment purpose
Relay 2 Output
Duration
The parameter selected pulses the relay 3 output at a rate that equals the parameter value divided by relay 3 scale.
0 = Setpoint Control
1 = Wh Fwd
2 = Wh Rev
3 = VARh Fwd
4 = VARh Rev
5 = VAh
6 = Ah
Relay 3 Output
Parameter
0 or 50…1000
0…6
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
The relay 3 output parameter divided by the relay 3 scale is the output pulse rate. Example: Wh is selected for the parameter and 1,000 is the scale value. The output is pulsed every kWh.
Relay 3 Output
Scale
1…100,000
Relay 3 Output
Duration
0 or 50…1000 Set as 50…1000 to indicate the duration of the pulse in milliseconds, or set to 0 for KYZ-style transition output. (Toggle)
IMPORTANT: The value for delay is rounded off to the nearest 10 ms internally during this function.
For alignment purpose
When a status pulse is received the count is increased by the scale factor. (Input pulse * input scale) added to total status count.
1…1,000,000
When a status pulse is received the count is increased by the scale factor. (Input pulse * input scale) added to total status count.
When a status pulse is received the count is increased by the scale factor. (Input pulse * input scale) added to total status count.
When a status pulse is received the count is increased by the scale factor. (Input pulse * input scale) added to total status count.
Status 1 Input
Scaling
Status 2 Input
Scaling
Status 3 Input
Scaling
Status 4 Input
Scaling
1…1,000,000
1…1,000,000
1…1,000,000
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 41 - Configuration.Instance Data Table
Start
Byte
Size Type
144 1 SINT KYZCommFaultMode
1
2
148 1
SINT
INT
SINT
Pad30
Pad31
R1CommFaultMode
1
2
152 1
SINT
INT
SINT
Pad32
Pad33
R2CommFaultMode
1
2
SINT
INT
Pad34
Pad35
Description Units
The Default output state on communication loss defines the behavior of the output if the power monitor experiences a loss of communication.
0 = Last state/resume
1 = Last state/freeze
2 = De-energize/resume
3 = De-energize/freeze
4 = Local Control
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
The Default output state on communication loss defines the behavior of the output if the power monitor experiences a loss of communication.
0 = Last state/resume
1 = Last state/freeze
2 = De-energize/resume
3 = De-energize/freeze
4 = Local Control
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
The Default output state on communication loss defines the behavior of the output if the power monitor experiences a loss of communication.
0 = Last state/resume
1 = Last state/freeze
2 = De-energize/resume
3 = De-energize/freeze
4 = Local Control
For alignment purpose
For alignment purpose
N/A
N/A
N/A
Range
0…4
0…4
0…4
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 243
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 41 - Configuration.Instance Data Table
Start
Byte
Size Type
156 1 SINT R3CommFaultMode
1
2
SINT
Int16
Pad36
CmdWordOne
Description Units
The Default output state on communication loss defines the behavior of the output if the power monitor experiences a loss of communication.
0 = Last state/resume
1 = Last state/freeze
2 = De-energize/resume
3 = De-energize/freeze
4 = Local Control
For alignment purpose
N/A
These commands can be sent to the power monitor. When using the optional elements the command table must be sent complete with all elements present. If the single password table is used to gain access to configuration items then the command can be sent alone without optional settings. The command options are:
0 = No Action
1 = Set kWh Register
2 = Set kVARh Register
3 = Set kVAh Register
4 = Set kAh Register
5 = Clear All Energy Registers
6 = Set Status 1 Count
7 = Set Status 2 Count
8 = Set Status 3 Count
9 = Set Status 4 Count
10 = Force KYZ Output On
11 = Force KYZ Output Off
12 = Remove Force from KYZ
13 = Force Relay 1 Output On
14 = Force Relay 1 Output Off
15 = Remove Force from Relay 1
16 = Force Relay 2 Output On
17 = Force Relay 2 Output Off
18 = Remove Force from Relay 2
19 = Force Relay 3 Output On
20 = Force Relay 3 Output Off
21 = Remove Force from Relay 3
22 = Restore Factory Defaults
23 = Reset Powermonitor System
24 = Reserved for future use.
IMPORTANT: If a command is received that is not supported by your catalog number, the command is ignored.
N/A
Range
0…4
0…23
244 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Configuration Parameter Object Table
Table 42 - Table Properties
CIP Class Code
No. of Parameters
Data Type
Data Access
0x0F
52
Varies
Read/Write
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
TIP
Refer to Table 41 Configuration.Instance Data Table
for descriptions of each parameter.
Table 43 - Configuration Parameter Object Table
22
23
20
21
18
19
16
17
26
27
24
25
28
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Instance Number Parameter Object Name
1 Metering_Mode
V1_V2_V3_PT_Primary
V1_V2_V3_PT_Secondary
I1_I2_I3_CT_Primary
I1_I2_I3_CT_Secondary
VN_PT_Primary
VN_PT_Secondary
I4_CT_Primary
I4_CT_Secondary
Nominal_System_LL_Voltage
Reserved
Nominal_System_Frequency
Realtime_Update_Rate
Date_Year
Date_Month
Date_Day
Time_Hour
Time_Minute
Time_Seconds
Time_Milliseconds
Unit_Error_Action
Energy_Log_Interval
Energy_Log_Mode
Time_Of_Use_AutoStore
Demand_Source
Demand_Period_Length
Number_Demand_Periods
Forced_Demand_Sync_Delay
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
SINT
SINT
SINT
Int16
Real
SINT
Int16
Int16
Real
SINT
Real
Real
Real
SINT
Real
Real
Type
SINT
Real
Real
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Mise
N/A
N/A
N/A
Day
Hour
Min
Sec
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Hz
N/A
Year
Mon
A
A
V
N/A
V
V
A
A
V
V
Units
N/A
15
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
15
1
31
0
10
60
0
2010
1
5
5
480
0
5
5
480
480
Default Value
2
480
480
1…31
0…23
0…59
0…59
0…999
0…1
-1…60
0…1
0…31
0…3
0…99
1…15
0…900
Range
0…10
0…1,000,000
0…690
0…1,000,000
5
0…1,000,000
0…690
0…1,000,000
5
0…1,000,000
0
50 or 60
0…2
2010…2100
1…12
245
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 43 - Configuration Parameter Object Table
49
50
47
48
51
52
45
46
43
44
41
42
39
40
37
38
35
36
33
34
31
32
Instance Number Parameter Object Name
29
30
Demand_Broadcast_Mode_Select
Demand_Broadcast_Port
KYZ_Solid_State_Output_Parameter
KYZ_Solid_State_Output_Scale
KYZ_Pulse_Duration_Setting
Output_Relay_1_Output_Parameter
Output_Relay_1_Output_Scale
Output_Relay_1_Pulse_Duration_Setting
Output_Relay_2_Output_Parameter
Output_Relay_2_Output_Scale
Output_Relay_2_Pulse_Duration_Setting
Output_Relay_3_Output_Parameter
Output_Relay_3_Output_Scale
Output_Relay_3_Pulse_Duration_Setting
Status_Input_1_Input_Scale
Status_Input_2_Input_Scale
Status_Input_3_Input_Scale
Status_Input_4_Input_Scale
Default_KYZ_State_On_Comm_Loss
Default_Relay_1_State_On_Comm_Loss
Default_Relay_2_State_On_Comm_Loss
Default_Relay_3_State_On_Comm_Loss
Clear Energy Counters
Clear Energy log
Int16
SINT
Int32
Int16
Int32
Int16
SINT
Int32
Type
SINT
Int16
SINT
Int32
Int16
SINT
SINT
SINT
SINT
SINT
Int32
Int32
Int32
Int32
Int16
Int16
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Units
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
250
0
1000
250
1000
250
0
1000
Default Value
0
300
0
1000
250
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
Range
0…1
300…400
0…6
1…100,000
0 or 50…1000
0…6
1…100,000
0 or 50…1000
0…6
1…100,000
0 or 50…1000
0…6
1…100,000
0 or 50…1000
0…4
0…4
0…4
0…4
1…1,000,000
1…1,000,000
1…1,000,000
1…1,000,000
0…1
0…1
246 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Display Parameter Object Table
Table 44 - Table Properties
CIP Class Code
No. of Parameters
Data Type
Data Access
0x0F
117
Varies
Read Only
Table 45 - Display Parameter Object Table
Parameter Object Name
81
82
79
80
83
77
78
75
76
73
74
71
72
69
70
67
68
65
66
63
64
61
62
59
60
57
58
55
56
Instance
Number
53
54
L2_kW
L3_kW
Total_kW
L1_kVAR
L2_kVAR
L3_kVAR
Total_kVAR
L1_kVA
L2_kVA
L3_kVA
Total_kVA
L1_True_PF_%
L2_True_PF_%
L3_True_PF_%
Total_True_PF
V1_N_Volts
V2_N_Volts
V3_N_Volts
VGN_N_Volts
Avg_V_N_Volts
V1_V2_Volts
V2_V3_Volts
V3_V1_Volts
Avg_VL_VL_Volts
I1_Amps
I2_Amps
I3_Amps
I4_Amps
Avg_Amps
Frequency_Hz
L1_kW
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Description
V1 to N true RMS voltage
V2 to N true RMS voltage
V3 to N true RMS voltage
VGN to N true RMS voltage
Average of V1, V2 and V3
V1 to V2 true RMS voltage
V2 to V3 true RMS voltage
V3 to V1 true RMS voltage
Average of V1_V2, V2_V3 and V3_V1
I1 true RMS amps
I2 true RMS amps
I3 true RMS amps
I4 true RMS amps
Average I1, I2 and I3 amps
Last Line Frequency Calculated
L1 real power
L2 real power
L3 real power
Total real power
L1 reactive power
L2 reactive power
L3 reactive power
Total reactive power
L1 apparent power
L2 apparent power
L3 apparent power
Total apparent power
L1 true power factor (full bandwidth)
L2 true power factor (full bandwidth)
L3 true power factor (full bandwidth)
Total true power factor
Units
%
%
% kVA kVA kVA
% kVAR kVAR kVAR kVA kW kW kW kVAR
A
A
Hz kW
A
A
V
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
247
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 45 - Display Parameter Object Table
Parameter Object Name
110
111
112
113
106
107
108
109
102
103
104
105
98
99
100
101
118
119
120
121
122
114
115
116
117
96
97
94
95
92
93
90
91
88
89
86
87
Instance
Number
84
85
I1_IEEE_THD_%
I2_IEEE_THD_%
I3_IEEE_THD_%
I4_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_I_%
V1_IEC_THD_%
V2_IEC_THD_%
V3_IEC_THD_%
VN_G_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_V_%
I1_IEC_THD_%
I2_IEC_THD_%
I3_IEC_THD_%
I4_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_I_%
Pos_Seq_Volts
L1_Disp_PF
L2_Disp_PF
L3_Disp_PF
Total_Disp_PF
V1_Crest_Factor
V2_Crest_Factor
V3_Crest_Factor
I1_Crest_Factor
I2_Crest_Factor
I3_Crest_Factor
I4_Crest_Factor
V1_IEEE_THD_%
V2_IEEE_THD_%
V3_IEEE_THD_%
VN_G_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_V_%
Neg_Seq_Volts
Zero_Seq_Volts
Pos_Seq_Amps
Neg_Seq_Amps
Zero_Seq_Amps
Voltage_Unbalance_%
Current_Unbalance_%
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
248
Description
L1 displacement power factor (fundamental only)
L2 displacement power factor (fundamental only)
L3 displacement power factor (fundamental only)
Total displacement power factor (fundamental only)
V1 crest factor
V2 crest factor
V3 crest factor
I1 crest factor
I2 crest factor
I3 crest factor
I4 crest factor
V1-N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V2-N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V3-N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
VN-G IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
Average V1/V2/V3 to N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
I1 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
I2 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
I3 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
I4 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
Average I1/I2/I3 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V1-N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
V2-N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
V3-N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
VN-G IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
Average V1/V2/V3 to N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
I1 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
I2 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
I3 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
I4 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
Average I1/I2/I3 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
Positive Sequence Voltage
Negative Sequence Voltage
Zero Sequence Voltage
Positive Sequence Amps
Negative Sequence Amps
Zero Sequence Amps
Voltage percent unbalance
Current percent unbalance
Units
%
V
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
A
%
%
A
A
V
V
%
%
%
%
-
%
-
-
-
-
-
-
%
%
%
%
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 45 - Display Parameter Object Table
Parameter Object Name
149
150
151
152
145
146
147
148
141
142
143
144
137
138
139
140
157
158
159
160
161
153
154
155
156
133
134
135
136
129
130
131
132
125
126
127
128
Instance
Number
123
124
Type
GWh_Fwd kWh_Fwd
GWh_Rev kWh_Rev
GWh_Net kWh_Net
GVARH_Fwd kVARh_Fwd
Status_1_Count_xM
Status_1_Count_x1
Status_2_Count_xM
Status_2_Count_x1
Status_3_Count_xM
Status_3_Count_x1
Status_4_Count_xM
Status_4_Count_x1
GVARH_Rev kVARh_Rev
GVARH_Net kVARh_Net
GVAh Real kVAh Real
GAh kAh
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real kW_Demand kVAR_Demand kVA_Demand
Demand_PF
Demand_Amps
Projected_kW_Demand
Projected_kVAR_Demand
Projected_kVA_Demand
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Projected_Ampere_Demand Real
Elapsed_Demand_Period_Time Real
I1_K_Factor
I2_K_Factor
Real
Real
I3_K_Factor
IEEE_519_TDD_%
Setpoints_1_10_Active
Real
Real
Int16
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Units
A kW kVAR kVA kW kVAR kVA
PF
GVAh kVAh
GAh kAh
GVARh kVARh
GVARh kVARh
-
%
N/A
-
-
A
Min
GWh kWh
GWh kWh
GWh kWh
GVARh kVARh xM x1 xM x1 xM x1 xM x1
Description
Status 1 Count times 1,000,000
Status 1 count times 1
Status 2 Count times 1,000,000
Status 2 count times 1
Status 3 Count times 1,000,000
Status 3 count times 1
Status 4 Count times 1,000,000
Status 4 count times 1
Forward gigawatt hours
Forward kilowatt hours
Reverse gigawatt hours
Reverse kilowatt hours
Net gigawatt hours
Net kilowatt hours
Forward gigaVAR hours
Forward kiloVAR hours
Reverse gigaVAR hours
Reverse kiloVAR hours
Net gigaVAR hours
Net kiloVAR hours
Net gigaVA hours
Net giga Amp hours
Net kilo Amp hours
The average real power during the last demand period
The average reactive power during the last demand period
The average apparent power during the last demand period
The average PF during the last demand period
The average demand for amperes during the last demand period
The projected total real power for the current demand period
The projected total reactive power for the current demand period
The projected total apparent power for the current demand period
The projected total amperes for the current demand period
The amount of time that has elapsed during the current demand period
I1 K-factor
I2 K-factor
I3 K-factor
Total Demand Distortion used for IEEE 519 Pass/Fail Status
Actuation Status of Setpoints 1…10
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 249
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 45 - Display Parameter Object Table
Parameter Object Name
166
167
168
169
Instance
Number
162
163
Type
Setpoints_11_20_Active Int16
Logic_Level_1_Gates_Active Int16
Metering_Status
Over_Range_Information
Int16
Int16
PowerQuality_Status
Logs_Status
Int16
Int16
Units
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Description
Actuation Status of Setpoints 11…20
Actuation Status of Level 1 Gates
Metering Conditions Status
Indicates which input is over range
Power Quality Conditions Status
Logs Condition Status
Configuration.DateTime
Table 46 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
15
15
800
N9
Int16
Read/Write
Table 47 - Configuration.DateTime Data Table
Type Tag Name
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
6
7…14
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Date_Year
Date_Month
Date_Day
Time_Hour
Time_Minute
Time_Seconds
Time_Milliseconds
Reserved
Description
The current year
The current month
The current day
The current hour
The current minute of the day
The current seconds
The current milliseconds
Default
0
0
0
0
1
0
2010
1
Range
1970 …2100
1…12
1…31
0…23
0…59
0…59
0…999
0
250 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Configuration.Logging
Table 48 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
40
40
801
N10
Int16
Read/Write
2
3
Table 49 - Configuration.Logging Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
Type
0 Int16 Energy_Log_Interval
1 Int16 Energy_Log_Mode
Int16 Setpoint_Log_Mode
Int16 Time_Of_Use_AutoStore
4 Int16 Off_Peak_Days
5 Int16 MID_Peak_AM_Hours
Description Default Range
-1…60 Selects how often a record is logged (minutes). A value of 0 disables periodic logging of records. A value of -1 causes the logging of records to be synchronized to the end of the demand Interval.
15
1 This parameter sets the action of the log once it has filled to capacity.
0 = Fill and Stop
1 = Overwrite oldest record
This parameter sets the action of the log once it has filled to capacity.
0 = Fill and Stop
1 = Overwrite oldest record
1
31 Automatically stores the current record for the month replacing an older record if the log is full. The log holds 12 records plus the current record.
0 = Disable storing records
1 = Store and clear on the first day of the month
2 = 2nd of month
3 = 3rd day of month…to 31st day
If set to 29…31 the last day of every month stores a record.
This bit map field selects the off peak days. OFF-PEAK days have only one rate for billing.
Bit0 = Sunday
Bit1 = Monday
Bit2 = Tuesday
Bit3 = Wednesday
Bit4 = Thursday
Bit5 = Friday
Bit 6 = Saturday
Important: Saturday and Sunday are default days.
This bit map selects any a.m. hours that are designated as MID Peak.
Bit0 = 12 a.m. to 1 a.m.
Bit1 = 1 a.m. to 2 a.m.
Bit2 = 2 a.m. to 3 a.m.
Bit 3 = 3 a.m. to 4 a.m.
…
Bit11 = 11 a.m. to 12 a.m.
Example: The hours from 8 a.m. to 11 a.m. is designated as
Bit 8 through Bit 10 = 1792d.
65
1792
0…1
0…1
0…31
0…127
0…4095
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 251
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 49 - Configuration.Logging Data Table
Element
Number
Type
6 Int16
7
8
9
10
11
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
12…39 Int16
Tag Name
MID_Peak_PM_Hours
ON_Peak_AM_Hours
ON_Peak_PM_Hours
Load_Factor_Auto_Log_Setting
PowerQuality_Log_Mode
Event_Log_Mode
Reserved
Description Default Range
0…4095 This bit map selects any p.m. hours that are designated as MID Peak.
Bit0 = 12 p.m. to 1 p.m.
Bit1 = 1 p.m. to 2 p.m.
Bit2 = 2 p.m. to 3 p.m.
Bit 3 = 3 p.m. to 4 p.m.
…
Bit11 = 11 p.m. to 12 p.m.
Example: The hours from 3 p.m. to 7 p.m. is designated as Bit 3 through
Bit 6 = 120d.
This bit map selects any a.m. hours that are designated as ON Peak.
Bit0 = 12 a.m. to 1 a.m.
Bit1 = 1 a.m. to 2 a.m.
Bit2 = 2 a.m. to 3 a.m.
Bit 3 = 3 a.m. to 4 a.m.
…
Bit11 = 11 a.m. to 12 a.m.
Example: The hours from 11 a.m. to 12 p.m. is designated as Bit 11 = 2048d.
120
2048
This bit map selects any p.m. hours that are designated as ON Peak.
Bit0 = 12 p.m. to 1 p.m.
Bit1 = 1 p.m. to 2 p.m.
Bit2 = 2 p.m. to 3 p.m.
Bit 3 = 3 p.m. to 4 p.m.
…
Bit11 = 11 p.m. to 12 p.m.
.
Example: The hours from 12 p.m. to 3 p.m. is designated as Bit 0 through Bit 2 = 7d
7
Automatically stores the current peak, average and load factor results as a record in the non volatile load factor log and resets the log at the specified day of the month.
0 = Disable storing records
1 = Store and clear on the first day of the month
2 = 2nd of month
3 = 3rd day of month…to 31st day
If set to 29…31 the last day of every month stores a record.
31
This parameter sets the action of the log once it has filled to capacity.
0 = Fill and Stop
1 = Overwrite oldest record
This parameter sets the action of the log once it has filled to capacity.
0 = Fill and Stop
1 = Overwrite oldest record
1
1
0
0…4095
0…4095
0…31
0…1
0…1
0
252 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Configuration.Metering.Basic
Table 50 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
33
66
802
F11
Real
Read/Write
7
8
5
6
9
3
4
1
2
Table 51 - Configuration.Metering.Basic Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
Type
0 Real Metering_Mode
10
11
12
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
V1_V2_V3_PT_Primary
V1_V2_V3_PT_Secondary
I1_I2_I3_CT_Primary
I1_I2_I3_CT_Secondary
VN_PT_Primary
VN_PT_Secondary
I4_CT_Primary
I4_CT_Secondary
Nominal_System_LL_Voltage
Nominal_System_Frequency
Realtime_Update_Rate
Demand_Source
Description Default Range
Configures the input wiring for metering.
0 = Demo
1 = Split-phase
2 = Wye
3 = Delta 2 CT
4 = Delta 3 CT
5 = Open Delta 2 CT
6 = Open Delta 3 CT
7 = Delta Gnd B Ph 2 CT
8 = Delta Gnd B Ph 3 CT
9 = Delta High Leg
10 = Single Phase
The primary voltage value of the PT transformer.
The secondary voltage value of the PT transformer.
The primary ampere value of the CT transformer.
The secondary ampere value of the CT transformer.
The primary voltage value of the PT transformer.
The secondary voltage value of the PT transformer.
The primary ampere value of the CT transformer.
The secondary ampere value of the CT transformer.
Nominal line to line voltage value or line to line voltage rating of the system being metered.
Nominal frequency of the system.
Selects the update rate for the realtime table and the setpoint calculations.
0 = Single cycle averaged over 8 cycles
1 = Single cycle averaged over 4 cycles
2 = 1 cycle with no averaging
When item ‘Demand Broadcast Master Select’ of the Ethernet table is set to master a selection of 0…2 and 4 sets the type of master input. In this case item 3 is ignored.
When the ‘Demand Broadcast Master Select’ of the Ethernet table is set to slave then any of these inputs can set the end of the demand period.
0 = Internal Timer
1 = Status Input 2
2 = Controller Command
3 = Ethernet Demand Broadcast
2
60
0
5
5
480
480
480
5
5
480
480
0
0…10
50 …60
0…2
0…3
0…1,000,000
0…690
0…1,000,000
5
0…1,000,000
0…690
0…1,000,000
5
0…1,000,000
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 253
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 51 - Configuration.Metering.Basic Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
Type
13 Real Demand_Period_Length
(Minutes)
14
15
Real
Real
16…32 Real
Number_Demand_Periods
Forced_Demand_Sync_Delay
Reserved
Description Default Range
Specifies the desired period for demand calculations. When set to 0 there is no projected demand calculations. If the internal timer is selected a setting of 0 turns the demand function off.
Specifies the number of demand periods to average for demand measurement.
15
1
10 When the power monitor is configured for external demand control the unit delays for xxx seconds after the expected control pulse has not been received. The demand period starts over and a record is recorded in the event log.
0 = Wait forever
1…900 = Wait this many seconds before starting a new demand period
Important: This setting becomes active when an external input is used to end the demand period.
0
0…99
1…15
0…900
0
254 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Configuration.System.General
Table 52 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
803
F12
50
100
Real
Read/Write
Table 53 - Configuration.System.General Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
Type
0 Real
Description
1
2
3
4
Real
Real
Real
Real
5 Real
6 Real
Log_Status_Input_Changes
Use_Daylight_Savings_Correction 0 = Disable Daylight Savings
1 = Enable Daylight Savings
Daylight_Savings_Month/Week/
Day_Start
0=Disable recording of status input changes into the event log
1=Enable recording of event input changes into the event log
This is the day that the power monitor adds an hour to the time. This feature also looks at Ethernet SNTP offset and corrects for Daylight Savings.
Example: 040107 = April/1st week/Saturday
Month Settings:
01 = January…
12 = December
Week Settings:
01 = 1st week…
05 = Last Week
Day of the Week Settings:
01 = Sunday…
07 = Saturday
Hour_of_Day_Start
Return_from_Daylight_Savings_
Month/Week/Day
The hour of day the daylight savings adjustment is made to add an hour.
This is the day that the power monitor subtracts an hour from the time. This feature also looks at Ethernet SNTP offset and corrects for the return from Daylight Savings.
Month Settings:
01 = January…
12 = December
Week Settings:
01 = 1st week…
05 = Last Week
Day of the Week Settings:
01 = Sunday…
07 = Saturday
Hour_of_Day_End
KYZ_Solid_State_Output_
Parameter
The hour of day the daylight savings adjustment is made to subtract an hour.
The parameter selected pulses the KYZ output at a rate that equals the parameter value divided by KYZ scale.
0 = Setpoint Control
1 = Wh Fwd
2 = Wh Rev
3 = VARh Fwd
4 = VARh Rev
5 = VAh
6 = Ah
0
0
2
0
Default
030201 March,
2nd, Sunday
010101
…
120507
2
110101
November, 1st,
Sunday
Range
0…1
0…1
0…23
010101
…
120507
0…23
0…6
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 255
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 53 - Configuration.System.General Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
Type
7 Real
Description
8
10
13
16
Real
9 Real
Real
11 Real
12 Real
Real
14 Real
15 Real
Real
17 Real
Default
KYZ_Solid_State_Output_Scale
KYZ_Pulse_Duration_Setting
The KYZ output parameter divided by the scale is the output pulse rate.
Example: Wh is selected for the parameter and 1,000 is the scale value. The output is pulsed every kWh.
Set as 50…1000 to indicate the duration of the pulse in milliseconds, or set to 0 for
KYZ-style transition output. (Toggle)
Important: The value for delay is rounded off to the nearest 10 ms internally during this function.
1,000
250 (ms)
Output_Relay_1_Output_
Parameter
Output_Relay_1_Output_Scale
The parameter selected pulses the relay 1 output at a rate that equals the parameter value divided by relay 1 scale.
0 = Setpoint Control
1 = Wh Fwd
2 = Wh Rev
3 = VARh Fwd
4 = VARh Rev
5 = VAh
6 = Ah
0
The relay 1 output parameter divided by the relay 1 scale is the output pulse rate.
Example: Wh is selected for the parameter and 1,000 is the scale value. The output is pulsed every kWh.
1,000
250 (ms) Output_Relay_1_Pulse_Duration_
Setting
Set as 50…1000 to indicate the duration of the pulse in milliseconds, or set to 0 for
KYZ-style transition output. (Toggle)
Important: The value for delay is rounded off to the nearest 10 ms internally during this function.
Output_Relay_2_Output_
Parameter
Output_Relay_2_Output_Scale
The parameter selected pulses the relay 2 output at a rate that equals the parameter value divided by relay 2 scale.
0 = Setpoint Control
1 = Wh Fwd
2 = Wh Rev
3 = VARh Fwd
4 = VARh Rev
5 = VAh
6 = Ah
0
The relay 2 output parameter divided by the relay 2 scale is the output pulse rate.
Example: Wh is selected for the parameter and 1,000 is the scale value. The output is pulsed every kWh.
1,000
250 (ms) Output_Relay_2_Pulse_Duration_
Setting
Set as 50…1000 to indicate the duration of the pulse in milliseconds, or set to 0 for
KYZ-style transition output. (Toggle)
Important: the value for delay is rounded off to the nearest 10 ms internally during this function.
Output_Relay_3_Output_Paramet er
Output_Relay_3_Output_Scale
The parameter selected pulses the relay 3 output at a rate that equals the parameter value divided by relay 3 scale.
0 = Setpoint Control
1 = Wh Fwd
2 = Wh Rev
3 = VARh Fwd
4 = VARh Rev
5 = VAh
6 = Ah
0
The relay 3 output parameter divided by the relay 3 scale is the output pulse rate.
Example: Wh is selected for the parameter and 1,000 is the scale value. The output is pulsed every kWh.
1,000
250 (ms) Output_Relay_3_Pulse_Duration_
Setting
Set as 50…1000 to indicate the duration of the pulse in milliseconds, or set to 0 for
KYZ-style transition output. (Toggle)
Important: the value for delay is rounded off to the nearest 10ms internally during this function.
256 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
1…
100,000
0 or 50
…1000
0…6
1…
100,000
0 or 50
…1000
0…6
Range
1…
100,000
0 or 50
…1000
0…6
1…
100,000
0 or 50
…1000
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 53 - Configuration.System.General Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
Type
18 Real
Description
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
28…49 Real
Status_Input_1_Input_Scale
Status_Input_2_Input_Scale
Status_Input_3_Input_Scale
Status_Input_4_Input_Scale
Unit_Error_Action
1
1
1
1
1
Software_Error_Log_Full_Action This parameter determines the action when a firmware failure is detected and the error log is full.
0 = Safe Mode on error, make status LED solid red and wait for error collection and clear log command.
1 = Perform a firmware reset.
Default_KYZ_State_On_Comm_
Loss
The Default output state on communication loss defines the behavior of the output if the power monitor experiences a loss of communication.
0 = Last state/resume
1 = Last state/freeze
2 = De-energize/resume
3 = De-energize/freeze
4 = Local control
Default_Relay_1_State_On_
Comm_Loss
1
0
The Default output state on communication loss defines the behavior of the output if the power monitor experiences a loss of communication.
0 = Last state/resume
1 = Last state/freeze
2 = De-energize/resume
3 = De-energize/freeze
4 = Local control
0
Default_Relay_2_State_On_
Comm_Loss
When a status pulse is received the count is increased by the scale factor.
(Input pulse * input scale) added to total status count.
When a status pulse is received the count is increased by the scale factor.
(Input pulse * input scale) added to total status count.
When a status pulse is received the count is increased by the scale factor.
(Input pulse * input scale) added to total status count.
When a status pulse is received the count is increased by the scale factor.
(Input pulse * input scale) added to total status count.
This parameter determines the action when a unit error occurs.
0 = Safe Mode on error and make status LED solid red
1 = Perform a firmware reset.
Default_Relay_3_State_On_
Comm_Loss
Reserved
The Default output state on communication loss defines the behavior of the output if the power monitor experiences a loss of communication.
0 = Last state/resume
1 = Last state/freeze
2 = De-energize/resume
3 = De-energize/freeze
4 = Local control
0
The Default output state on communication loss defines the behavior of the output if the power monitor experiences a loss of communication.
0 = Last state/resume
1 = Last state/freeze
2 = De-energize/resume
3 = De-energize/freeze
4 = Local control
Future Use
0
0
Default
0…1
0…4
0…4
0…4
0…4
0
Range
1…
1,000,000
1…
1,000,000
1…
1,000,000
1…
1,000,000
0…1
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 257
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Configuration.Communications_Native
Table 54 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
70
70
804
N13
Int16
Read/Write
15
16
13
14
11
12
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
19
20
17
18
21
22
Table 55 - Configuration.Communications_Native Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
0
Type
Int16 IP_Address_Obtain
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
IP_Address_A
IP_Address_B
IP_Address_C
IP_Address_D
Subnet_Mask_A
Subnet_Mask_B
Subnet_Mask_C
Subnet_Mask_D
Gateway_Address_A
Gateway_Address_B
Gateway_Address_C
Gateway_Address_D
DNS_Enable
DNS_Server_Address_A
DNS_Server_Address_B
DNS_Server_Address_C
DNS_Server_Address_D
DNS_Server2_Address_A
DNS_Server2_Address_B
DNS_Server2_Address_C
DNS_Server2_Address_D
Time_Sync_Source
Selects the IP Address at startup
0 = Static IP
1 = DHCP
First Octet of Unit IP Address
Second Octet of Unit IP Address
Third Octet of Unit IP Address
Fourth Octet of Unit IP Address
First Octet of Subnet Mask
Second Octet of Subnet Mask
Third Octet of Subnet Mask
Fourth Octet of Subnet Mask
First Octet of Gateway Address
Second Octet of Gateway Address
Third Octet of Gateway Address
Fourth Octet of Gateway Address
Selects DNS Option 0 = Disable, 1 = Enable
First Octet of DNS Server Address
Second Octet of DNS Server Address
Third Octet of DNS Server Address
Fourth Octet of DNS Server Address
First Octet of DNS Server Address
Second Octet of DNS Server Address
Third Octet of DNS Server Address
Fourth Octet of DNS Server Address
Selection for Time Sync
0 = Disable
1 = SNTP
2 = PTP_Slave
3 = PTP_Master
258 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Default
1
Range
0…1
0
0
0
0
1
1
192
168
255
255
255
0
192
168
1
100
0
0
0
0
0
2
0…255
0…255
0…255
0…255
0…1
0…255
0…255
0…255
0…255
0…255
0 …255
0…255
0…255
0…255
0…255
0…255
0…255
0 …255
0 …255
0…255
0…255
0…3
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
33
34
35
42
43
40
41
38
39
36
37
28
29
30
26
27
24
25
Table 55 - Configuration.Communications_Native Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
23
Type
Int16
31
32
44
45
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
46 Int16
47…69 Int16
SNTP_Mode_Select
SNTP_Time_Update_Interval
SNTP_Time_Zone
This selects the operating mode of SNTP
0 = Unicast - The server address is used to point to a unicast server
1 = Anycast Mode - The SNTP address is a broadcast address of an anycast group
Number of seconds before next update
International Time Zone Selection
SNTP_Time_Server_IP_Address_A First Octet of SNTP Server
SNTP_Time_Server_IP_Address_B Second Octet of SNTP Server
SNTP_Time_Server_IP_Address_C Third Octet of SNTP Server
SNTP_Time_Server_IP_Address_D Fourth Octet of SNTP Server
Demand_Broadcast_Mode_Select
Demand_Broadcast_Port
Auto_Negotiate_Enable
Demand Ethernet broadcast selection
0 = Slave
1 = Master
Important: Have only one master per demand network.
The common port for demand broadcast messages.
Force_Ethernet_Speed
Enables or disables the hardware auto negotiation for the link connection
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
When Auto Negotiate is disabled this selects the connection speed
0 = 100 MHz
1 = 10 MHz
Force_Ethernet_Duplex
QOS_DSCP_Enable
When Auto Negotiate is disabled this selects the connection duplex
0 = Half
1 = Full
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
QOS_DSCP_PTP_Event
QOS_DSCP_PTP_General
QOS_DSCP_Urgent
QOS_DSCP_Scheduled
QOS_DSCP_High
QOS_DSCP_Low
QOS_DSCP_Explicit
PTP_Priority1
PTP_Priority2
WSB_Mode
WSB_Port
Reserved
QOS DSCP PTP Event Setting
QOS DSCP PTP General Setting
QOS DSCP Urgent Setting
QOS DSCP Scheduled Setting
QOS DSCP High Setting
QOS DSCP Low Setting
QOS DSCP Explicit Setting
Used in the execution of the best master clock algorithm. Lower value takes precedence.
Used in the execution of the best master clock algorithm. Lower value takes precedence.
Waveform synchronization broadcast mode
0 = Disable;
1 = Enable;
UDP port for WSB feature
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
300
6
300
1
1
1
1
43
31
27
128
55
47
59
47
128
0
1001
0
Range
0…1
1…32,766
0…32
0…255
0 …255
0…255
0…255
0…1
300…400
0…1
0…1
0 …1
1001…1009
0
0…1
0… 63
0… 63
0…63
0…63
0…63
0…63
0…63
0…255
0…255
0…1
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 259
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Configuration.Network.Text
Table 56 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Bytes
Data Type
Data Access
805
ST14
5
208
String
Read/Write
Table 57 - Configuration.Network.Text Data Table
Size (bytes) Type
2
3
4
0
1
Element
Number
32
32
48
64
32
String 48
String 64
String 32
String 32
String 32
Tag Name
Ethernet_Domain_Name
Ethernet_Host_Name
Device_Name
Device_Location
Reserved
Description Default
Domain Name for DNS
Host Name for DNS
A name the user can provide this device 0
The location for this device 0
Future Use
0
0
0
Range
0…255
0…255
0…255
0…255
0…255
IMPORTANT ControlLogix and CompactLogix controllers can get and set this data with the short integer (SINT) data type. Data can be displayed as decimal/ASCII in
RSLogix 5000 software.
260 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Configuration.Setpoints_1_5
Table 58 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
807
F16
50
100
Real
Read/Write
Table 59 - Configuration.Setpoints_1_5 Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
0
Type
Real
1
2
3
4
Real
Real
Real
Real
Parameter
Selection 1
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
1
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 1 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
Evaluation Type 1 0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 1 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
.
5
6
9
10
7
8
11
12
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Hysteresis 1
Assert Delay
Seconds 1
Deassert Delay
Seconds 1
Parameter
Selection 2
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
2
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 2 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
Evaluation Type 2 0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 2 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Default Range
0
0
0
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 261
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
22
23
24
Table 59 - Configuration.Setpoints_1_5 Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
13
Type
Real
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Hysteresis 2
Assert Delay
Seconds 2
Deassert Delay
Seconds 2
Parameter
Selection 3
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
3
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 3 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
Evaluation Type 3 0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 3 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
.
21 Real
25
26
27
30
31
28
29
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Hysteresis 3
Assert Delay
Seconds 3
Deassert Delay
Seconds 3
Parameter
Selection 4
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
4
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 4 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
Evaluation Type 4 0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 4 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
.
Hysteresis 4
Assert Delay
Seconds 4
Deassert Delay
Seconds 4
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Default Range
0 0…10,000,000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
262 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 59 - Configuration.Setpoints_1_5 Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
32
Type
Real
33
34
35
36
Real
Real
Real
Real
Parameter
Selection 5
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
5
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 5 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
Evaluation Type 5 0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 5 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
.
37 Real
38
39
Real
Real
40…49 Real
Hysteresis 5
Assert Delay
Seconds 5
Deassert Delay
Seconds 5
Reserved
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Future Use
0
0
Default Range
0 0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 263
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Configuration.Setpoints_6_10
Table 60 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
808
F17
50
100
Real
Read/Write
Table 61 - Configuration.Setpoints_6_10 Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
0 Real
1
2
3
4
Real
Real
Real
Real
Parameter
Selection 6
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
6
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 6 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
Evaluation Type 6 0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 6 The value, percent or state that triggers the output action.
.
5
6
9
10
7
8
11
12
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Hysteresis 6
Assert Delay
Seconds 6
Deassert Delay
Seconds 6
Parameter
Selection 7
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
7
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 7 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
Evaluation Type 7 0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 7 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Default Range
0
0
0
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
264 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
22
23
24
Table 61 - Configuration.Setpoints_6_10 Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
13 Real
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Hysteresis 7
Assert Delay
Seconds 7
Deassert Delay
Seconds 7
Parameter
Selection 8
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Selection of the input parameter from the
Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
8
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 8 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
Evaluation Type 8 0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 8 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
21 Real
25
26
27
30
31
28
29
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Hysteresis 8
Assert Delay
Seconds 8
Deassert Delay
Seconds 8
Parameter
Selection 9
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Selection of the input parameter from the
Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
9
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 9 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
Evaluation Type 9 0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 9 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
Hysteresis 9
Assert Delay
Seconds 9
Deassert Delay
Seconds 9
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Default Range
0 0…10,000,000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 265
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 61 - Configuration.Setpoints_6_10 Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
32 Real
33
34
35
36
Real
Real
Real
Real
Parameter
Selection 10
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
10
Evaluation Type
10
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 10 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 10 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
.
37 Real
38
39
Real
Real
40…49 Real
Hysteresis 10
Assert Delay
Seconds 10
Deassert Delay
Seconds 10
Reserved
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Future Use
0
0
Default Range
0 0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0
266 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Configuration.Setpoints_11_15 (M6 and M8 model)
Table 62 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
809
F18
50
100
Real
Read/Write
Table 63 - Configuration.Setpoints_11_15 Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
0 Real
1
2
3
4
Real
Real
Real
Real
Parameter
Selection 11
Selection of the input parameter from the
Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
11
Evaluation Type
11
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 11 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 11 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
5
6
9
10
7
8
11
12
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Hysteresis 11
Assert Delay
Seconds 11
Deassert Delay
Seconds 11
Parameter
Selection 12
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Selection of the input parameter from the
Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
12
Evaluation Type
12
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 12 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 12 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Default Range
0
0
0
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 267
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
22
23
24
Table 63 - Configuration.Setpoints_11_15 Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
13 Real
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Hysteresis 12
Assert Delay
Seconds 12
Deassert Delay
Seconds 12
Parameter
Selection 13
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
13
Evaluation Type
13
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 13 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 13 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
.
21 Real
25
26
27
30
31
28
29
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Hysteresis 13
Assert Delay
Seconds 13
Deassert Delay
Seconds 13
Parameter
Selection 14
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
14
Evaluation Type
14
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 14 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 14 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
.
Hysteresis 14
Assert Delay
Seconds 14
Deassert Delay
Seconds 14
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Default Range
0 0…10,000,000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
268 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 63 - Configuration.Setpoints_11_15 Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
32 Real
33
34
35
36
Real
Real
Real
Real
Parameter
Selection 15
Selection of the input parameter from the
Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
15
Evaluation Type
15
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 15 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 15 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
37 Real
38
39
Real
Real
40…49 Real
Hysteresis 15
Assert Delay
Seconds 15
Deassert Delay
Seconds 15
Reserved
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Future Use
0
0
Default Range
0 0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 269
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Configuration.Setpoints_16_20 (M6 and M8 model)
Table 64 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
810
F19
50
100
Real
Read/Write
5
6
7
8
Table 65 - Configuration.Setpoints_16_20 Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
0 Real
1
2
3
4
Real
Real
Real
Real
Parameter
Selection 16
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
16
Evaluation Type
16
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 16 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 16 The value, percent or state that triggers the output action.
.
9
10
11
12
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Hysteresis 16
Assert Delay
Seconds 16
Deassert Delay
Seconds 16
Parameter
Selection 17
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
17
Evaluation Type
17
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 17 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 17 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
.
0
0
0
0
0
Default Range
0
0
0
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0
0
0
0
0
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
270 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
22
23
24
Table 65 - Configuration.Setpoints_16_20 Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
13 Real
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Hysteresis 17
Assert Delay
Seconds 17
Deassert Delay
Seconds 17
Parameter
Selection 18
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Selection of the input parameter from the
Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
18
Evaluation Type
18
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 18 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 18 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
21 Real
25
26
27
30
31
28
29
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Hysteresis 18
Assert Delay
Seconds 18
Deassert Delay
Seconds 18
Parameter
Selection 19
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Selection of the input parameter from the
Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
19
Evaluation Type
19
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 19 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 19 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
Hysteresis 19
Assert Delay
Seconds 19
Deassert Delay
Seconds 19
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Default Range
0 0…10,000,000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 271
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 65 - Configuration.Setpoints_16_20 Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
32 Real
33
34
35
36
Real
Real
Real
Real
Parameter
Selection 20
Selection of the input parameter from the Setpoint Parameter Selection List
Reference Value
20
Evaluation Type
20
Used when Evaluation type is 2 = Percent of Reference
Test Condition 20 0 = Disabled
1 = Less Than
2 = Greater Than
3 = Equals
0 = Magnitude
1 = State
2 = Percent of Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
3 = Percent of Sliding Reference (not supported in the M5 model)
Threshold 20 The value, percent, or state that triggers the output action.
.
37 Real
38
39
Real
Real
40…49 Real
Hysteresis 20
Assert Delay
Seconds 20
Deassert Delay
Seconds 20
Reserved
The value in magnitude or percent of reference at which the output action is deasserted.
Example: A less than condition deasserts at (threshold + hysteresis), a greater than condition deasserts at (threshold - hysteresis).
The amount of time to delay the output action after a setpoint trigger occurs. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
The amount of time to delay deassertion after the setpoint trigger releases. Minimum equals realtime update rate setting.
Future Use
0
0
Default Range
0 0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
-10,000,000
…10,000,000
0…3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0…3
-10,000,000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0
272 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Configuration.Setpoint_Logic (M6 and M8 Model)
Table 66 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
811
N20
100
100
Int16
Read/Write
Table 67 - Configuration.Setpoint_Logic Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
0 Int16 Logic Level 1
Gate 1 Function
1
2
3
4
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
L1_G1 Input 1
L1_G1 Input 2
L1_G1 Input 3
L1_G1 Input 4
Selects the logic type
0 = disabled
1 = AND
2 = NAND
3 = OR
4 = NOR
5 = XOR
6 = XNOR
IMPORTANT: XOR and XNOR use Inputs 1 and 2 only.
Selects the first input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the second input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the third input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the fourth input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1= Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20 IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Default Range
0 0…6
0
0
0
0
-20…20
-20…20
-20…20
-20…20
273
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 67 - Configuration.Setpoint_Logic Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
5 Int16 Logic Level 1
Gate 2 Function
6
7
8
9
10
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
L1_G2 Input 1
L1_G2 Input 2
L1_G2 Input 3
L1_G2 Input 4
Logic Level 1
Gate 3 Function
Selects the logic type
0 = disabled
1 = AND
2 = NAND
3 = OR
4 = NOR
5 = XOR
6 = XNOR
IMPORTANT: XOR and XNOR use Inputs 1 and 2 only.
Selects the first input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the second input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the third input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the fourth input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the logic type
0 = disabled
1 = AND
2 = NAND
3 = OR
4 = NOR
5 = XOR
6 = XNOR
IMPORTANT: XOR and XNOR use Inputs 1 and 2 only.
274 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
0
Default Range
0…6
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 0…6
Table 67 - Configuration.Setpoint_Logic Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
11 Int16 L1_G3 Input 1
12
13
14
15
16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
L1_G3 Input 2
L1_G3 Input 3
L1_G3 Input 4
Logic Level 1
Gate 4 Function
L1_G4 Input 1
Selects the first input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the second input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the third input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the fourth input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the logic type
0 = disabled,
1 = AND
2 = NAND
3 = OR
4 = NOR
5 = XOR
6 = XNOR
IMPORTANT: XOR and XNOR use Inputs 1 and 2 only.
Selects the first input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Default Range
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 0…6
0 -20…20
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 275
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 67 - Configuration.Setpoint_Logic Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
17 Int16 L1_G4 Input 2
18
19
20
21
22
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
L1_G4 Input 3
L1_G4 Input 4
Logic Level 1
Gate 5 Function
L1_G5 Input 1
L1_G5 Input 2
Selects the second input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the third input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the fourth input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the logic type
0 = disabled
1 = AND
2 = NAND
3 = OR
4 = NOR
5 = XOR
6 = XNOR
IMPORTANT: XOR and XNOR use Inputs 1 and 2 only.
Selects the first input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the second input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
0
Default Range
-20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 0…6
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
276 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 67 - Configuration.Setpoint_Logic Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
23 Int16 L1_G5 Input 3
24
25
26
27
28
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
L1_G5 Input 4
Logic Level 1
Gate 6 Function
L1_G6 Input 1
L1_G6 Input 2
L1_G6 Input 3
Selects the third input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the fourth input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the logic type
0 = disabled
1 = AND
2 = NAND
3 = OR
4 = NOR
5 = XOR
6 = XNOR
IMPORTANT: XOR and XNOR use Inputs 1 and 2 only.
Selects the first input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the second input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20 IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the third input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled,
1 = Setpoint 1,
2 = Setpoint 2,
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Default Range
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 0…6
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 277
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 67 - Configuration.Setpoint_Logic Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
29 Int16 L1_G6 Input 4
30
31
32
33
34
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Logic Level 1
Gate 7 Function
L1_G7 Input 1
L1_G7 Input 2
L1_G7 Input 3
L1_G7 Input 4
Selects the fourth input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the logic type
0 = disabled
1 = AND
2 = NAND
3 = OR
4 = NOR
5 = XOR
6 = XNOR
IMPORTANT: XOR and XNOR use Inputs 1 and 2 only.
Selects the first input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the second input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the third input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the fourth input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
0
Default Range
-20…20
0 0…6
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
278 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 67 - Configuration.Setpoint_Logic Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
35 Int16 Logic Level 1
Gate 8 Function
36
37
38
39
40
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
L1_G8 Input 1
L1_G8 Input 2
L1_G8 Input 3
L1_G8 Input 4
Logic Level 1
Gate 9 Function
Selects the logic type
0 = disabled
1 = AND
2 = NAND
3 = OR
4 = NOR
5 = XOR
6 = XNOR
IMPORTANT: XOR and XNOR use Inputs 1 and 2 only.
Selects the first input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the second input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the third input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the fourth input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the logic type
0 = disabled
1 = AND
2 = NAND
3 = OR
4 = NOR
5 = XOR
6 = XNOR
IMPORTANT: XOR and XNOR use Inputs 1 and 2 only.
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Default Range
0 0…6
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 0…6
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 279
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 67 - Configuration.Setpoint_Logic Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
41 Int16
42
43
44
45
46
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
L1_G9 Input 1
L1_G9 Input 2
L1_G9 Input 3
L1_G9 Input 4
Selects the first input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the second input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the third input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Selects the fourth input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Logic Level 1
Gate 10 Function
Selects the logic type
0 = disabled
1 = AND
2 = NAND
3 = OR
4 = NOR
5 = XOR
6 = XNOR
IMPORTANT: XOR and XNOR use Inputs 1 and 2 only.
L1_G10 Input 1 Selects the first input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20 IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
0
Default Range
-20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 0…6
0 -20…20
280 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 67 - Configuration.Setpoint_Logic Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
47 Int16
48
49
Int16
Int16
50 … 99 Int16
L1_G10 Input 2 Selects the second input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20 IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
L1_G10 Input 3 Selects the third input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
L1_G10 Input 4 Selects the fourth input parameter for the gate. Each gate has four inputs.
0 = Disabled
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2
3 = Setpoint 3
…
20 = Setpoint 20
IMPORTANT: Negative numbers invert the input.
Reserved Future Use
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Default Range
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 -20…20
0 0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 281
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Configuration.Setpoint_Outputs
Table 68 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
812
N21
100
100
Int16
Read/Write
Table 69 - Configuration.Setpoint_Outputs Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
0
Type
Int16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Default Range
Setpoint Output
1 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
1
Setpoint Output
1 Action
Setpoint Output
2 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
2
Setpoint Output
2 Action
Setpoint Output
3 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
3
Setpoint Output
3 Action
Setpoint Output
4 Input Source
Setpoint Output
4 Action
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
4
0…10 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…19 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…10 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…19 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…10 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…19 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…10 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…19 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
282 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 69 - Configuration.Setpoint_Outputs Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
8
Type
Int16
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Default Range
Setpoint Output
5 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
5
Selects the output action to perform when setpoint is asserted. See the
Setpoint Output Action List . 0
Setpoint Output
5 Action
Setpoint Output
6 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
6
Selects the output action to perform when setpoint is asserted. See the
Setpoint Output Action List . 0
Setpoint Output
6 Action
Setpoint Output
7 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
7
Selects the output action to perform when setpoint is asserted. See the
Setpoint Output Action List . 0
Setpoint Output
7 Action
Setpoint Output
8 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
8
Selects the output action to perform when setpoint is asserted. See the
Setpoint Output Action List . 0
Setpoint Output
8 Action
Setpoint Output
9 Input Source
Setpoint Output
9 Action
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
9
Selects the output action to perform when setpoint is asserted. See the
Setpoint Output Action List . 0
0…10 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…19 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…10 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…19 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…10 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…19 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…10 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…19 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…10 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…19 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 283
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 69 - Configuration.Setpoint_Outputs Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
18
Type
Int16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Default Range
Setpoint Output
10 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
10
Setpoint Output
10 Action
Setpoint Output
11 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
11
Setpoint Output
11 Action
Setpoint Output
12 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
12
Setpoint Output
12 Action
Setpoint Output
13 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
13
Setpoint Output
13 Action
Setpoint Output
14 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
14
Setpoint Output
14 Action
Setpoint Output
15 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
15
0…10 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…19 (M5)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
284 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 69 - Configuration.Setpoint_Outputs Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
29
Type
Int16
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
40…99 Int16
Default Range
Setpoint Output
15 Action
Setpoint Output
16 Input Source
Selects the output action to perform when setpoint is asserted. See the
Setpoint Output Action List . 0
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
16
Selects the output action to perform when setpoint is asserted. See the
Setpoint Output Action List . 0
Setpoint Output
16 Action
Setpoint Output
17 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
17
Selects the output action to perform when setpoint is asserted. See the
Setpoint Output Action List . 0
Setpoint Output
17 Action
Setpoint Output
18 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
18
Selects the output action to perform when setpoint is asserted. See the
Setpoint Output Action List . 0
Setpoint Output
18 Action
Setpoint Output
19 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
19
Selects the output action to perform when setpoint is asserted. See the
Setpoint Output Action List . 0
Setpoint Output
19 Action
Setpoint Output
20 Input Source
Selects the source for output. Setpoint or gate output state.
0 = No source
1 = Setpoint 1
2 = Setpoint 2…
20 = Setpoint 20
21 = Level1_G1 …
30 = Level1_G10
20
Selects the output action to perform when setpoint is asserted. See the
Setpoint Output Action List . 0
Setpoint Output
20 Action
Reserved Future Use 0
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0…30 (M6, M8)
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 285
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Configuration.Data_Log
Table 70 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
34
34
813
N22
Int16
Read/Write
Table 71 - Configuration.Data_Log Data Table
Element
Number
Type
0 Int16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Tag Name
(default tag name)
Data_Logging_Interval
Description
Logging Mode
Logging Interval in seconds.
0=Disables data logging
-1= synchronize log with demand period
Selects how records are saved.
0= Fill and stop recording when log is full
1= Overwrite when log is full starting with the earliest record.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
DataLog_Parameter_1
(Avg_V_N_Volts)
DataLog_Parameter_2
(Avg_VL_VL_Volts)
DataLog_Parameter_3
(Avg_Amps)
DataLog_Parameter_4
(Frequency_Hz)
DataLog_Parameter_5
(Total_kW)
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
DataLog_Parameter_6
(Total_kVAR)
DataLog_Parameter_7
(Total_kVA)
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
DataLog_Parameter_8
(Total_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator)
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
DataLog_Parameter_9
(Avg_True_PF)
DataLog_Parameter_10
(Avg_Disp_PF)
DataLog_Parameter_11
(Avg_IEEE_THD_V_%)
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
DataLog_Parameter_12
(Avg_IEEE_THD_V_V_%)
DataLog_Parameter_13
(Avg_IEEE_THD_I_%)
DataLog_Parameter_14
(Avg_IEC_THD_V_%)
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
286 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Default Range
900 (15 min) -1…3600
1 0…1
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
54
58
31
35
63
68
27
39
19
23
14
15
5
9
27
28
25
26
23
24
21
22
31
32
29
30
33
Table 71 - Configuration.Data_Log Data Table
Element
Number
Type
16 Int16
17
18
19
20
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Tag Name
(default tag name)
DataLog_Parameter_15
(Avg_IEC_THD_V_V_%)
DataLog_Parameter_16
(Avg_IEC_THD_I_%)
DataLog_Parameter_17
(Voltage_Unbalance_%)
DataLog_Parameter_18
(Current_Unbalance_%)
DataLog_Parameter_19
Description
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_20
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_21
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_22
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_23
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_24
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_25
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_26
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_27
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_28
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_29
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_30
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_31
Int16 DataLog_Parameter_32
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the data log.
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
88
0
77
87
Default
72
Range
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
0…88 (M5)
1…184 (M6, M8)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 287
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Configuration.Log_Read
Table 72 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
15
15
814
N23
Int16
Read/Write
Table 73 - Configuration.Log_Read Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
0 Int16
1
2
3
4
5
6…14
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Description Default Range
Selected Log
Chronology of
Auto Return Data
Selects the log that information is returned from. Once a single request has been made the auto return feature brings back successive records each time the log is read. Some logs support individual record requests.
1 = Unit Event Log
2 = Min/Max Log
3 = Load Factor Log
4 = Time of Use Log
5 = Setpoint Log
6 = Alarm Log
7 = Data Log File List
8 = Energy Log File List
9 = Snapshot Log File
10 = Power Quality Log
11 = Waveform Log File
12 = Trigger Data File
13 = Trigger Header File
14 = EN50160 Weekly Log
15 = EN50160 Yearly Log
Important: If your catalog number does not support the requested log item, the power monitor ignores the request. Check the Write Status Table.
The date chronology of the returned records.
0 = Reverse direction
1 = Forward direction.
Initial value = 0 1…15
1 0…1
Selects the Min/Max record number to be returned. See the table for Min/Max record list.
0 0….82 (M5,M6)
0….207 (M8)
The Min/Max record to be returned
Load Factor or
TOU record to be returned.
EN50160 weekly record to be returned
EN50160 yearly record to be returned
Reserved
Selects the Load Factor or TOU record number to be returned.
0 = Use incremental return and the chronology selected.
1…13 selects an individual record.
1 = Current record being calculated.
Selects the EN50160 weekly record number to be returned.
0 = Use incremental return and the chronology selected.
1…8 selects an individual record.
1 = Current record being calculated.
Selects the EN50160 yearly record number to be returned.
0 = Use incremental return and the chronology selected.
1…13 selects an individual record.
1 = Current record being calculated.
Reserved for future use.
0
0
0
0
0…13
0…8
0…13
0
288 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Configuration.PowerQuality
Table 74 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
815
F24
50
100
Real
Read/Write
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
19
20
17
18
15
16
21
22
13
14
11
12
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
Table 75 - Configuration.PowerQuality Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
Type
0 Real Sag1_Trip_Point_%
1
2
Real
Real
Sag1_Hysteresis_%
Sag2_Trip_Point_%
Sag2_Hysteresis_%
Sag3_Trip_Point_%
Sag3_Hysteresis_%
Sag4_Trip_Point_%
Sag4_Hysteresis_%
Sag5_Trip_Point_%
Sag5_Hysteresis_%
Swell1_Trip_Point_%
Swell1_Hysteresis_%
Swell2_Trip_Point_%
Swell2_Hysteresis_%
Swell3_Trip_Point_%
Swell3_Hysteresis_%
Swell4_Trip_Point_%
Swell4_Hysteresis_%
Capture_Pre_Event_Cycles
Capture_Post_Event_Cycles
Relative_Setpoint_Intvl_m
IEEE1159_Parameter_Hysteresis_%
IEEE1159_Imbalance_Averaging_Intvl_m
Description Default Range
The percent of Nominal System Voltage that creates a level 1 sag condition.
The percent of hysteresis for sag 1 condition.
The percent of Nominal System Voltage that creates a level 2 sag condition.
The percent of hysteresis for sag 2 condition.
The percent of Nominal System Voltage that creates a level 3 sag condition.
The percent of hysteresis for sag 3 condition.
The percent of Nominal System Voltage that creates a level 4 sag condition.
The percent of hysteresis for sag 4 condition.
The percent of Nominal System Voltage that creates a level 5 sag condition.
The percent of hysteresis for sag 5 condition.
The percent of Nominal System Voltage that creates a level 1 swell condition.
The percent of hysteresis for swell 1 condition.
The percent of Nominal System Voltage that creates a level 2 swell condition.
The percent of hysteresis for swell 2 condition.
The percent of Nominal System Voltage that creates a level 3 swell condition.
The percent of hysteresis for swell 3 condition.
The percent of Nominal System Voltage that creates a level 4 swell condition.
The percent of hysteresis for swell 4 condition.
The pre-event cycles for waveform capture
The post-event cycles for waveform capture
The interval setting in minutes for the rolling average of all relative setpoints.
The percent of hysteresis for IEEE1159 output parameters.
The rolling average interval for Imbalance in minutes
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
15
15
60
2
5
2
200
2
200
2
200
2
200
0.00…100.00
0.00…10.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…10.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…10.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…10.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…10.00
100.00…200.00
0.00…10.00
100.00…200.00
0.00…10.00
100.00…200.00
0.00…10.00
100.00…200.00
0.00…10.00
5…10
2…30
1…1440
0.00…10.00
15…60
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 289
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 75 - Configuration.PowerQuality Data Table
31
32
29
30
27
28
25
26
Element
Number
Type
23
24
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
33
34
35
38
39
40
41
42
36
37
43
44
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
45…49 Real
Tag Name
IEEE1159_Voltage_Imbalance_Limit_%
IEEE1159_Current_Imbalance_Limit_%
IEEE1159_DCOffset_Harmonic_Avg_Intvl_m
IEEE1159_Voltage_DCOffset_Limit_%
IEEE1159_Voltage_THD_Limit_%
IEEE1159_Current_THD_Limit_%
IEEE1159_PowerFrequency_Avg_Intvl_s
IEEE1159_PowerFrequency_Limit_Hz
IEEE1159_PowerFrequency_Hysteresis_Hz
IEEE519_Compliance_Parameter
IEEE519_MAX_Isc_Amps
IEEE 519 MAX_IL_Amps
IEEE1159_Voltage_TID_Limit_%
IEEE1159_Current_TID_Limit_%
Description
The percent of voltage Imbalance to create an imbalance event
The percent of current Imbalance to create an imbalance event
3
25
The rolling average interval for DC offset and Harmonics in minutes 5
The percent of DC offset limitation 0.1
The percent of voltage THD limitation
The percent of current THD limitation
The rolling average interval for power frequency in seconds.
The limitation on power frequency variation in Hz.
Hysteresis of power frequency
IEEE 519 Compliance Parameter
0 = Current
1= Voltage
0.02
0
5
10
1
0.1
Short circuit current available at the point of common coupling.
(PCC) IMPORTANT: When Isc is ‘0’ or IL is ‘0’, the first row in IEEE 519
Current Distortion Limits table is selected for compliance.
0
Average maximum demand for current for the preceding 12 months. IMPORTANT: When IL is ‘0’ the current THD instead of TDD is used for compliance.
The percent of Voltage TID limitation
0
5
The percent of Current TID limitation
IEEE1159_Short_Term_Perceptability_Limit_P st
The P st
limit configuration for Voltage Fluctuations
Metering_Snapshot_Parameter_Selection
Transient_Detection_Threshold_%
Mains_Signaling_Frequency_Hz
This option configures what set of parameters is used when the metering snapshot command is issued:
0 = Single cycle parameters
1 = Harmonics voltage and current HDS and IHDS parameters
2 = 5 Hz harmonic results through the 50th harmonic
The threshold setting for the percent of transient detection.
0% = disable function
0.1…50% sets the threshold for transient recording.
The monitoring frequency of the control signal in Hz
10
1
0
4
500
Mains_Signaling_Recording_Length
Mains_Signaling_Threshold_%
The maximum recording length in seconds.
The threshold in percent of signal level to the mains voltage. A value of 0% disables the mains signal recording.
Under_Over_Voltage_Deviation_Threshold_% The percent under voltage or overvoltage of the mains connection to start recording deviation.
0% disables.
PowerFrequency_Synchronization Sets the environment of the metering system.
0 = Synchronous connection to an interconnected system
1 = Not synchronous to an interconnected system. (Islanded).
Reserved Reserved for future use.
120
0
5
0
0
Default Range
1.00…10.00
1.00…50.00
1…15
0.00…1.00
0.00…20.00
0.00…20.00
1…10
0.1…0.2
0.01…0.05
0…1
0.00…1,000,000.0
0
0.00…1,000,000.0
0
0.00…20.00
(M8_Only)
0.00…20.00
(M8_Only)
0.2…4.0
(M8_Only)
0…2 (M8_Only)
0.0…50.0
(M8_Only)
5…3000
(M8_Only)
1…120 (M8_Only)
0…15 (M8_Only)
0…15 (M8_Only)
0…1 (M8_Only)
0
290 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Configuration.OptionalComm.DNT
Table 76 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
30
30
816
N25
Int16
Read/Write
Table 77 - Configuration.OptionalComm.DNT Data Table
Element Number Type
0 Int16
1 Int16
2…29 Int16
Tag Name Description
DeviceNet_Address DeviceNet optional card device address
DeviceNet_Baudrate DeviceNet optional card communication rate.
0 - 125k
1 - 250k
2 - 500k
3 - AutoBaud
Reserved Future Use
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Default
63
3
Range
0…63
0…3
0 0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 291
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Configuration.OptionalComm.CNT
Table 78 - Table Properties (instance and file #s the same as DNT because only 1 can be present)
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
30
30
816
N25
Int16
Read/Write
Table 79 - Configuration.OptionalComm.CNT Data Table
Element Number Type
0 Int16
1…29 Int16
Tag Name Description
ControlNet_Address ControlNet optional card device address. (Valid values 1…99;
Invalid values: 0, 100…255)
Reserved Future Use
Default
255
0
Range
0…255
0
Configuration.DataLogFile
Table 80 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
1
32
817
ST26
String
Write Only
Table 81 - Configuration.DataLogFile Data Table
Element Number Type
0 String
Tag Name
Data_Log_File_Name
Description
A single entry table for a 64 character Filename entry
Default
0
Range
64 bytes
292 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Configuration.EnergyLogFile
Table 82 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
1
32
818
ST27
String
Write
Table 83 - Configuration.EnergyLogFile Data Table
Element Number Type
0 String
Tag Name
Energy_Log_File_
Name
Description
A single entry table for a 64 character Filename entry
Default
0
Range
64 bytes
Configuration.TriggerDataLogFile (M6 and M8 model)
Table 84 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
1
32
868
ST77
String
Write Only
Table 85 - Configuration.TriggerDataLogFile Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
0 String Trigger_Log_File A single entry table for a 64 character Filename entry
Default Range
0 64 bytes
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 293
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Configuration.TriggerSetpointInfoFile (M6 and M8 model)
Table 86 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
1
32
867
ST76
String
Write Only
Table 87 - Configuration.TriggerSetpointInfoFile Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
0 String Trigger_Setpoint
_Log_File
A single entry table for a 64 character Filename entry
Default Range
0 64 bytes
Configuration.TriggerData_Log (M6 and M8 model)
Table 88 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
10
10
822
N31
Int16
Read/Write
7
8
5
6
9
3
4
1
2
Table 89 - Configuration.TriggerData_Log Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
0 Int16 Trigger_Mode Selects how records are saved. 0= Fill and stop recording when log is full. 1= Overwrite when log is full starting with the earliest record.
TriggerData log length from 1s to 10s
Selection of parameter or default to be logged in the trigger data log.
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
TriggerData_Length_s
TriggerData_Parameter_1
TriggerData_Parameter_2
TriggerData_Parameter_3
TriggerData_Parameter_4
TriggerData_Parameter_5
TriggerData_Parameter_6
TriggerData_Parameter_7
TriggerData_Parameter_8
Default Range
1
23
27
15
19
39
9
14
1s
5
0…1
1…10s
1…184
0…184
0…184
0…184
0…184
0…184
0…184
0…184
294 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Configuration.Harmonics_Optional_Read
Table 90 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
15
15
819
N28
Int16
Write
Table 91 - Configuration.Harmonics_Optional_Read Data Table
Element Number Type
0 Int16
1
2…14
Int16
Int16
Tag Name Description
Channel_Parameter Selects the channel associated with the data returned in a subsequent read of Table PowerQuality.Harmonics_Results.
0 = No Selection 1 = V1-N RMS,
2 = V2-N RMS
4 = VN-G RMS
6 = V2-V3 RMS
8 = I1 RMS
3 = V3-N,
5 = V1-V2 RMS,
7 = V3-V1 RMS
9 = I2 RMS
10 = I3 RMS
12 = L1 kW RMS
14 = L3 kW RMS
16 = L2 kVAR RMS
18 = L1 kVA RMS
20 = L3 kVA RMS
22 = Total kVAR RMS
24 = V1-N Angle
26 = V3-N Angle
28 = V1-V2 Angle
30 = V3-V1 Angle
32 = I2 Angle
34 = I4 Angle
11 = I4 RMS
13 = L2 kW RMS
15 = L1 kVAR RMS
17 = L3 kVAR RMS
19 = L2 kVA RMS
21 = Total kW RMS
23 = Total kVA RMS
25 = V2-N Angle
27 = VN-G Angle
29 = V2-V3 Angle
31 = I1 Angle
33 = I3 Angle
Harmonics Order
Range Selection
Reserved
Selects harmonics order range.
0 = DC…31st
1 = 32nd…63rd
2 = 64th…95th
3 = 96th…127th
Reserved for future use.
Default
0
0
0
Range
0…34
0…1 (M6)
0…3 (M8)
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 295
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Configuration.WaveformFileName (M6 and M8 model)
Table 92 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
1
32
870
ST79
String
Write Only
Table 93 - Configuration.WaveformFileName Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
0 String Waveform_File_
Name
A single entry table for a 64 character Filename entry
‘Waveform_ID_YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS_MicroS_hh/cycle/ magorang/channel/iorder’
Where, YYYYMMDD_HHMMS is local date_time; hh is GMT hour; cycle = current cycle offset returned (range is from 0 to total cycles - 1 in the waveform) magorang = 0 is mag and 1 is angle channel = the current channel returned (range is from 0 to 7) iorder = 0 is DC to 31st, 1 is 32nd to 63rd, 2 is 64th to 95th and 3 is 96th to 127th if only the file name is written, the retrieval is returned from the start of waveform;
Default Range
0 64 bytes
Security.Username
Table 94 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
1
16
820
ST29
String
Write Only
Table 95 - Security.Username Data Table
Size Type Element
Number
0 32 String Username
Description Default
A single entry table for a 32 character
Username entry
0
Range
32 bytes
296 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Security.Password
Table 96 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
1
16
821
ST30
String
Write Only
Table 97 - Security.Password Data Table
Size Type Element
Number
0 32 String Password
Description Default
A single entry table for a 32 character
Username entry
0
Range
32 bytes
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 297
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Status.General
Table 98 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
55
55
823
N32
Int16
Read Only
Table 99 - Status.General Data Table
2
3
8
9
6
7
10
4
5
0
1
Element
Number
11
Type
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Tag Name
Bulletin_Number
Device_Class
Model
Communication_Options
Nominal_Input_Current
Metering_Class_Designation
Series_Letter
Manufacture_Month
Manufacture_Day
Manufacture_Year
Overall_System_Status
Error_Log_Contents
Description
1426
Describes the product device type.
5 = PM_PowerMonitor 5000
Indicates the feature set included in the catalog number.
1 = M5
2 = M6
4 = M8
Displays the communication hardware options.
0 = NAT (Native Ethernet)
1 = CNT (Optional ControlNet)
3 = DNT (Optional DeviceNet)
5 = 5 Ampere
Designation for the metering accuracy.
2 = Class Designation 0.2
The current hardware revision. A…Z.
Month the Unit was manufactured.
Day the Unit was manufactured.
Year the Unit was manufactured.
Reports the overall system status of each system assembly.
0 = Status PASS
Bit 0 = 1: Assembly_Slot_0_inst_1_Error
Bit 1 = 1: Assembly_Slot_0_inst_2_Error
Bit 2 = 1: Assembly_Slot_1_inst_1_Error
Bit 3 = 1: Assembly_Slot_1_inst_2_Error
Bit 4 = 1: Assembly_Slot_2_inst_1_Error
Bit 5 = 1: Assembly_Slot_2_inst_2_Error
Bit 6 = 1: Assembly_Slot_3_inst_1_Error
Bit 7 = 1: Assembly_Slot_3_inst_2_Error
For the detailed error code, please refer to Status_RunTime Table.
Number of records in the Error Log.
0…65,535
Range
0 or 1426
5
1, 2, or 4
0, 1, 3
5
2
0…26
1…12
1…31
2010…2100
0…65,535
298 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 99 - Status.General Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
12
13
14…54
Int16
Int16
Int16
Description
Metering_Configuration_Locked The hardware switch for configuration is locked.
PTP_Status Indicates PTP status
0 = PTP Listening
1 = PTP Slave
2 = PTP Master
Reserved Future Use.
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Range
0…1
0…2
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 299
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Status.Communications
Table 100 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
61
61
824
N33
Int16
Read Only
Table 101 - Status.Communications Data Table
Element
Number
0
1…60
Type
Int16 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9…15
Int16
Tag Name
Ethernet_Overall_Status
IP_and_Subnet
Gateway_Address
DNS_Server_Address
DNS_Server2_Address
SNTP_Server_Address
DHCP_Server_Timeout_Test
Duplicate_IP_Address_Test
Time_Server_Timeout_Test
DNS_Server_Timeout_Test
Reserved
Reserved
Description
Ethernet Communication Overall Status
0 = Pass
1…32766 = Fail
Invalid IP Address or Subnet Mask
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
Invalid Gateway Address
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
Invalid DNS server Address
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
Invalid DNS server2 Address
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
Invalid Timer Server Address
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
DHCP Server Timeout
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
Duplicate IP Address
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
Time Server Timeout
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
DNS Server Timeout
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
Future Use
Future Use
300 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
Range
0…32,766
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0
0
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
1
Bit8
Int16
Bit8
Bit9
Bit10
Bit11
Bit12
Bit13
Bit4
Bit5
Bit6
Bit7
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Status.RunTime
Table 102 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
74
74
825
N34
Int16
Read Only
Table 103 - Status.RunTime Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
0 Int16 Assembly_Slot_0_Status_inst_1
Bit4
Bit5
Bit6
Bit7
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Nor Flash
SDRAM Memory
Ethernet MAC
SPORT Interface
ARM9 Heartbeat message Timeout
Backplane info. message Timeout
Create Connection Message Not Received
Backplane Connection Status
SPORT HandShake Not Received
Assembly_Slot_0_Status_Inst_2
Nor Flash
Nand Flash
SDRAM Memory
FRAM Memory
Synchronous Serial Controller (SSC)
Real Time Clock
Ethernet MAC
Anybus Interface
SPI Serial Interface
USB Memory Stick Failure
MPC BF518 Heartbeat message Timeout
Create Connection Message Not Send
SPORT HandShake Not Received
No Production Test Data
Description
Backplane Processor (BF518) Status MPC
0 = Status PASS
BF518 Nor flash read write failure
BF518 SDRAM memory failure
BF518 Ethernet MAC failure
BF518 SPORT communication failure
ARM9 Heartbeat message Timeout
Backplane info. message Timeout
MPC BF518 did not receive create connection
Backplane connection status
0 = OK
1 = Fail
MPC BF518 did not get ARM9 Handshake Signal
ARM Processor Status MPC
0 = Status PASS
ARM9 Nor flash read write failure
ARM9 Nand flash read write failure
ARM9 SDRAM memory failure
ARM9 EEPROM storage failure
ARM9 serial intercommunication failure
ARM9 Real time clock failure
ARM9 Arm9 Ethernet MAC failure
ARM9 HMS Anybus interface failure
ARM9 SPI Intercommunications failure
ARM9 USB Memory Stick read write failure
MPC BF518 Heartbeat message Timeout
ARM9 did not send create connection to MPC BF518
ARM9 did not get MPC BF518 Handshake Signal
Production test data not programmed or corrupted
Range
0…65,535
0…65,535
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 301
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
7
8
9
5
6
Table 103 - Status.RunTime Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
2 Int16 Assembly_Slot_1_Status_Inst1
3
Bit4
Bit5
Bit6
Bit7
Int16
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
NOR Flash
SDRAM Memory
Ethernet MAC
SPORT Communication
Sharc Heartbeat message Timeout
Backplane info. message Timeout
ForwardOpen Message Not Received
Real Time Data Not Received
Assembly_Slot_1_Status_Inst2
4
Bit4
Bit5
Bit6
Int16
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
SDRAM Memory
AD7606
SPORT Communication
MAN_CODE
DEV_CODE
NORFLASH
RESET
Assembly_Slot_2_Status_Inst1
Int16
Int16
Assembly_Slot_2_Status_Inst2
Assembly_Slot_3_Status_Inst1
Int16 Assembly_Slot_3_Status_Inst2
Int16 Bootloader_FRN_Slot_0_Inst_1
Int16 Application_FRN_Slot_0_Inst_1
10
11
12
Int16 Upgrader_FRN_Slot_0_Inst_1
Int16 Bootloader_FRN_Slot_0_Inst_2
Int16
13 Int16
Application_FRN_Slot_0_Inst_2
14 Int16
15
16
17
Int16
Int16
18 Int16
Upgrader_FRN_Slot_1_Inst_1
Application_FRN_Slot_1_Inst_2
302
Description Range
Backplane Processor(BF518) of Assembly in slot 1 Status 0 =
Status PASS
BF518 Nor flash read write failure
BF518 SDRAM memory failure
BF518 Ethernet MAC failure
BF518 SPORT communication failure
Sharc Heartbeat message Timeout
Backplane info. message Timeout
PDA BF518 did not receive forward open message
PDA BF518 did not receive SHARC message
Host Processor(Sharc) of Assembly in slot 1 Status
0 = Status PASS
Sharc SDRAM Memory failure
AD7606 failure
Sharc SPORT communication failure
0…65,535
0…65,535
Sharc Nor flash read write failure
Sharc Reset failure
Backplane Processor of Assembly in slot 2 Status
0 = Status PASS
Host Processor of Assembly in slot 2 Status
0 = Status PASS
Backplane Processor of Assembly in slot 3 Status
0 = Status PASS
Host Processor of Assembly in slot 3 Status
0 = Status PASS
MPC BF518 bootloader image revision number
MPC BF518 application image revision number, if the system is running the boot loader image because of application image checksum error, this number is zero
MPC BF518 boot kernel image revision number
ARM9 application image revision number
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535 running the boot loader image because of application image checksum error, this number is zero
PDA BF518 boot kernel image revision number 0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 103 - Status.RunTime Data Table
Type Tag Name
21
22
23
Element
Number
19
20
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Upgrader_FRN_Slot_1_Inst_2
Bootloader_FRN_Slot_2_Inst_1
Application_FRN_Slot_2_Inst_1
Upgrader_FRN_Slot_2_Inst_1
25 Int16 Upgrader_FRN_Slot_2_Inst_2
28
30
31
32…73
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Upgrader_FRN_Slot_3_Inst_1
Upgrader_FRN_Slot_3_Inst_2
Reserved
Description
SHARC upgrader image revision number
Current revision level for the slot and instance of processor
Current revision level for the slot and instance of processor
Current revision level for the slot and instance of processor
Current revision level for the slot and instance of processor
Current revision level for the slot and instance of processor
Current revision level for the slot and instance of processor
Future Use.
Range
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 303
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Status.DiscreteIO
Table 104 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
826
N35
112
112
Int16
Read Only
Table 105 - Status.DiscreteIO Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
0
1…111
Bit 11
Bit 12
Bit 13
Bit 14
Bit 7
Bit 8
Bit 9
Bit 10
Bit 15
Int16
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Status_Input_States
Status_Input_1_Actuated
Status_Input_2_Actuated
Status_Input_3_Actuated
Status_Input_4_Actuated
KYZ _Output_Energized
KYZ_Forced_On
KYZ_Forced_Off
Relay_1_Output_Energized
Relay_1_Forced_On
Relay_1_Forced_Off
Relay_2_Output_Energized
Relay_2_Forced_On
Relay_2_Forced_Off
Relay_3_Output_Energized
Relay_3_Forced_On
Relay_3_Forced_Off
Reserved
Description
Indicates the overall Status Input Condition
Indicates Status 1 actuated
Indicates Status 2 actuated
Indicates Status 3 actuated
Indicates Status 4 actuated
Indicates Output KYZ Energized
Software Control Forced On KYZ
Software Control Forced Off KYZ
Indicates Output Relay 1 Energized
Software Control Forced On Relay 1
Software Control Forced Off Relay 1
Indicates Output Relay 2 Energized
Software Control Forced On Relay 2
Software Control Forced Off Relay 2
Indicates Output Relay 3 Energized
Software Control Forced On Relay 3
Software Control Forced Off Relay 3
Future Use
Range
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
65,535
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
304 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Status.Wiring_Diagnostics
Table 106 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
33
66
829
F38
Real
Read Only
Table 107 - Status.Wiring_Diagnostics Data Table
Element
Number
0
1
2
3
4
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Tag Name
Command_Status
Voltage_Input_Missing
Current_Input_Missing
Range1_L97_C89_Status
Range1_Voltage_Input_Inverted
Description
This is the wiring diagnostics command status.
0 = Command Active
1 = Input Level Low
2 = Disabled
3 = Waiting Command
Reports on all three phases.
-1 = Test not run
0 = Test passed
1 = Phase 1 missing
2 = Phase 2 missing
3 = Phase 3 missing
12 = Phase 1 and 2 missing
13 = Phase 1 and 3 missing
23 = Phase 2 and 3 missing
123 = All phases missing
Reports on all three phases.
-1 = Test not run
0 = Test passed
1 = Phase 1 missing
2 = Phase 2 missing
3 = Phase 3 missing
12 = Phase 1 and 2 missing
13 = Phase 1 and 3 missing
23 = Phase 2 and 3 missing
123 = All phases missing
This is the pass fail status for Range 1 diagnostics.
0 = Pass
1 = Failed
Reports on all three phases.
-1 = Test not run
0 = Test passed
1 = Phase 1 inverted
2 = Phase 2 inverted
3 = Phase 3 inverted
12 = Phase 1 and 2 inverted
13 = Phase 1 and 3 inverted
23 = Phase 2 and 3 inverted
123 = All phases inverted
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Range
0…3
-1…123
-1…123
0 or 1
-1…123
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 305
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 107 - Status.Wiring_Diagnostics Data Table
Element
Number
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Tag Name
Range1_Current_Input_Inverted
Range1_Voltage_Rotation
Range1_Current_Rotation
Range2_L85_C98_Status
Range2_Voltage_Input_Inverted
Range2_Current_Input_Inverted
Range2_Voltage_Rotation
Description
Reports on all three phases.
-1 = Test not run
0 = Test passed
1 = Phase 1 inverted
2 = Phase 2 inverted
3 = Phase 3 inverted
12 = Phase 1 and 2 inverted
13 = Phase 1 and 3 inverted
23 = Phase 2 and 3 inverted
123 = All phases inverted
Reports on all three phases. The reported sequence represents each phase.
1…321 designating phase and rotation.
Example: 123 = Phase 1 then phase 2 then phase 3
-1 = Test not run
4 = Invalid Rotation
5 = Out of range
Reports on all three phases. The reported sequence represents each phase.
1…321 designating phase and rotation.
Example: 123 = Phase 1 then phase 2 then phase 3
-1 = Test not run
4 = Invalid Rotation
5 = Out of range
This is the pass fail status for Range 2 diagnostics.
0 = Pass
1 = Failed
Reports on all three phases.
-1 = Test not run
0 = Test passed
1 = Phase 1 inverted
2 = Phase 2 inverted
3 = Phase 3 inverted
12 = Phase 1 and 2 inverted
13 = Phase 1 and 3 inverted
23 = Phase 2 and 3 inverted
123 = All phases inverted
Reports on all three phases.
-1 = Test not run
0 = Test passed
1 = Phase 1 inverted
2 = Phase 2 inverted
3 = Phase 3 inverted
12 = Phase 1 and 2 inverted
13 = Phase 1 and 3 inverted
23 = Phase 2 and 3 inverted
123 = All phases inverted
Reports on all three phases. The reported sequence represents each phase.
1…321 designating phase and rotation.
Example: 123 = Phase 1 then phase 2 then phase 3
-1 = Test not run
4 = Invalid Rotation
5 = Out of range
Range
-1…123
-1…132
-1…321
0 or 1
-1…123
-1…123
-1…132
306 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 107 - Status.Wiring_Diagnostics Data Table
13
14
15
16
17
24
25
22
23
26
20
21
18
19
Element
Number
12
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Tag Name
Range2_Current_Rotation
Range3_L52_L95_Status
Range3_Voltage_Input_Inverted
Range3_Current_Input_Inverted
Range3_Voltage_Rotation
Range3_Current_Rotation
Voltage_Phase_1_Angle
Voltage_Phase_1_Magnitude
Voltage_Phase_2_Angle
Voltage_Phase_2_Magnitude
Voltage_Phase_3_Angle
Voltage_Phase_3_Magnitude
Current_Phase_1_Angle
Current_Phase_1_Magnitude
Current_Phase_2_Angle
Description Range
Reports on all three phases. The reported sequence represents each phase.
1…321 designating phase and rotation.
Example: 123 = Phase 1 then phase 2 then phase 3
-1 = Test not run
4 = Invalid Rotation
5 = Out of range
This is the pass fail status for Range 3 diagnostics.
0 = Pass
1 = Failed
Reports on all three phases.
-1 = Test not run
0 = Test passed
1 = Phase 1 inverted
2 = Phase 2 inverted
3 = Phase 3 inverted
12 = Phase 1 and 2 inverted
13 = Phase 1 and 3 inverted
23 = Phase 2 and 3 inverted
123 = All phases inverted
Reports on all three phases.
-1 = Test not run
0 = Test passed
1 = Phase 1 inverted
2 = Phase 2 inverted
3 = Phase 3 inverted
12 = Phase 1 and 2 inverted
13 = Phase 1 and 3 inverted
23 = Phase 2 and 3 inverted
123 = All phases inverted
Reports on all three phases. The reported sequence represents each phase.
1…321 designating phase and rotation.
Example: 123 = Phase 1 then phase 2 then phase 3
-1 = Test not run
4 = Invalid Rotation
5 = Out of range
Reports on all three phases. The reported sequence represents each phase.
1…321 designating phase and rotation.
Example: 123 = Phase 1 then phase 2 then phase 3
-1 = Test not run
4 = Invalid Rotation
5 = Out of range
-1…321
0 or 1
-1…123
-1…123
-1…132
-1…321
Shows the present phase angle of this channel. Always 0 degrees for voltage phase 1.
0…359.99
Shows the present magnitude of this phase.
0…9,999,999
Shows the present phase angle of this channel.
Shows the present magnitude of this phase.
0…359.99
0 …9,999,999
Shows the present phase angle of this channel.
Shows the present magnitude of this phase.
Shows the present phase angle of this channel.
Shows the present magnitude of this phase.
Shows the present phase angle of this channel.
0…359.99
0…9,999,999
0…359.99
0…9,999,999
0…359.99
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 307
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 107 - Status.Wiring_Diagnostics Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
27
28
29
30…32
Real
Real
Real
Real
Current_Phase_2_Magnitude
Current_Phase_3_Angle
Current_Phase_3_Magnitude
Reserved
Description
Shows the present magnitude of this phase.
Shows the present phase angle of this channel.
Shows the present magnitude of this phase.
Reserved for future use.
Status.TableWrite
Table 108 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
13
13
830
N39
Int16
Read Only
Table 109 - Status.TableWrite Data Table
9
10
11
7
8
5
6
12
2
3
4
0
1
Element
Number
Type
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Tag Name
Table_Number_or_Instance
Offending_Element
Configuration_Lock_On
Password_is_not_validated
Password_Activated
Admin_Name_Or_Password_Rejected
Admin_Password_Active
Application_Name_Or_Password_Rejected
Application_Password_Active
UserType_Name_Or_Password_Rejected
User_Password_Active
Security Status
Exclusive Ownership Conflict
Description Range
Indicates the last table that was written.
If the most recent write was successful this returns a ( -1).
If the write was unsuccessful this is the first rejected element in the table write.
If a write was made to a table that has elements that are locked this value is 1.
A write to a table could not be performed because the password is not validated or active.
0…1136
-1…256
0 or 1
0 or 1
0…7 The password is active by user.
Bit 0 set: AdminType Activated
Bit 1 set: ApplicationType Activated
Bit 2 set: UserType Activated
Admin type account rejected.
Admin type account active.
Application type account rejected.
Application type account active.
User type account rejected.
User type account active.
0 = disabled
1 = enabled
Bit 0 = 0: No Exclusive ownership conflict
Bit 0 = 1: Exclusive ownership conflict, IO configuration only controlled by logix controller
Bit 1: File deletion conflict
0…3
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
308 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Range
0…9,999,999
0…359.99
0…9,999,999
0
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Status.InformationTable
Table 110 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
831
ST40
10
112
String
Read Only
Table 111 - Status.InformationTable Data Table
Size Bytes Type
0
1
Element
Number
2
3
4
5…9
32
32
20
20
20
20
String
String
String
String
String
String
Tag Name Description
Catalog Number
Serial Number
Device Name
Device Location
The unit catalog number example.
The serial number for warranty information.
A name the user can provide this device.
The location for this device.
Original_Catalog_Number The unit catalog number in production
Reserved Reserved for future use
Range
0…255
0…255
0…255
0…255
0…255
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 309
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Status.Alarms
Table 112 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
32
32
832
N41
Int16
Read Only
Table 113 - Status.Alarms Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
0
1 Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 7
Bit 8
Bit 9
Bit 10…15
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Bit 8
Bit 9
Bit 10…15
Setpoints_1_10_Active
Setpoint1_Active
Setpoint2_Active
Setpoint3_Active
Setpoint4_Active
Setpoint5_Active
Setpoint6_Active
Setpoint7_Active
Setpoint8_Active
Setpoint9_Active
Setpoint10_Active
Reserved
Setpoints_11_20_Active (M6 and M8)
Setpoint11_Active
Setpoint12_Active
Setpoint13_Active
Setpoint14_Active
Setpoint15_Active
Setpoint16_Active
Setpoint17_Active
Setpoint18_Active
Setpoint19_Active
Setpoint20_Active
Reserved
Description
Actuation Status of Setpoints 1…10
1 Indicates the setpoint 1 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 2 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 3 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 4 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 5 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 6 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 7 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 8 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 9 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 10 is Active
Reserved for future use
Actuation Status of Setpoints 11 … 20
1 Indicates the setpoint 11 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 12 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 13 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 14 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 15 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 16 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 17 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 18 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 19 is Active
1 Indicates the setpoint 20 is Active
Future Use
Range
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0
0 … 65535
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0…65,535
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
310 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 113 - Status.Alarms Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
2
3
4
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Bit 8…15
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7…15
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 7
Bit 8
Bit 9
Bit 10 … 15
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Logic_Level_1_Gates_Active (M6 and M8)
Level1_Gate1_Output
Level1_Gate2_Output
Level1_Gate3_Output
Level1_Gate4_Output
Level1_Gate5_Output
Level1_Gate6_Output
Level1_Gate7_Output
Level1_Gate8_Output
Level1_Gate9_Output
Level1_Gate10_Output
Reserved
Metering_Status
Virtual_Wiring_Correction
Volts_Loss_V1
Volts_Loss_V2
Volts_Loss_V3
Volts_Over_Range_Indication
Amps_Over_Range_Indication
Wiring_Diagnostics_Active
Reserved
Over_Range_Information
V1G_Over_Range
V2G_Over_Range
V3G_Over_Range
VNG_Over_Range
I1_Over_Range
I2_Over_Range
I3_Over_Range
I4_Over_Range
Reserved
Description Range
Actuation Status of Level 1 Gates
1 Indicates gate logic output is true
1 Indicates gate logic output is true
1 Indicates gate logic output is true
1 Indicates gate logic output is true
1 Indicates gate logic output is true
1 Indicates gate logic output is true
1 Indicates gate logic output is true
1 Indicates gate logic output is true
1 Indicates gate logic output is true
1 Indicates gate logic output is true
Future Use
Metering Conditions Status
1 = Virtual Wiring Correction ON
1 = Loss of V1 metering voltage
1 = Loss of V2 metering voltage
1 = Loss of V3 metering voltage
1 = A Voltage over range status condition exists
0…1
0…1
1 = An Amperage over range status condition exists 0…1
1 = The wiring diagnostics is currently calculating wiring condition 0…1
Reserved for future use
Indicates which input is over range
1 = V1G input is over input range
1 = V2G input is over input range
0
0…65,535
0…1
0…1
1 = V3G input is over input range
1 = VNG input is over input range
1 = I1 input is over input range
1 = I2 input is over input range
1 = I3 input is over input range
1 = I4 input is over input range
Reserved for future use
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0
0…65,535
0…1
0…1
0…1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 … 65535
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 311
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 113 - Status.Alarms Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
5 Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
PowerQuality_Status
Sag_Indication_Detected
Swell_Indication_Detected
Transient_Indication
200mS_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
6
7
8
9
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 6
Bit 7…15
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4…15
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 7…15
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3…15
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3…15
3s_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
10m_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
2h_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
Reserved
Logs_Status
Data_Log_Full_Fill_And_Stop
Event_Log_Full_Fill_And_Stop
Setpoint_Log_Full_Fill_And_Stop
PowerQuality_Log_Full_Fill_And_Stop
Energy_Log_Full_Fill_And_Stop
Waveform_Full
TriggerData_Full_Fill_And_Stop
Reserved
Output_Pulse_Overrun
KYZ_Pulse_Overrun
Relay1_Pulse_Overrun
Relay2_Pulse_Overrun
Relay3_Pulse_Overrun
Reserved
IEEE1159_Over_Voltage
IEEE1159_Over_Voltage_V1
IEEE1159_Over_Voltage_V2
IEEE1159_Over_Voltage_V3
Reserved
IEEE1159_Under_Voltage
IEEE1159_Under_Voltage_V1
IEEE1159_Under_Voltage_V2
IEEE1159_Under_Voltage_V3
Reserved
Description Range
Power Quality Conditions Status
1 = A sag event was detected in the last metering cycle
1 = A Swell event was detected in the last metering cycle
A transient occurred
A flag indicating 200ms result has been calculated during a Sag,
Swell or Interruption
A flag indicating the 3s result has been calculated during a Sag,
Swell or Interruption
0…1
A flag indicating the 10min result has been calculated during a Sag,
Swell or Interruption
A flag indicating the 2h result has been calculated during a Sag,
Swell or Interruption
0…1
0…1
0…65,535
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
Reserved for future use
Logs Condition Status
0
0… 65,535
Is Set when fill and stop is configured and log is at least 80% filled 0…1
Is Set when fill and stop is configured and log is at least 80% filled 0…1
Is Set when fill and stop is configured and log is at least 80% filled 0…1
Is Set when fill and stop is configured and log is at least 80% filled 0…1
Is Set when fill and stop is configured and log is at least 80% filled 0…1
Is Set when log is at least 80% filled 0…1
Is Set when fill and stop is configured and log is at least 80% filled 0…1
Reserved for future use 0
The output pulse rate exceeds the configured capability
The KYZ output pulse rate exceeds the configured capability
0…65535
0…1
The Relay 1 output pulse rate exceeds the configured capability
The Relay 2 output pulse rate exceeds the configured capability
The Relay 3 output pulse rate exceeds the configured capability
Reserved for future use
Over Voltage Condition
1 = An over voltage is detected on V1
1 = An over voltage is detected on V2
1 = An over voltage is detected on V3
0
0…65535
0…1
0…1
Reserved for future use
Under Voltage Condition
1 = An under voltage is detected on V1
1 = An under voltage is detected on V2
0…1
0
0…65535
0…1
1 = An under voltage is detected on V3
Reserved for future use
0…1
0…1
0
312 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 113 - Status.Alarms Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
10
11
12
13
14
15
Bit 6
Bit 7
Bit 8…15
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1…15
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6…15
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4…15
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 3…15
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2…15
IEEE1159_Imbalance_Condition
IEEE1159_Imbalance_Condition_Volts
IEEE1159_Imbalance_Condition_Current
Reserved
IEEE1159_DCOffset_Condition
IEEE1159_DCOffset_Condition_V1
IEEE1159_DCOffset_Condition_V2
IEEE1159_DCOffset_Condition_V3
Reserved
IEEE1159_Voltage_THD_Condition
IEEE1159_Voltage_THD_Condition_V1
IEEE1159_Voltage_THD_Condition_V2
IEEE1159_Voltage_THD_Condition_V3
IEEE1159_Voltage_TID_Condition_V1
IEEE1159_Voltage_TID_Condition_V2
IEEE1159_Voltage_TID_Condition_V3
Reserved
IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition
IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition_ I1
IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition_ I2
IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition_ I3
IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition_I4
IEEE1159_Current_TID_Condition_I1
IEEE1159_Current_TID_Condition_I2
IEEE1159_Current_TID_Condition_I3
IEEE1159_Current_TID_Condition_I4
Reserved
IEEE1159_PowerFrequency_Condition
IEEE1159_PowerFrequency_Condition
Reserved
IEEE519_Overall_Status
ShortTerm_TDD_THD_PASS_FAIL
LongTerm_TDD_THD_PASS_FAIL
ShortTerm_Individual_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
LongTerm_Individual_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
Reserved
Description
IEEE1159 Imbalance
1 = An Imbalance is detected on Voltage
1 = An Imbalance is detected on Current
Reserved for future use
IEEE1159 DC Offset Condition
1 = A DC offset exceed limitation is detected on V1
1 = A DC offset exceed limitation is detected on V2
1 = A DC offset exceed limitation is detected on V3
Reserved for future use
IEEE1159 Voltage THD Condition
1 = A THD exceed limitation is detected on V1
1 = A THD exceed limitation is detected on V2
1 = A THD exceed limitation is detected on V3
1 = A TID exceed limitation is detected on V1
1 = A TID exceed limitation is detected on V2
1 = A TID exceed limitation is detected on V3
Reserved for future use
IEEE1159 Current THD Condition
1 = A THD exceed limitation is detected on I1
1 = A THD exceed limitation is detected on I2
1 = A THD exceed limitation is detected on I3
1 = A THD exceed limitation is detected on I4
1 = A TID exceed limitation is detected on I1
1 = A TID exceed limitation is detected on I2
1 = A TID exceed limitation is detected on I3
1 = A TID exceed limitation is detected on I4
Reserved for future use
IEEE1159 Power Frequency Condition
1 = Frequency exceed limitation is detected
Reserved for future use
IEEE519 Overall Status
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
Reserved for future use
Range
0…1
0…1
0…1
0
0…1
0…1
0
0…65535
0…1
0
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 313
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 113 - Status.Alarms Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
16
17
Bit 10
Bit 11
Bit 12
Bit 13
Bit 6
Bit 7
Bit 8
Bit 9
Bit 14
Bit 15
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 15
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 11
Bit 12
Bit 13
Bit 14
Bit 7
Bit 8
Bit 9
Bit 10
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
ShortTerm_2nd_To_17th_Harmonic_Status
2nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
3rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
4th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
5th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
6th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
7th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
8th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
9th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
10th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
11th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
12th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
13th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
14th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
15th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
16th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
17th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
ShortTerm_18th_To_33rd_Harmonic_Status
18th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
19th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
20th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
21st_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
22nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
23rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
24th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
25th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
26th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
27th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
28th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
29th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
30th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
31st_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
32nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
33rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
Description
ShortTerm 2nd To 17th Harmonic Status
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
ShortTerm 18th To 33rd Harmonic Status
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
Range
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
314 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 113 - Status.Alarms Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
18
19
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 7…15
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 11
Bit 12
Bit 13
Bit 6
Bit 7
Bit 8
Bit 9
Bit 14
Bit 15
ShortTerm_34th_To_40th_Harmonic_Status
34th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
35th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
36th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
37th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
38th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
39th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
40th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
Reserved
LongTerm_2nd_To_17th_Harmonic_Status
2nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
3rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
4th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
5th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
6th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
7th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
8th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
9th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
10th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
11th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
12th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
13th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
14th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
15th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
16th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
17th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
Description
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
ShortTerm 34th To 40th Harmonic Status
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
Reserved for future use
LongTerm 2nd To 17th Harmonic Status
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
Range
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 315
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 113 - Status.Alarms Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
20
21
22
23
Bit 6
Bit 7…15
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3…15
Int16
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 15
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3…15
Bit 11
Bit 12
Bit 13
Bit 14
Bit 7
Bit 8
Bit 9
Bit 10
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
LongTerm_18th_To_33rd_Harmonic_Status
18th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
19th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
20th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
21st_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
22nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
23rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
24th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
25th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
26th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
27th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
28th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
29th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
30th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
31st_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
32nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
33rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
LongTerm_34th_To_40th_Harmonic_Status
34th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
35th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
36th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
37th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
38th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
39th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
40th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
Reserved
IEEE1159_Voltage_Fluctuation_Condition
IEEE1159_Voltage_Fluctuation_V1
IEEE1159_Voltage_Fluctuation_V2
IEEE1159_Voltage_Fluctuation_V3
Reserved
EN61000_4_30_Mains_Signaling_Condition
EN61000_4_30_Mains_Signaling_V1
EN61000_4_30_Mains_Signaling_V2
EN61000_4_30_Mains_Signaling_V3
Reserved
Description
LongTerm 18th To 33rd Harmonic Status
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
LongTerm 34th To 40th Harmonic Status
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
1= Fail, 0=Pass
Reserved for future use
Voltage fluctuation for short term exceeds Pst limit
1 = Pst limit exceeded on V1
1 = Pst limit exceeded on V2
1 = Pst limit exceeded on V3
Reserved for future use
The mains signaling voltage exceeds the set limit
1 = Mains signaling voltage exceeded on V1
1 = Mains signaling voltage exceeded on V2
1 = Mains signaling voltage exceeded on V3
Reserved for future use
Range
0…1
0…1
0…1
0
0…1
0
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
0
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…1
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
316 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 113 - Status.Alarms Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
24
25
26…31
Int16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3…15
Int 16
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3…15
Int16
Description
EN61000_4_30_Under_Deviation_Condition Deviation is under the configured limit
EN61000_4_30_Under_Deviation_V1 1 = An under deviation is detected on V1
EN61000_4_30_Under_Deviation_V2
EN61000_4_30_Under_Deviation_V3
1 = An under deviation is detected on V2
1 = An under deviation is detected on V3
Reserved
EN61000_4_30_Over_Deviation_Condition
EN61000_4_30_Over_Deviation_V1
EN61000_4_30_Over_Deviation_V2
Reserved for future use
Deviation is over the configured limit
1 = An over deviation is detected on V1
1 = An over deviation is detected on V2
EN61000_4_30_Over_Deviation_V3
Reserved
Reserved
1 = An over deviation is detected on V3
Reserved for future use
Reserved for future use
Range
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
0
0…65535
0…1
0…1
0…1
0
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 317
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Status.OptionalComm
Table 114 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
30
30
835
N44
Int16
Read Only
2
3
4
5
Table 115 - Status.OptionalComm Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
0 Int16 Network_Type
1 Int16 Firmware_Version
0x25 = DeviceNet
0x65 = ControlNet
0x85 = Ethernet/IP
Optional communication firmware version
6
Int16 Firmware_Build Optional communication firmware build
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Serial_Low_Word
Serial_High_Word
Low 16-bit serial number
High 16-bit serial number
Optional_Port_Status Bit 0…2: Current status of Anybus module
000: SETUP
001: NW_INIT
010: WAIT_PROCESS
011: IDLE
100: PROCESS_ACTIVE
101: ERROR
110: reserved
111: EXCEPTION
Exception_Code
Bit 3: SUP bit
0: Module is not supervised
1: Module is supervised
Bit 4…14 reserved for future use
Bit 15: Watchdog Timeout indicator
0: The application and ABCC communicate normally
1: The application lost the communication with ABCC module
Last exception
0 = No exception
1 = Application timeout
2 = Invalid device address
3 = Invalid communication setting
4 = Major unrecoverable app event
5 = wait for reset
6 = Invalid process data config
7 = Invalid application response
8 = Non-volatile memory checksum error
Other value = reserved
318 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
-
Units Range
0 …255
-
-
-
Network_
Type dependent
Network_
Type dependent
0…255
0
0
0
0…7
-
0 or 1
0
0 or 1
0…8
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
16
17
18
Table 115 - Status.OptionalComm Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
Type
7 Int16 Event 1 Severity
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
19 … 29 Int16
Event 1 Code
Event 2 Severity
Event 2 Code
Event 3 Severity
Event 3 Code
Event 4 Severity
Event 4 Code
Event 5 Severity
Event 5 Code
Event 6 Severity
Event 6 Code
Reserved
Severity data for Events 1…6:
0x00 = Minor, recoverable
0x10 = Minor, unrecoverable
0x20 = Major, recoverable
0x30 = Major, unrecoverable
Event code for Events 1…6:
10h Generic Error
20h Current
21h Current, device input side
22h Current, inside the device
23h Current, device output side
30h Voltage
31h Mains Voltage -
32h Voltage inside the device
33h Output Voltage
40h Temperature
41h Ambient Temperature
42h Device Temperature
50h Device Hardware
60h Device Software
61h Internal Software
62h User Software
63h Data Set -
70h Additional Modules
80h Monitoring
81h Communication
82h Protocol Error
90h External Error
F0h Additional Functions
Future Use
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
-
Units Range
0x00…0x30
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0x10…0xF0
0x00…0x30
0x10…0xF0
0x00…0x30
0x10…0xF0
0x00…0x30
0x10…0xF0
0x00…0x30
0x10…0xF0
0x00…0x30
0x10…0xF0
0 0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 319
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 117 - Status.Wiring_Corrections Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
0 Int16 Wiring_Correction_Commands
Status.Wiring_Corrections
Table 116 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
14
14
834
N43
Int16
Read Only
1
2
3
4
Int16 Input_V1_Mapping
Int16 Input_V2_Mapping
Int16 Input_V3_Mapping
Int16 Input_I1_Mapping
Description
0 = No command
1 = Correct wiring by using Range 1 results, Lagging 97 PF to Leading 89 PF
2 = Correct wiring by using Range 2 results, Lagging 85 PF to leading 98 PF
3 = Correct wiring by using Range 3 results, Lagging 52 PF to lagging 95 PF
4 = Correct wiring by using manual input parameters
5 = Remove all wiring corrections
This parameter logically maps a physical voltage channel to V1.
1 = V1
2 = V2
3 = V3
-1 = V1 inverted
-2 = V2 inverted
-3 = V3 inverted
This parameter logically maps a physical voltage channel to V2.
1 = V1
2 = V2
3 = V3
-1 = V1 inverted
-2 = V2 inverted
-3 = V3 inverted
This parameter logically maps a physical voltage channel to V3.
1 = V1
2 = V2
3 = V3
-1 = V1 inverted
-2 = V2 inverted
-3 = V3 inverted
This parameter logically maps a physical current channel to I1.
1 = I1
2 = I2
3 = I3
-1 = I1 inverted
-2 = I2 inverted
-3 = I3 inverted
Default Range
0 0…5
1
2
3
1
-3…-1
1…3
-3… -1
1…3
-3…-1
1 …3
-3…-1
1…3
320 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
7
8
Table 117 - Status.Wiring_Corrections Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
5 Int16 Input_I2_Mapping
6 Int16 Input_I3_Mapping
Int16
Int16
Last_Cmd_Rejection_Status
Rejection_Information
9…13 Int16 Reserved
Description
This parameter logically maps a physical current channel to I2.
1 = I1
2 = I2
3 = I3
-1 = I1 inverted
-2 = I2 inverted
-3 = I3 inverted
This parameter logically maps a physical current channel to I3.
1 = I1
2 = I2
3 = I3
-1 = I1 inverted
-2 = I2 inverted
-3 = I3 inverted
0 = No rejection
1 = Rejected see rejection status
0 = No information
1 = Selected range is incomplete
2 = Command is already active. Please use command 5 to start over.
3 = Two like inputs wired to one terminal
4 = Invalid Input parameter
Future Use
3
0
0
Default Range
2 -3…-1
1…3
0
-3…-1
1…3
0…1
0…4
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 321
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Status.IEEE1588 (M6 and M8 model)
Table 118 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
45
45
873
N82
INT16
Read Only
Table 119 - Status.IEEE1588 Data Table (M6 and M8 model)
Tag Name Description
0
1
Element
Number
Type
2
Int16
Int16
Int16
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
IEEE1588_Version
PTPEnable
IsSynchronized
SystemTimeNanoseconds_A
SystemTimeNanoseconds_B
SystemTimeNanoseconds_C
SystemTimeNanoseconds_D
OffsetFromMaster_A
OffsetFromMaster_B
OffsetFromMaster_C
OffsetFromMaster_D
MaxOffsetFromMaster_A
MaxOffsetFromMaster_B
MaxOffsetFromMaster_C
MaxOffsetFromMaster_D
MeanPathDelayToMaster_A
MeanPathDelayToMaster_B
MeanPathDelayToMaster_C
MeanPathDelayToMaster_D
Range
IEEE1588 Version 2
PTPEnable specifies the enable status for the Precision Time Protocol on the device.
IsSynchronized specifies whether the local clock is synchronized with a master reference clock. The value is 1 if the local clock is synchronized and 0 if the local clock is not synchronized. A clock is synchronized if it has one port in the slave state and is receiving updates from the time master.
SystemTimeNanoseconds specifies a 64-bit value of the current system time in units of nanoseconds. (Bit 0 to bit 15)
SystemTimeNanoseconds specifies a 64-bit value of the current system time in units of nanoseconds. (Bit 16 to bit 31)
SystemTimeNanoseconds specifies a 64-bit value of the current system time in units of nanoseconds. (Bit 32 to bit 47)
SystemTimeNanoseconds specifies a 64-bit value of the current system time in units of nanoseconds. (Bit 48 to bit 63)
OffsetFromMaster specifies the amount of deviation between the local clock and its master clock in nanoseconds.(Bit 0 to bit 15)
OffsetFromMaster specifies the amount of deviation between the local clock and its master clock in nanoseconds. (Bit 16 to bit 31)
OffsetFromMaster specifies the amount of deviation between the local clock and its master clock in nanoseconds. (Bit 32 to bit 47)
OffsetFromMaster specifies the amount of deviation between the local clock and its master clock in nanoseconds. (Bit 48 to bit 63)
MaxOffsetFromMaster specifies the absolute value of the maximum amount of deviation between the local clock and the master clock in nanoseconds since last set. (Bit 0 to bit 15)
MaxOffsetFromMaster specifies the absolute value of the maximum amount of deviation between the local clock and the master clock in nanoseconds since last set. (Bit 16 to bit 31)
MaxOffsetFromMaster specifies the absolute value of the maximum amount of deviation between the local clock and the master clock in nanoseconds since last set. (Bit 32 to bit 47)
MaxOffsetFromMaster specifies the absolute value of the maximum amount of deviation between the local clock and the master clock in nanoseconds since last set. (Bit 48 to bit 63)
MeanPathDelayToMaster specifies the average path delay between the local clock and master clock in nanoseconds. (Bit 0 to bit 15)
MeanPathDelayToMaster specifies the average path delay between the local clock and master clock in nanoseconds. (Bit 16 to bit 31)
MeanPathDelayToMaster specifies the average path delay between the local clock and master clock in nanoseconds. (Bit 32 to bit 47)
MeanPathDelayToMaster specifies the average path delay between the local clock and master clock in nanoseconds. (Bit 48 to bit 63)
2
0,1
0,1
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
322 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 119 - Status.IEEE1588 Data Table (M6 and M8 model)
Tag Name Description
29
30
31
27
28
25
26
23
24
21
22
Element
Number
Type
19
20
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
32 Int16
33…44 Int16
Range
MasterClockIdentity_AB
MasterClockIdentity_CD
MasterClockIdentity_EF
LocalClockIdentity_AB
LocalClockIdentity_CD
LocalClockIdentity_EF
LocalClockClass
LocalTimeAccuracy
MAC address 0xA:0xB:0xC:0xD:0xE:0xF for the Master Clock.
MAC address 0xA:0xB:0xC:0xD:0xE:0xF for the Master Clock.
MAC address 0xA:0xB:0xC:0xD:0xE:0xF for the Master Clock.
MAC address 0xA:0xB:0xC:0xD:0xE:0xF for the Local Clock.
MAC address 0xA:0xB:0xC:0xD:0xE:0xF for the Local Clock.
MAC address 0xA:0xB:0xC:0xD:0xE:0xF for the Local Clock.
An attribute defining a clock's TAI traceability
An attribute defining the accuracy of a clock
LocalOffsetScaledLogVariance An attribute defining the stability of a clock
NumberOfPorts NumberOfPorts specifies the number of PTP ports on the device.
PortState
DomainNumber
ClockType
PortStateInfo specifies the current state of each PTP port on the device
DomainNumber specifies the PTP clock domain.
The value of ClockType shall indicate the type of PTP node as defined in Table 5-47.13 in CIP specification Volume 1.
Steps removed
Reserved
0…0xffff
1
1…9
0…255
0…0xffff
StepsRemoved specifies the number of communication paths traversed between the local clock and the grandmaster clock.
For future use
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…0xffff
0…255
0…255
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 323
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Statistics.Setpoint_Output
Table 120 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
827
N36
112
112
Int16
Read Only
Table 121 - Statistics.Setpoint_Output Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
0 Int16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Description
Setpoint 2 Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 3 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 3 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 3 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 3 Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 3 Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 4 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 4 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 4 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 1 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 1 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 1 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 1 Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 1 Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 2 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 2 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 2 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 2 Transitions to Active x1
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
Sec
Min
Hr
Sec
Min
Hr
Hr x1 x1000
Sec
Units
Sec
Min
Min
Hr
324 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
0…59
0…9999
0… 999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
Range
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0… 9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 121 - Statistics.Setpoint_Output Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
18 Int16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Description
Setpoint 4 Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 4 Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 5 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 5 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 5 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 5 Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 5 Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 6 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 6 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 6 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 6 Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 6 Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 7 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 7 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 7 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 7 Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 7 Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 8 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 8 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 8 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 8 Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 8 Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 9 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 9 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 9 Hours
Accumulator
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
Units
Sec
Min
Hr
Sec
Min
Hr
Sec
Min
Hr
Sec
Min
Hr
Sec
Min
Hr
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 325
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
Range
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 121 - Statistics.Setpoint_Output Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
43 Int16
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Description
Setpoint 9 Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 9 Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 10 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 10 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 10 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 10
Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 10
Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 11 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 11 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 11 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 11
Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 11
Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 12 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 12 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 12 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 12
Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 12
Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 13 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 13 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 13 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 13
Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 13
Transitions to Active x1000
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Units x1000 x1000 x1000
Sec
Min
Hr
Hr x1
Sec
Min
Sec
Min
Hr x1
Hr x1
Sec
Min
326 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
Range
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 121 - Statistics.Setpoint_Output Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
65 Int16
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Setpoint 15
Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 15
Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 16 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 16 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 16 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 16
Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 16
Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 17 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 17 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 17 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 17
Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 17
Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 18 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 18 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 14 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 14 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 14 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 14
Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 14
Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 15 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 15 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 15 Hours
Accumulator
Description
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
x1000 x1000 x1000 x1000
Sec
Min
Hr x1
Sec
Min
Sec
Min
Hr x1
Hr x1
Sec
Min
Units
Sec
Min
Hr x1
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 327
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
Range
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 121 - Statistics.Setpoint_Output Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
87 Int16
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100…111
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Setpoint 18 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 18
Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 18
Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 19 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 19 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 19 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 19
Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 19
Transitions to Active x1000
Setpoint 20 Seconds
Accumulator
Setpoint 20 Minutes
Accumulator
Setpoint 20 Hours
Accumulator
Setpoint 20
Transitions to Active x1
Setpoint 20
Transitions to Active x1000
Reserved
Description
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Future Use.
x1000 x1000 x1000
Hr x1
Sec
Min
Sec
Min
Hr x1
Units
Hr x1
Range
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0
328 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Statistics.Logging
Table 122 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
20
20
833
N42
Int16
Read Only
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Table 123 - Statistics.Logging Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
0 Int16
14
15
12
13
16
17
18…19
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Description Range
Number_of_Unit_Event_Log_Records
Number_of_Time_of_Use_Log_Records On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the number of Time of Use Log
Records available. 1 is the current record being updated before logging.
Number_of_Load_Factor_Log_Records
On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the number of Unit Event Records available. This log is returned only by using the incremental return method.
On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the number of Load Factor Log
Records available. 1 is the current record being updated before logging.
Number_of_Setpoint_Log_Records
Number_of_Alarm_Log_Records
On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the number of setpoint event records available.
On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the number of Alarm event records available.
0…100
0…13
0…13
0…100
0…100
Number_of_Energy_Log_Records_x1000 On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the x1000 number of Energy Log
Records available.
Number_of_Energy_Log_Records_x1 On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the x1 number of Energy Log Records available.
Number_of_Data_Log_Records_x1000
Number_of_Data_Log_Records_x1
0…30,000
0…999
On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the x1000 number of data log records available.
On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the x1 number of data log records available.
0…30,000
0…999
Number_of_Data_Log_Files
Number_of_Energy_Log_Files
Number_of_TriggerData_Log_Records
Total Data Log files that have been saved
Total Energy Log files that have been saved
On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the number of Trigger data records available.
0…256
0…256
0…3600
Number_of_TriggerData_Log_Files
Number_of_Waveform_Cycles
Number_of_Waveform_Files
Total trigger data files have been saved
On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the number of waveform data cycles available.
Total waveform files have been saved
Number_of_Power_Quality_Log_Records On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the number of power quality records available.
Number_of_EN50160_Weekly_Log_Reco rds
On a read of this table, the value of this parameter is the number of EN50160 Weekly Log
Records available. ‘1’ is the current record being updated before logging.
0…60
0…21600
0…256
0…100
0…8
0…13 Number_of_EN50160_Yearly_Log_Recor ds
Reserved
On a read of this table the value of this parameter is the number of EN50160 Yearly Log
Records available. ‘1’ is the current record being updated before logging.
Reserved for future use.
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 329
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Statistics.Setpoint_Logic (M6 and M8 model)
Table 124 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
828
N37
112
112
Int16
Read Only
Table 125 - Statistics.Setpoint_Logic Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
Type
0 Int16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Level1 Gate1 Seconds
Accumulator
Level1 Gate1 Minutes
Accumulator
Level1 Gate1 Hours
Accumulator
Level1 Gate1 Transitions to
Active x1
Level1 Gate1 Transitions to
Active x1000
Level1 Gate2 Seconds
Accumulator
Level1 Gate2 Minutes
Accumulator
Level1 Gate2 Hours
Accumulator
Level1 Gate2 Transitions to
Active x1
Level1 Gate2 Transitions to
Active x1000
Level1 Gate3 Seconds
Accumulator
Level1 Gate3 Minutes
Accumulator
Level1 Gate3 Hours
Accumulator
Level1 Gate3 Transitions to
Active x1
Level1 Gate3 Transitions to
Active x1000
Level1 Gate4 Seconds
Accumulator
Level1 Gate4 Minutes
Accumulator
Level1 Gate4 Hours
Accumulator
Description
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
Range
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
Hr x1
Sec
Min
Min
Hr x1 x1000 x1000
Sec
Min
Hr
Hr x1 x1000
Sec
Units
Sec
Min
330 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 125 - Statistics.Setpoint_Logic Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
Type
18 Int16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Level1 Gate4 Transitions to
Active x1
Level1 Gate4 Transitions to
Active x1000
Level1 Gate5 Seconds
Accumulator
Level1 Gate5 Minutes
Accumulator
Level1 Gate5 Hours
Accumulator
Level1 Gate5 Transitions to
Active x1
Level1 Gate5 Transitions to
Active x1000
Level1 Gate6 Seconds
Accumulator
Level1 Gate6 Minutes
Accumulator
Level1 Gate6 Hours
Accumulator
Level1 Gate6 Transitions to
Active x1
Level1 Gate6 Transitions to
Active x1000
Level1 Gate7 Seconds
Accumulator
Level1 Gate7 Minutes
Accumulator
Level1 Gate7 Hours
Accumulator
Level1 Gate7 Transitions to
Active x1
Level1 Gate7 Transitions to
Active x1000
Level1 Gate8 Seconds
Accumulator
Level1 Gate8 Minutes
Accumulator
Level1 Gate8 Hours
Accumulator
Level1 Gate8 Transitions to
Active x1
Level1 Gate8 Transitions to
Active x1000
Level1 Gate9 Seconds
Accumulator
Level1 Gate9 Minutes
Accumulator
Level1 Gate9 Hours
Accumulator
Description
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 331
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0…999
Range
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
Hr x1
Sec
Min
Min
Hr x1 x1000 x1000
Sec
Min
Hr
Hr x1 x1000
Sec x1 x1000
Sec
Min
Units x1 x1000
Sec
Min
Hr
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 125 - Statistics.Setpoint_Logic Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
Type
43 Int16
44
45
46
47
48
49
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
50…111 Int16
Level1 Gate9 Transitions to
Active x1
Level1 Gate9 Transitions to
Active x1000
Level1 Gate10 Seconds
Accumulator
Level1 Gate10 Minutes
Accumulator
Level1 Gate10 Hours
Accumulator
Level1 Gate10 Transitions to
Active x1
Level1 Gate10 Transitions to
Active x1000
Reserved
Description
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Time accumulator counter for seconds part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for minutes part of total accumulated time.
Time accumulator counter for total hours of accumulated time.
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1
The number of actuations for setpoint times 1000.
Future Use
Units x1 x1000
Sec
Min
Hr x1 x1000
Range
0…999
0…9999
0…999
0…59
0…9999
0…999
0…9999
0
332 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Command.System_Registers
Table 126 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
45
90
838
F47
Real
Write Only
Table 127 - Command.System_Registers Data Table
Description Element
Number
0
Type Tag Name
Real Command Word One
1
2
Real
Real
Command Word Two
Clear Single Min/Max
Records
Default Range
These commands can be sent to the power monitor. When using the optional elements the command table must be sent complete with all elements present. If the single password table is used to gain access to configuration items then the command can be sent alone without optional settings. The command options are:
0 = No Action
2=Set kVARh Register
1=Set kWh Register
3=Set kVAh Register
4= Set kAh Register
6=Set Status 1 Count
8=Set Status 3 Count
10=Force KYZ Output On
5= Clear All Energy Registers
7=Set Status 2 Count
9=Set Status 4 Count
11=Force KYZ Output Off
12=Remove Force from KYZ
14=Force Relay 1 Output Off
16=Force Relay 2 Output On
18=Remove Force from Relay 2
13=Force Relay 1 Output On
15=Remove Force from Relay 1
17=Force Relay 2 Output Off
19=Force Relay 3 Output On
20=Force Relay 3 Output Off
22=Restore Factory Defaults
21=Remove Force from Relay 3
23=Reset Power Monitor System.
Important: If a command is received that is not supported by your catalog number the command is ignored.
Important: Output forcing (command options 10…21) are not permitted if an I/O connection
(for example, Exclusive Owner, Data, or DeviceNet) is active.
0
0 0 = No Action 1=Clear Min/Max Records
2=Store and clear current Load Factor Record 3=Clear Load Factor Log
4=Store and clear current TOU Record 5=Clear TOU Log
6= Clear Setpoint Log
8= Clear Error Log
10=Clear Data Log
12=Log Off
7= Clear Setpoint accumulators
9= Clear Energy Log
11=Perform Wiring Diagnostics
13=Clear Trigger Data Log
14 = Trigger Waveform
16 = Metering Data Snapshot
15 = Clear Waveform
17 = Clear Power Quality Log
18 = Clear Setpoint Logic Gate Accumulators 19 = Reserved for future use.
Important: If a command is received that is not supported by your catalog number the command is ignored.
When invoking the Min/Max Clear command, this value can be sent to specify a single parameter. If clearing all values this is not required.
0 = Clear All Parameters
1= Clear the 1st Min/Max Record
2= Clear the 2nd Min/Max Record . . . To the end of the Min/Max Parameters
0
0…23
0…18
0…82 (M5, M6)
0…207 (M8)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 333
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 127 - Command.System_Registers Data Table
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
22
23
20
21
24
Element
Number
3
Type Tag Name
Real
25
26
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Description
Clear Single Setpoint or
Logic Gate Accumulator
When invoking the Setpoint or Setpoint Logic Gate Accumulator Clear command this value can be sent to specify a single parameter. If clearing all values this is not required.
0 = Clear All Accumulators
1= Clear the 1st time accumulator
2= Clear the 2nd time accumulator…
20= Clear the 20th time accumulator
Status 1 Count Register Start Value x 1,000,000 Status 1 Count x M
Register Set Value
Status 1 Count X 1
Register Set Value
Status 2 Count x M
Register Set Value
Status 2 Count X 1
Register Set Value
Status 3 Count x M
Register Set Value
Status 3 Count X 1
Register Set Value
Status 4 Count x M
Register Set Value
Status 4 Count X 1
Register Set Value
GWh Fwd Register Set
Value
Status 1 Count Register Start Value x 1
Status 2 Count Register Start Value x 1,000,000
Status 2 Count Register Start Value x 1
Status 3 Count Register Start Value x 1,000,000
Status 3 Count Register Start Value x 1
Status 4 Count Register Start Value x 1,000,000
Status 4 Count Register Start Value x 1
Sets the GWh Fwd Register to the desired Value kWh Fwd Register Set
Value
GWh Rev Register Set
Value kWh Rev Register Set
Value
GVARh Fwd Register Set
Value
Sets the kWh Fwd Register to the desired Value
Sets the GWh Rev Register to the desired Value
Sets the kWh Rev Register to the desired Value
Sets the GVARh Fwd Register to the desired Value kVARh Fwd Register Set
Value
GVARh Rev Register Set
Value
Sets the kVARh Fwd Register to the desired Value
Sets the GVARh Rev Register to the desired Value kVARh Rev Register Set
Value
Sets the kVARh Rev Register to the desired Value
GVAh Register Set Value Sets the GVAh Register to the desired Value kVAh Register Set Value Sets the kVAh Register to the desired Value
GAh Register Set Value kAh Register Set Value
Clear Waveform File ID
Sets the GAh Register to the desired Value
Sets the kAh Register to the desired Value
Waveform file identity
0 = Clear All
If the identity is not known, the command is ignored.
Sets the GWh Net Register to the desired Value.
GWh Net Register Set
Value kWh Net Register Set
Value
Sets the kWh Net Register to the desired Value.
Default Range
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0…10 (M5);
0…10, logic gate accumulator,
0…20 setpoints
(M6 and M8)
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…999
±0…9,999,999
±0…999,999
334 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 127 - Command.System_Registers Data Table
Description Element
Number
27
Type Tag Name
Real
28
29…44
Real
Real
GVARh Net Register Set
Value kVARh Net Register Set
Value
Reserved
Sets the GVARh Net Register to the desired Value.
Sets the kVARh Net Register to the desired Value.
For future use.
0
0
Default Range
0 ±0…9,999,999
±0…999,999
0
Command.Controller_Interface
Table 128 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
16
16
839
N48
Int16
Write Only
Table 129 - Command.Controller_Interface Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
0
Type
Int16
1…15 Int16
Default Range
Controller_Command_Word Bit 0 = When this bit is written to the power monitor it signals the end of the demand period.
The power monitor resets the bit to 0 and sends the end of demand broadcast to all of the slaves configured for the master/slave demand system. The power monitor must be configured as a ‘Master’ for external demand pulse input.
Bit 1…Bit 15 = Reserved
Reserved Future Use
0
0
0…1
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 335
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Command.Wiring_Corrections
Table 130 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
14
14
840
N49
Int16
Write Only
Table 131 - Command.Wiring_Corrections Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
0
Type
Int16
1
2
3
4
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Description
Wiring_Correction_Commands 0 = No command
1 = Correct wiring by using Range 1 results, Lagging 97 PF to Leading 89 PF
2 = Correct wiring by using Range 2 results, Lagging 85 PF to leading 98 PF
3 = Correct wiring by using Range 3 results, Lagging 52 PF to lagging 95 PF
4 = Correct wiring by using manual input parameters
5 = Remove all wiring corrections.
Input_V1_Mapping This parameter logically maps a physical voltage channel to V1.
1 = V1
2 = V2
3 = V3
-1 = V1 inverted
-2 = V2 inverted
-3 = V3 inverted
Input_V2_Mapping
Input_V3_Mapping
This parameter logically maps a physical voltage channel to V2.
1 = V1
2 = V2
3 = V3
-1 = V1 inverted
-2 = V2 inverted
-3 = V3 inverted
This parameter logically maps a physical voltage channel to V3.
1 = V1
2 = V2
3 = V3
-1 = V1 inverted
-2 = V2 inverted
-3 = V3 inverted
Input_I1_Mapping This parameter logically maps a physical current channel to I1.
1 = I1
2 = I2
3 = I3
-1 = I1 inverted
-2 = I2 inverted
-3 = I3 inverted
1
2
3
1
Default
0
Range
0…5
-3…-1
1…3
-3…-1
1…3
-3… -1
1…3
-3…-1
1…3
336 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 131 - Command.Wiring_Corrections Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
5
Type
Int16 Input_I2_Mapping
6
7…13
Int16
Int16
Input_I3_Mapping
Reserved
Description
This parameter logically maps a physical current channel to I2.
1 = I1
2 = I2
3 = I3
-1 = I1 inverted
-2 = I2 inverted
-3 = I3 inverted
This parameter logically maps a physical current channel to I3.
1 = I1
2 = I2
3 = I3
-1 = I1 inverted
-2 = I2 inverted
-3 = I3 inverted
Future Use
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Default
2
Range
-3… -1
1…3
3
0
-3… -1
1…3
0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 337
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
MeteringResults.RealTime_VIF_Power
Table 132 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
844
F53
56
112
Real
Read Only
Table 133 - MeteringResults.RealTime_VIF_Power Data Table
Tag Name Description
26
27
28
24
25
22
23
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Avg_Amps
Frequency_Hz
Avg_Frequency_Hz
L1_kW
L2_kW
L3_kW
Total_kW
L1_kVAR
L2_kVAR
L3_kVAR
Total_kVAR
L1_kVA
L2_kVA
Metering Date Stamp
Metering Time Stamp
Metering Microsecond Stamp
V1_N_Volts
V2_N_Volts
V3_N_Volts
VN_G_Volts
Avg_V_N_Volts
V1_V2_Volts
V2_V3_Volts
V3_V1_Volts
Avg_VL_VL_Volts
I1_Amps
I2_Amps
I3_Amps
I4_Amps
Date of cycle collection MM:DD:YY
Time of cycle collection HH:MM:SS
Microsecond of cycle collection
V1 to N true RMS voltage
V2 to N true RMS voltage
V3 to N true RMS voltage
VN to G true RMS voltage
Average of V1, V2 and V3
V1 to V2 true RMS voltage
V2 to V3 true RMS voltage
V3 to V1 true RMS voltage
Average of V1_V2, V2_V3 and V3_V1
I1 true RMS amps
I2 true RMS amps
I3 true RMS amps
I4 true RMS amps
Average I1, I2 and I3 amps
Last Line Frequency Calculated
Average Frequency over 6 cycles
L1 real power
L2 real power
L3 real power
Total real power
L1 reactive power
L2 reactive power
L3 reactive power
Total reactive power
L1 apparent power
L2 apparent power
338
Units kW kW kW kVAR
A
Hz
Hz kW kVAR kVAR kVAR kVA kVA
A
A
A
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V uS
V
MM:DD:YY
HH:MM:SS
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Range
0…123199
0…235959
0.000…999,999
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
40.00…70.00
40.00…70.00
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 133 - MeteringResults.RealTime_VIF_Power Data Table
Tag Name Description
37
38
35
36
39
33
34
31
32
Element
Number
29
30
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
40
41
42
43
44
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
45…55 Real
Units
L3_kVA
Total_kVA
L1_True_PF_%
L2_True_PF_%
L3_True_PF_%
Total_True_PF
L1_Disp_PF
L2_Disp_PF
L3 apparent power
Total apparent power
L1 true power factor (full bandwidth)
L2 true power factor (full bandwidth)
L3 true power factor (full bandwidth)
Total true power factor
L1 displacement power factor (fundamental only)
L2 displacement power factor (fundamental only)
L3_Disp_PF
Total_Disp_PF
L1_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
L2_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
L3 displacement power factor (fundamental only)
Total displacement power factor (fundamental only)
L1 lead or lag indicator for power factor
1 = leading
-1 = lagging
L2 lead or lag indicator for power factor
1 = leading
-1 = lagging
L3_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator
Total_PF_Lead_Lag_Indicator Total lead or lag indicator for power factor
1 = leading
-1 = lagging
Voltage Rotation
L3 lead or lag indicator for power factor
1 = leading
-1 = lagging
Voltage rotation has the following designations:
0 = Not metering
123 = ABC rotation
132 = ACB rotation
4 = No rotation
Metering_Iteration
Resvd
A number 0…9,999,999 that indicates that the metering functions and internal communication are updating
Reserved
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% kVA kVA
Range
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
-1…1
-1…1
-1…1
-1…1
0…132
0…9,999,999
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 339
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
MeteringResults.Energy_Demand
Table 134 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
846
F55
56
112
Real
Read Only
Table 135 - MeteringResults.Energy_Demand Data Table
Tag Name Description
26
27
28
24
25
22
23
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
GVAh kVAh
GAh kAh
GVARH_Rev kVARh_Rev
GVARH_Net kVARh_Net kW_Demand kVAR_Demand kVA_Demand
Demand_PF
Demand_Amps
GWh_Fwd kWh_Fwd
GWh_Rev kWh_Rev
GWh_Net kWh_Net
GVARH_Fwd kVARh_Fwd
Status_1_Count_xM
Status_1_Count_x1
Status_2_Count_xM
Status_2_Count_x1
Status_3_Count_xM
Status_3_Count_x1
Status_4_Count_xM
Status_4_Count_x1
Units
Status 1 Count times 1,000,000
Status 1 count times 1
Status 2 Count times 1,000,000
Status 2 count times 1
Status 3 Count times 1,000,000
Status 3 count times 1
Status 4 Count times 1,000,000
Status 4 count times 1
Forward gigawatt hours
Forward kilowatt hours
Reverse gigawatt hours
Reverse kilowatt hours
Net gigawatt hours
Net kilowatt hours
Forward gigaVAR hours
Forward kiloVAR hours
Reverse gigaVAR hours
Reverse kiloVAR hours
Net gigaVAR hours
Net kiloVAR hours
Net gigaVA hours
Net kiloVA hours
Net giga Amp hours
Net kilo Amp hours
The average real power during the last demand period
The average reactive power during the last demand period
The average apparent power during the last demand period
The average PF during the last demand period
The average demand for amperes during the last demand period A kW kVAR kVA
PF
GVAh kVAh
GAh kAh
GVARh kVARh
GVARh kVARh
GWh kWh
GWh kWh
GWh kWh
GVARh kVARh
340 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Range
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
±0 …9,999,999
±0.000…999,999
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
0.000… 9,999,999
-100.0…100.0
0.000…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
±0…9,999,999
±0.000…999,999
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 135 - MeteringResults.Energy_Demand Data Table
Tag Name Description
31
32
33
Element
Number
29
30
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
34…55 Real
Units
Projected_kW_Demand
Projected_kVAR_Demand
Projected_kVA_Demand
Projected_Ampere_Demand
The projected total real power for the current demand period kW
The projected total reactive power for the current demand period kVAR
The projected total apparent power for the current demand period kVA
The projected total amperes for the current demand period A
Min Elapsed_Demand_Period_Time The amount of time that has elapsed during the current demand period
Reserved For future use 0
Range
±0.000…9,999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.00…59.99
0
MeteringResults.EN61000_4_30_VIP (M8 only)
Table 136 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
Applies to
43
86
880
F89
Real
Read only
M8 only
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Table 137 - MeteringResults.EN61000_4_30_VIP
Type Tag Name
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
14
15
16
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Description
200mS_Metering_Date_Stamp
200mS_Metering_Time_Stamp
Date of cycle collection MM:DD:YY
Time of cycle collection HH:MM:SS
200mS_Metering_uSecond_Stamp Microsecond of cycle collection
200mS_V1_N_Magnitude V1 to N true RMS voltage
200mS_V2_N_Magnitude
200mS_V3_N_Magnitude
200mS_VN_G_Magnitude
200mS_VN_Ave_Magnitude
V2 to N true RMS voltage
V3 to N true RMS voltage
VN to G true RMS voltage
Average of V1, V2 and V3.
200mS_V1_V2_Magnitude
200mS_V2_V3_Magnitude
200mS_V3_V1_Magnitude
200mS_VV_Ave_Magnitude
200mS_I1_Amps_Magnitude
200mS_I2_Amps_Magnitude
200mS_I3_Amps_Magnitude
200mS_I4_Amps_Magnitude
200mS_Amps_Ave_Magnitude
V1 to V2 true RMS voltage
V2 to V3 true RMS voltage
V3 to V1 true RMS voltage
Average of V1_V2, V2_V3 and V3_V1
I1 true RMS amps
I2 true RMS amps
I3 true RMS amps
I4 true RMS amps
Average I1, I2 and I3 amps.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Units
A
A
A
A
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
MMDDYY hhmmss uS
V
Range
0…123199
0…235959
0.000…999,999
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
341
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 137 - MeteringResults.EN61000_4_30_VIP
24
40
41
42
38
39
31
32
29
30
27
28
25
26
35
36
33
34
37
20
21
18
19
22
23
Element
Number
17
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Tag Name
200mS_L1_kW
200mS_L2_kW
200mS_L3_kW
200mS_Total_kW
200mS_L1_kVAR
200mS_L2_ kVAR
200mS_L3_ kVAR
Description
L1 real power
L2 real power
L3 real power
Total real power
L1 reactive power
L2 reactive power
L3 reactive power
200mS_Total_ kVAR Total reactive power kVAR
200mS_L1_kVA
200mS_L2_ kVA
200mS_L3_ kVA
200mS_Total_ kVA
200mS_L1_True_PF
200mS_L2_True_PF
200mS_L3_True_PF
200mS_Total_True_PF
L1 apparent power
L2 apparent power
L3 apparent power
Total apparent power
L1 true power factor (full bandwidth)
L2 true power factor (full bandwidth)
L3 true power factor (full bandwidth)
Average true power factor
200mS_L1_Disp_PF
200mS_L2_Disp_PF
200mS_L3_Disp_PF
200mS_Total_Disp_PF
L1 displacement power factor (fundamental only)
L2 displacement power factor (fundamental only)
L3 displacement power factor (fundamental only) %
Average displacement power factor (fundamental only) %
-
%
%
200mS_L1_PF_LeadLag_Indicator L1 lead or lag indicator for power factor 1 = leading, -1 = lagging.
200mS_L2_PF_LeadLag_Indicator L2 lead or lag indicator for power factor 1 = leading, -1 = lagging.
-
200mS_L3_PF_LeadLag_Indicator L3 lead or lag indicator for power factor 1 = leading, -1 = lagging.
200mS_Total_PF_LeadLag_Indicator Total lead or lag indicator for power factor 1 = leading, -1
= lagging
200mS_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag A flag indicating 200ms result has been calculated during a Sag, Swell or Interruption.
200mS_Metering_Iteration A number 0…9,999,999 that indicates that the metering functions and internal communications are updating.
-
#
#
%
%
%
% kVA kVA kVA kVA kW kW
Units kW kW kVAR kVAR kVAR
-1…1
-1…1
-1…1
0…1
9,999,999
Range
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
-1…1
-9.999E15…
9.999E15
-9.999E15…
9.999E15
-9.999E15…
9.999E15
-9.999E15…
9.999E15
-9.999E15…
9.999E15
-9.999E15…
9.999E15
-9.999E15…
9.999E15
-9.999E15…
9.999E15
342 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
LoggingResults.DataLog_FileName
Table 138 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
1
32
849
ST58
String
Read Only
Table 139 - LoggingResults.DataLog_FileName Data Table
Element Number Type
0 String
Tag Name Description
Data_Log_File_Name 64 character file name: Datalog_YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS_hh
‘/0’ indicates no more file names to return.
Default
‘/0’
Range
File name or ‘/0’
LoggingResults.EnergyLog_FileName
Table 140 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
1
32
850
ST59
String
Read Only
Table 141 - LoggingResults.EnergyLog_FileName Data Table
Element Number Type
0 String
Tag Name Description
Energy_Log_File_Name 64 character file name: Energylog_YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS_hh
‘/0’ indicates no more file names to return.
Default
‘/0’
Range
File name or ‘/0’
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 343
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
LoggingResults.Data_Log
Table 142 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
38
76
851
F60
Real
Read Only
16
17
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
20
21
18
19
22
23
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Table 143 - LoggingResults.Data_Log Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
0
Type
Real Record_Indicator
1 Real
Description Unit Range
Indicates the meaning of the data in the record 0 = No record returned
1 = the record contains parameter values
2 = the record contains a reference to the item description
3 = log file not found.
±0…9.999E15
Data_Record_Identifier
Data_Timestamp_Year
Data_Timestamp_Month_Day
Data_Timestamp_Hour_Minute
Data_Timestamp Sec_ms
DataLog_Parameter_1
If Record_Indicator =1, internal unique record number
If Record_Indicator =2, total records number in the log file
If Record_Indicator =1, the date and time when the record was recorded otherwise 0
If Record_Indicator =1, parameter value
#
YYYY
MMDD
HHMM
SSms
2010…2100
0101…1231
0000…2359
00000…59999
±0…9.999E15
DataLog_Parameter_5 ±0…9.999E15
344 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Table 143 - LoggingResults.Data_Log Data Table
36
37
34
35
32
33
30
31
28
29
26
27
Element
Number
24
25
Type Tag Name Description
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
DataLog_Parameter_19
DataLog_Parameter_21
DataLog_Parameter_31
If Record_Indicator =1, parameter value
(1) The selectable Data Log parameters and their indexes are listed in the Data_Log_Parameter_Table .
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Unit Range
±0…9.999E15
±0…9.999E15
±0…9.999E15
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 345
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
LoggingResults.Energy_Log
Table 144 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
35
70
852
F61
Real
Read Only
Table 145 - LoggingResults.Energy_Log Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
0
Type
Real Record_Indicator
Description
Indicate meanings of the data in the record
15
16
13
14
11
12
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
23
24
21
22
25
19
20
17
18
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real kwh Rev.
GWh Net kWh Net
GVARH Fwd kVARh Fwd
GVARH Rev.
kVARh Rev.
GVARH Net kVARh Net
Energy_ Record_Identifier.
Energy_Timestamp_Year
Energy_Timestamp_Mth_Day
Energy_Timestamp_Hr_Min
Energy_Timestamp Sec_ms
Status 1 Count xM
Status 1 Count x1
Status 2 Count xM
Status 2 Count x1
Status 3 Count xM
Status 3 Count x1
Status 4 Count xM
Status 4 Count x1
GWh Fwd kWh Fwd
GWh Rev.
Internal unique record number
The date and time when the record was recorded
Status 1 Count
Status 2 Count
Status 3 Count
Status 4 Count
Forward gigawatt hours
Forward kilowatt hours
Reverse gigawatt hours
Reverse kilowatt hours
Net gigawatt hours
Net kilowatt hours
Forward gigaVAR hours
Forward kiloVAR hours
Reverse gigaVAR hours
Reverse kiloVAR hours
Net gigaVAR hours
Net kiloVAR hours
346 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Unit Range
0 = No record returned
1 = the record contains parameter values
2 = Reserved
3 = log file not found.
±0…9.999E15
2010…2100
0101…1231
0000…2359
00000…59999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0…999,999
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
±0…9,999,999
±0.000…999,999
0…9,999,999
0.000…999.999
0…9,999,999
0.000…999.1000
±0…9,999,999
±0.000…999,999 x1
GWh kWh
GWh x1 xM x1 xM
SSms xM x1 xM
#
YYYY
MMDD
HHMM kWh
GWh kWh
GVARh kVARh
GVARh kVARh
GVARh kVARh
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 145 - LoggingResults.Energy_Log Data Table
Tag Name
32
33
34
30
31
28
29
Element
Number
26
27
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
GVAh Net kW Demand kVAR Demand kVA Demand
Demand PF
Projected kW Demand
Projected kVAR Demand
Projected kVA Demand
Description Unit
Net gigaVA hours
The average real power during the last demand period
The average reactive power during the last demand period
The average apparent power during the last demand period
The average PF during the last demand period kVA
PF
The projected total real power for the current demand period kW
The projected total reactive power for the current demand period kVAR
The projected total apparent power for the current demand period kVA
GVAh kVAh kW kVAR
Range
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
± 0.000…9,999,999
± 0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
-100.0…100.0
± 0.000…9,999,999
± 0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 347
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
LoggingResults.LoadFactor.Log
Table 146 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
40
80
853
F62
Real
Read Only
Table 147 - LoggingResults.LoadFactor.Log Data Table
Tag Name Description
0
1
Element
Number
2
Type
Real
Real
Real
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
12…39 Real
Units Range
LoadFactor_Record_Number The record number of this data.
LoadFactor_End_Date The date that this record was stored.
LoadFactor_Elapsed_Time Amount of time (in hours) that has elapsed since the last clear of the peak and average values. Updated at the end of each demand interval.
Hr
Peak_Demand _kW The largest magnitude demand for kwatts that occurred over all of the demand intervals since the last clear command or auto-clear day.
# 1…13
YYMMDD 0…999,999 kW
0.000…
9,999,999
±0.000… 9,999,999
Average_Demand_kW ±0.000… 9,999,999
LoadFactor_kW
A running average of demand for kwatts from the end of each demand period since the last clear command or auto-clear day.
kW
Average Demand kW/Peak Demand kW. This is a demand management metric that indicates how ‘spiky’ (or ‘level’) a load is over a period of time
(usually 1 month). A value approaching 100% indicates a constant load.
% 0…100 %
Peak_Demand_kVAR ±0.000… 9,999,999
Average_Demand_kVAR
LoadFactor_kVAR
Peak_Demand_kVA
Average_Demand_kVA
LoadFactor_kVA
Resvd
The largest magnitude demand for kVAR that occurred over all of the demand intervals since the last clear command or auto-clear day.
A running average of demand for kVAR from the end of each demand period since the last clear command or auto-clear day.
kVAR kVAR
Average Demand kVAR/Peak Demand kVAR. This is a demand management metric that indicates how ‘spiky’ (or ‘level’) a load is over a period of time
(usually 1 month). A value approaching 100% indicates a constant load.
% kVA The largest magnitude demand for kVA that occurred over all of the demand intervals since the last clear command or auto-clear day.
A running average of demand for kVA from the end of each demand period since the last clear command or auto-clear day.
Average Demand kVA / Peak Demand kVA. This is a demand management metric that indicates how ‘spiky’ (or ‘level’) a load is over a period of time
(usually 1 month). A value approaching 100% indicates a constant load.
Reserved kVA
%
±0.000… 9,999,999
0…100 %
0.000… 9,999,999
0.000… 9,999,999
0…100 %
0
348 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
LoggingResults.TOU.Log
Table 148 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
38
76
854
F63
Real
Read Only
23
24
21
22
19
20
17
18
25
26
27
15
16
13
14
11
12
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
Table 149 - LoggingResults.TOU.Log Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
0
Type
Real TOU_Record_Number
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
TOU_ Start_Date
TOU_End_Date
Off_Peak_GWh_Net
Off_Peak_kWh_Net
Off_Peak_kW_Demand
Mid_Peak_GWh_Net
Mid_Peak_kWh_Net
Mid_Peak_kW_Demand
On_Peak_GWh_Net
On_Peak_kWh_Net
On_Peak_kW_Demand
Off_Peak_GVARh_Net
Off_Peak_kVARh_Net
Off_Peak_kVAR_Demand
Mid_Peak_GVARh_Net
Mid_Peak_kVARh_Net
Mid_Peak_kVAR_Demand
On_Peak_GVARh_Net
On_Peak_kVARh_Net
On_Peak_kVAR_Demand
Off_Peak _GVAh_Net
Off_Peak_kVAh_Net
Off_Peak_kVA_Demand
Mid_Peak_GVAh_Net
Mid_Peak_kVAh_Net
Mid_Peak_kVA_Demand
On_Peak_GVAh_Net
Description
The record number of the log. Record 1 is always the current record before being logged
The Date this record was started
The Date this record was ended
Net Off Peak gigawatt hours
Net Off Peak kilowatt hours
Off Peak Demand for kilowatts
Net Mid Peak gigawatt hours
Net Mid Peak kilowatt hours
Mid Peak Demand for kilowatts
Net On Peak gigawatt hours
Net On Peak kilowatt hours
On Peak Demand for kilowatts
Net Off peak gigaVAR hours
Net Off Peak kiloVAR hours
Off Peak Demand for kiloVAR
Net Mid Peak gigaVAR hours
Net Mid Peak kiloVAR hours
Mid Peak Demand for kiloVAR
Net On Peak gigaVAR hours
Net On Peak kiloVAR hours
On Peak Demand for kiloVAR
Net Off peak gigaVA hours
Net Off Peak kiloVA hours
Off Peak Demand for kiloVA
Net Mid Peak gigaVA hours
Net Mid Peak kiloVA hours
Mid Peak Demand for kiloVA
Net On Peak gigaVA hours
Units
GVAh kVAh kVA
GVAh kVAR
GVARh kVARh kVAR kVAh kVA
GVAh
GWh kWh kW
GVARh kVARh kVAR
GVARh kVARh kW
GWh kWh kW
YYMMDD
YYMMDD
GWh kWh
Range
1…13
0…999,999
0…999,999
±0…9,999,999
±0.000…999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
±0…9,999,999
±0.000…999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
±0…999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
±0…9,999,999
±0.000…999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
±0…9,999,999
±0.000…999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
±0…999,999
±0.000…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0.000…999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0.00…999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0.000…9,999,999
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 349
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 149 - LoggingResults.TOU.Log Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
28
29
Type
Real
Real
30…37 Real
On_Peak_kVAh_Net
On_Peak_kVA_Demand
Resvd
Description
Net On Peak kiloVA hours
On Peak Demand for kiloVA
Reserved
Units kVAh kVA
LoggingResults.MIN_MAX.Log
Table 150 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
11
22
855
F64
Real
Read Only
7
8
5
6
9
10
3
4
1
2
Table 151 - LoggingResults.MIN_MAX.Log Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
0
Type
Real MinMax_Parameter_Number The number of the parameter from the MIN_MAX parameter list.
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
MIN_Value
MAX_Value
The minimum value recorded since the last MIN_MIX clear.
The maximum value recorded since the last MIN_MIX clear.
Timestamp_MIN_Year The year at which this MIN record was logged.
Timestamp_MIN_Mth_Day The month and day this MIN record was logged.
Timestamp_MIN_Hr_Min
Timestamp_MIN_Sec_ms
The hour and minute this MIN record was logged.
The seconds and milliseconds this MIN record was logged.
Timestamp_MAX_Year The year at which this MAX record was logged.
Timestamp_MAX_Mth_Day The month and day this MAX record was logged.
Timestamp_MAX_Hr_Min
Timestamp_MAX_Sec_ms
The hour and minute this MAX record was logged.
The seconds and milliseconds this MAX record was logged.
Units
YYYY
MMDD hhmm
SSms
YYYY
MMDD hhmm
SSms
Range
0…999,999
0.000…9,999,999
0
Range
1…82 (M5, M6)
1…207 (M8)
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
0…9999
0…1231
0…2359
0…59,999
0…9999
0…1231
0…2359
0…59,999
350 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
LoggingResults.Alarm_Log
Table 152 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
7
7
856
N65
Int16
Read Only
Table 153 - LoggingResults.Alarm_Log Data Table
Tag Name
4
5
2
3
6
0
1
Element
Number
Type
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Description
Alarm_Record_Identifier
Alarm_Timestamp_Year
Used to verify record sequence when returning multiple records.
The year when the record was recorded.
Alarm_Timestamp_Mth_Day The month and day when the record was recorded.
Alarm_Timestamp_Hr_Min The hour and minute when the record was recorded.
Alarm_Timestamp_Sec_ms The seconds and milliseconds when the record was recorded.
Alarm Type Indicates the type of event that has occurred.
Alarm Code Indicates information about the alarm.
Unit
YYYY
MMDD
HHMM
SSms
Range
1…100
2010…2100
11…1231
0…2359
0…59,999
0…65535
0…65535
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 351
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
LoggingResults.Event_Log
Table 154 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
9
9
857
N66
Int16
Read Only
Table 155 - LoggingResults.Event_Log Data Table
Tag Name
6
7
8
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Description
Event_Record_Identifier
Event_Timestamp_Year
Used to verify record sequence when returning multiple records.
The year when the record was recorded.
Event_Timestamp_Mth_Day The month and day when the record was recorded.
Event_Timestamp_Hr_Min The hour and minute when the record was recorded.
Event_Timestamp_Sec_ms The seconds and milliseconds when the record was recorded.
Event Type Indicates the type of event that has occurred.
General Code
Information Code
Reserved
Indicates general information about the status event.
Indicates specific information about the status event.
Reserved
Unit
YYYY
MMDD
HHMM
SSms
Range
0…100
2010…2100
11…1231
0…2359
0…59,999
0…65535
0…65535
0…65535
0
352 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
LoggingResults.Setpoint_Log
Table 156 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
18
36
858
F67
Real
Read Only
11
14
15
12
13
16
8
9
10
17
Table 157 - LoggingResults.Setpoint_Log Data Table
Tag Name
4
5
2
3
6
7
0
1
Element
Number
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Setpoint_Record_Identifier
Description
Used to verify record sequence when returning multiple records.
Setpoint_Timestamp_Mth_Day The month and day when the record was recorded.
Setpoint_Timestamp_Hr_Min The hour and minute when the record was recorded.
Setpoint_Timestamp_Sec_ms The seconds and milliseconds when the record was recorded.
Setpoint_Number Setpoint number of record.
Setpoint_Status
Input_Parameter
Setpoint is active (1) or not active (0).
Input test parameter of setpoint.
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Test_Condition
Evaluation_Type
Threshold_Setting
Hysteresis_Setting
Assert_Delay
Deassert_Delay
Output_Source
Output_Action
Accumulated_Time
Number_Of_Transitions
Test Condition.
Evaluation type for setpoint.
The threshold setting magnitude or percent.
Magnitude or percent
Time delay before actuation.
Time delay before deassert.
Output flag or bit.
Configured action when actuated.
Total accumulation in seconds.
Number of transitions from off to on.
Unit
YYYY
MMDD
HHMM
SSms seconds seconds seconds
Range
1…100
2010…2100
11…1231
0…2359
0…59,999
0…20
0…1
0…105 (M5, M6)
0…230 (M8)
0…3
1…3
0.000…
10,000,000
0.000…
10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
0…40
0…30
0.000…
10,000,000
0…10,000,000
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 353
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
LoggingResults.Error_Log
Table 158 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
24
24
859
N68
Int16
Read Only
14
15
12
13
16
17
8
9
10
11
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Table 159 - LoggingResults.Error_Log Data Table
5
6
7
3
4
1
2
Element
Number
0
Type
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Tag Name
Error_Record_Number
Error_Timestamp_Year
Error_Timestamp_Mth_Day
Error_Timestamp_Hr_Min
Error_Timestamp_Sec_ms
Error_SlotID_ProcessorID
Error_Version_Number
Error_Level_And_BreakSource
Error_File_Number/ExceptionType
Error_Line Number//LR_Word0
Error_ThreadStatus_0/LR_Word1
Error_ThreadStatus_1/ExcauseCode
Error_ThreadStatus_2/Reserved1
Error_ThreadStatus_3/Reserved2
Error_ThreadStatus_4/Reserved3
Error_ThreadStatus_5/Reserved4
Error_ThreadStatus_6/Reserved5
Error_ThreadStatus_7/Reserved6
Description Unit
The record number of the log. Record 0 is always the current record before being logged
The year when the record was recorded
The month and day when the record was recorded
The hour and minute when the record was recorded
The seconds and milliseconds when the record was recorded
The slot number and the instance number of the processor
Firmware version
The high byte is level:
0 - fatal error
1 - warning
The low bytes is break source:
0 - exception
1 - application
2 - OS kernel
The file number where the error occurs or the exception type if the break source is exception
The line number where the error occurs or Link register high word
The process ID Group 0
Bit 0…Bit 15 or Link register low word
The process ID Group 1
Bit 0…Bit 15 or exception cause if it is an error from BF518
The process ID Group 2
Bit 0…Bit 15
The process ID Group 3
Bit 0…Bit 15
The process ID Group 4
Bit 0…Bit 15
The process ID Group 5
Bit 0…Bit 15
The process ID Group 6
Bit 0…Bit 15
The process ID Group 7
Bit 0…Bit 15
YYYY
MMDD
HHMM
SSms
SSII
354 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Range
1…20
2010…2100
11…1231
0…2359
0…59,999
0…9999
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
Table 159 - LoggingResults.Error_Log Data Table
Tag Name
22
23
20
21
Element
Number
18
19
Type
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Error_Active_Process_ID/Reserved7
Error_No0/Reserved8
Error_No1/Reserved9
Error_Reserved_10
Error_Reserved_11
Error_Reserved_12
Description
The process No. of the error occurred thread
Error code high word
Error code low word
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Unit Range
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
0…65,535
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 355
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
LoggingResults.TriggerLogSetpointInfo_FileName
(M6 and M8 model)
Table 160 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
1
32
866
ST75
String
Read Only
Table 161 - LoggingResults. TriggerLog_Setpoint_Info_File_Name Data Table
Type Tag Name Description Element
Number
0 String TriggerLog_Setpoint_Info
_File_Name
A single entry table for a 64 character Filename entry
Default
0
Range
64 bytes
LoggingResults.TriggerLog_FileName (M6 and M8 model)
Table 162 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
1
32
865
ST74
String
Read Only
Table 163 - LoggingResults.TriggerLog_FileName Data Table
Type Tag Name Description Element
Number
0 String Trigger_Log_File_Name A single entry table for a 64 character Filename entry
Default
0
Range
64 bytes
356 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
1
2
3
4
11
12
13
14
9
10
5
6
7
8
LoggingResults.TriggerData_Header (M6 and M8 model)
Table 164 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
15
30
862
F71
Real
Read Only
Table 165 - LoggingResults. TriggerData_Header Data Table
Description Element
Number
Type Tag Name
0 Real Record_Indicator Indicates the significance of data in the record
Real TriggerHeader_Record
_Identifier
Real TriggerAction_
Timestamp_Year
Real TriggerAction_
Timestamp_Month_
Day
Real TriggerAction_
Timestamp_Hour_
Minute
Real TriggerAction_
Timestamp_Sec_mS
Real SetpointNumber
Real ParameterSelection or
Logic_Gate_Type
Internal unique record number, if Record_Indicator = 1
Total records number in the log file, if Record_Indicator = 2.
The year when the trigger action occurred.
The month and day when the trigger action occurred.
The hour and minute when the trigger action occurred.
The seconds and milliseconds when the trigger action occurred.
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
ReferenceValue or
Logic_Input_1
TestCondition or
Logic_Input_2
EvaluationType or
Logic_Input_3
Threshold or
Logic_Input_4
Hysteresis
AssertDelay_s
DeassertDelay_s
Setpoint number of trigger
ParameterSelection if SetpointNumber = (1…20)
Logic_Gate_Type if SetpointNumber = (21 …30)
ReferenceValue if SetpointNumber = (1…20)
Logic_Input_1 if SetpointNumber = (21… 30)
TestCondition if SetpointNumber = (1…20)
Logic_Input_2 if SetpointNumber = (21 …30)
EvaluationType if SetpointNumber = (1…20)
Logic_Input_3 if SetpointNumber = (21…30)
Threshold if SetpointNumber = (1… 20)
Logic_Input_4 if SetpointNumber = (21… 30)
Hysteresis for setpoint
AssertDelay for setpoint
DeassertDelay for setpoint
Unit
#
YYYY
MMDD
Range
0 = No record returned
1= the record contains parameter values
2 = the record contains general information of the log file being retrieved, reference to each item description in the data table
3= log file not found
+/- 0…9.999E15
2010…2100
0101…1231 hhmm 0000…2359
# s s
#
#
# ssmS
#
#
#
00000…59999
1…30
See description
See description
See description
See description
See description
0…10,000,000
0.000…3600
0.000…3600
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 357
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
LoggingResults.TriggerData_Log (M6 and M8 model)
Table 166 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
14
28
861
F70
Real
Read Only
1
2
3
10
11
8
9
12
13
5
6
7
Table 167 - LoggingResults. TriggerData_Log Data Table
Element
Number
Type Tag Name
0 Real Record_Indicator
4
Description
Indicates the significance of data in the record
Unit
Real TriggerData_Record_
Identifier
Real TriggerData_
Timestamp_Year
Real TriggerData_
Timestamp_Month_D ay
Real TriggerData_
Timestamp_Hour_
Minute
Real TriggerData_
Timestamp Sec_mS
Real TriggerDataLog_P arameter_1
Real TriggerDataLog_
Parameter_2
Real TriggerDataLog_
Parameter_3
Real TriggerDataLog_
Parameter_4
Real TriggerDataLog_
Parameter_5
Real TriggerDataLog_
Parameter_6
Real TriggerDataLog_
Parameter_7
Real TriggerDataLog_
Parameter_8
Internal unique record number, if Record_Indicator = 1
Total records number in the log file, if Record_Indicator = 2.
The year when the record was recorded if Record_Indicator = 1.
The month and day when the record was recorded Record_Indicator = 1.
The hour and minute when the record was recorded Record_Indicator = 1.
The seconds and milliseconds when the record was recorded Record_Indicator = 1.
ssmS
Parameter value if Record_Indicator = 1
Parameter index (reference to Trigger Data Log Parameter List table) if
Record_Indicator = 2;
#
YYYY
MMDD hhmm
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
0000…2359
00000…59999
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
Range
0 = No record returned
1 = the record contains parameter values
2 = the record contains general information of the log file being retrieved, reference to each item description in the data table
3 = log file not found
0 … 3600
2010…2100
0101…1231
358 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
LoggingResults.Power_Quality_Log (M6 and M8 model)
Table 168 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
32
64
864
F73
Real
Read Only
Table 169 - LoggingResults. Power_Quality_Log Data Table
12
13
0
1
Element
Number
Type Tag Name
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
14
15
16
17
Real
Real
Real
Record_Identifier
Event_Type
Sub_Event_Code
Description
Used to verify record sequence when returning multiple records
Power quality event type, see ‘Power Quality Event List’ data table of the document
Indicate the sub event of the event type. For example, a sag event can happen in V1, V2 or V3. see
‘Power Quality Event List’ data table of the document
Year of the local time when the record was recorded Real
Real
Real
Real
Local_Timestamp_
Year
Local_Timestamp_
Mth_Day
Local_Timestamp_
Hr_Min
Local_Timestamp_
Sec_mS
Real
Real
Local_Timestamp_ uS
UTC_Timestamp_
Year
Real UTC_Timestamp_
Mth_Day
Real UTC_Timestamp_Hr
_Min
Month and Day of the local time when the record was recorded
Hour and Minute of the local time when the record was recorded
Second and Millisecond of the local time when the record was recorded.
Microsecond when the record was recorded
Year of the UTC when the record was recorded
Month and Day of the UTC when the record was recorded
Hour and Minute of the UTC when the record was recorded.
Real UTC_Timestamp_
Sec_mS
Second and Millisecond of UTC when the record was recorded.
Real UTC_Timestamp_uS Microsecond of UTC when the record was recorded.
Real Association_
Timestamp_Year
Year of the timestamp associated with waveform file if the event can trigger a waveform capture
Real Association_
Timestamp_Mth_
Day
Month and Day of the timestamp associated with waveform file if the event can trigger a waveform capture
Real Association_Timesta mp_Hr_Min
Real Association_
Timestamp_Sec_mS
Real Association_
Timestamp_uS
Hour and Minute of the timestamp associated with waveform file if the event can trigger a waveform capture
Second and Millisecond of the timestamp associated with waveform file if the event can trigger a waveform capture
Microsecond of the timestamp associated with waveform file
Unit
#
#
#
YYYY
MMDD hhmm ssmS uS
YYYY
MMDD hhmm ssmS uS
YYYY
MMDD hhmm ssmS uS
0000…2359
00000…59999
000…999
Range
1…100
1…24
1…4
2010…2100
0101…1231
0000…2359
00000…59999
000 … 999
2010…2100
0101…1231
0000…2359
00000…59999
000…999
2010…2100
0101…1231
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 359
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 169 - LoggingResults. Power_Quality_Log Data Table
Element
Number
Type Tag Name
18
19
Real
Real
Event_Duration_mS
Min_or_Max
Description
Event duration in millisecond.
Min value of the event or Max value of the event.
20
21
Real
Real
Trip_Point
WSB_Originator
22…31 Real Reserved
The trip point that triggered the event
ID of the WSB message generator, the 3 least significant bytes of MAC ID.
Future Use
#
#
Unit mS
Volts
Range
0…60000
+/-
0…9.999e15
+/-
0…9.999e15
0…16777215
(0x0…0xFFFFFF)
0
LoggingResults.Snapshot_Log (M6 and M8 model)
Table 170 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
2
4
872
F81
Real
Read Only
Table 171 - LoggingResults. Snapshot_Log Data Table
Type Tag Name Description Element
Number
0 Real
Unit Range
Parameter_Number The number of the parameter from the metering snapshot parameter list.
#
1 Real Parameter_Value The value recorded when metering data snapshot
1…2270 (M6)
1…4447 (M8, Group 0)
1…1233 (M8, Group 1)
1…20,439 (M8, Group 2)
-9.999E15…9.999E15
360 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
LoggingResults.WaveformFileName (M6 and M8 model)
Table 172 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
1
32
869
ST78
String
Read Only
Table 173 - LoggingResults. WaveformFileName Data Table
Type Tag Name Element
Number
0 String Waveform_File_Name
Description
A single entry table for a 64 character Filename entry
Default
0
Range
64 bytes
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
LoggingResults.Waveform_Log (M6 and M8 model)
Table 174 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
43
86
871
F80
Real
Read Only
Table 175 - LoggingResults. Waveform_Log Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
0
Type
Real Record_Indicator Indicates the significance of the data in the record
Unit
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Timestamp_Date
Timestamp_Time
Date of cycle collection MMDDYY
Time of cycle collection hhmmss
Microsecond_Stamp Microsecond of cycle collection
File_ID The selected file ID
Total_Cycles
Cycle_Returned
Frequency
Mag_Angle
Total cycles of the waveform file
The current returned cycle
The frequency of average cycle
The returned value is mag or angle
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
#
#
Hz
# uS
#
MMDDYY hhmmss
Range
0 = No record returned 1= the record contains parameter values
2 = the record contains general information of the log file being retrieved, reference to each item description in the data table
3 = log file not found.
0…123199
0…235959
0.000…999,999
1…256
0…3640
0…(Total cycles - 1)
50 or 60
0 = Mag, 1 = Angle
361
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 175 - LoggingResults. Waveform_Log Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
9
Type
Real Channel The channel returned
10 Real Order The range of harmonic orders of returned values
Unit
#
#
Range
0 = V1
1 = V2
2 = V3
3 = V4
4 = I1
5 = I2
6 = I3
7 = I4
0 = DC.…31st
1 = 32nd…63rd
2 = 64th…95th (M8 only)
3 = 96th…127th (M8 only)
362 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
40
41
42
38
39
36
37
34
35
32
33
30
31
28
29
26
27
24
25
22
23
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
12
13
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Table 175 - LoggingResults. Waveform_Log Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
11
Type
Real
Unit Range
X_(16 + Order * 32)
X_(17 + Order * 32)
X_(18 + Order * 32)
X_(19 + Order * 32)
X_(20 + Order * 32)
X_(21 + Order * 32)
X_(22 + Order * 32)
X_(23 + Order * 32)
X_(24 + Order * 32)
X_(25 + Order * 32)
X_(26 + Order * 32)
X_(27 + Order * 32)
X_(28 + Order * 32)
X_(29 + Order * 32)
X_(30 + Order * 32)
X_(31 + Order * 32)
X_(0 + Order * 32) The returned value X_(h) for the spectral component specified by Channel at harmonic h
X_(h) = RMS magnitude if Mag_Angle = 0
X_(h) = Angle if Mag_Angle = 1
X_(1 + Order * 32)
X_(2 + Order * 32)
X_(3 + Order * 32)
X_(4 + Order * 32)
X_(5 + Order * 32)
X_(6 + Order * 32)
X_(7 + Order * 32)
X_(8 + Order * 32)
X_(9 + Order * 32)
X_(10 + Order * 32)
X_(11 + Order * 32)
X_(12 + Order * 32)
X_(13 + Order * 32)
X_(14 + Order * 32)
X_(15 + Order * 32)
V, A, or degrees, depending on value of Channel and Mag_Angle
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
+/- 0…9.999E15
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 363
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
LoggingResults.EN50160_Weekly_Log (M8 only)
Table 176 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
Applies to
13
26
874
F83
Real
Read only
M8 only
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Table 177 - LoggingResults.EN50160_Weekly_Log Data Table
Tag Name Description Element
Number
0
Type
Real
1
2
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Units Range
Record_Number
Log_Date
Supply Voltage Range 1
Supply Voltage Range 2
Flicker Severity Plt
Supply Voltage Unbalance
Individual Harmonic Voltage
Voltage THD
The record number of the log. Record 1 is always the current record before being logged.
The Date this record was started.
Metering interval is 10 minutes; Conformance limit is +10% / - 10%;
Conformance recommendation is 95%
Metering interval is 10 minutes; Conformance limit is +10% / - 15%;
Conformance recommendation is 100%
Metering interval is 2 hours; Conformance limit is 1 or less; Conformance recommendation is 95%
Metering interval is 10 minutes; Conformance limit is 0% to 2%;
Conformance recommendation is 95%
Metering interval is 10 minutes; Conformance limit is the table 1 of the
EN50160 standard; Conformance recommendation is 95%
Metering interval is 10 minutes; Conformance limit is 8% or less;
Conformance recommendation is 100%
#
%
%
%
%
%
Non Synchronous Power Freq. Range 1 Metering interval is 10 seconds; Conformance limit is +2% / -2%;
Conformance recommendation is 95%
Non Synchronous Power Freq. Range 2 Metering interval is 10 seconds; Conformance limit is +15% / -15%;
Conformance recommendation is 100%
10_Minutes_Valid_Data_Counts
2_Hours_Valid_Data_Counts
10_Seconds_Valid_Data_Counts
Number of 10 minutes intervals without interruption flag set during 1 day
Number of 2 hours intervals without interruption flag set during 1 day
Number of 10 seconds intervals without interruption flag set during 1 day
%
%
#
#
#
1….8
YYMMDD 0….999,999
% 0.00….100.00
0.00….100.00
0.00….100.00
0.00….100.00
0.00….100.00
0.00….100.00
0.00….100.00
0.00….100.00
0….999,999
0….999,999
0….999,999
364 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
LoggingResults.EN50160_Yearly_Log (M8 only)
Table 178 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
Applies to
37
74
875
F84
Real
Read only
M8 only
1
2
3
Table 179 - LoggingResults.EN50160_Yearly_Log Data Table
Element
Number
0
Type Tag Name
Real Record_Number
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Real Log_Start_Date
Real Log_End_Date
Real Synchronous Power Frequency Range 1
Real Synchronous Power Frequency Range 2
Real Sag 90…80% u, 10…200 mS Duration
Real Sag 90…80% u, 200…500 mS Duration
Real Sag 90…80% u , 500…1000 mS Duration
Real Sag 90…80% u, 1000…5000 mS Duration
Real Sag 90…80%u,5000…60,000mS Duration
Real Sag 80…70% u, 10…200 mS Duration
Real Sag 80…70% u, 200…500 mS Duration
Real Sag 80…70% u, 500…1000 mS Duration
Real Sag 80…70% u, 1000…5000 mS Duration
Real Sag 80…70% u, 5000…60,000 mS Duration
Real Sag 70…40% u, 10…200 mS Duration
Real Sag 70…40% u, 200…500 mS Duration
Description Units Range
The record number of the log. Record 1 is always the current record before being logged.
The Date this record was started.
The Date this record was completed.
Metering interval is 10 seconds; Conformance limit is +1% / - 1%;
Conformance recommendation is 99.5%
Metering interval is 10 seconds; Conformance limit is +4% / - 6%;
Conformance recommendation is 100%
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
#
%
#
1….13
YYMMDD 0…999,999
YYMMDD 0….999,999
% 0.00….100.00
0.00….100.00
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 365
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 179 - LoggingResults.EN50160_Yearly_Log Data Table
Element
Number
17
Type Tag Name
Real Sag 70…40% u, 500…1000 mS Duration
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Description Units
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Sag 70…40% u, 1000… 5000 mS Duration
Sag 70…40% u, 5000…60,000 mS Duration
Sag 40…5% u, 10…200 mS Duration
Sag 40…5% u, 200…500 mS Duration
Sag 40…5% u, 500…1000 mS Duration
Sag 40…5% u, 1000…5000 mS Duration
Sag 40…5% u, 5000…60,000 mS Duration
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
Real
Real
Real
Real
Sag less than 5% u, 10…200 mS Duration
Sag less than 5% u, 200…500 mS Duration
Sag less than 5% u, 500…1000 mS Duration
Sag less than 5% u, 1000…5000 mS Duration
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
#
#
#
#
Real
Real
Sag less than 5% u, 5000…60 ,000 mS Duration
Swell 120% u or greater, 10…500 mS Duration
Real 10_Seconds_Valid_Data_Counts
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of swell incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Real Swell 120% u or greater, 500…5000 mS Duration
Real Swell 120% u or greater, 5000…60,000 mS Duration Number of swell incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Real Swell 120…110% u, 10…500 mS Duration Number of swell incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Real Swell 120…110% u, 500…5000 mS Duration
Number of swell incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Real Swell 120…110% u, 5000…60,000 mS Duration
Number of swell incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of swell incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
Number of 10 seconds intervals without interruption flag set during
1 month.
#
Range
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
0…
9,999,999
366 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
PowerQuality.RealTime_PowerQuality
Table 180 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
845
F54
56
112
Real
Read Only
Table 181 - PowerQuality.RealTime_PowerQuality Data Table
Tag Name Description
26
27
28
24
25
22
23
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Metering Date Stamp
Metering Time Stamp
Metering Microsecond Stamp
V1_Crest_Factor
V2_Crest_Factor
V3_Crest_Factor
V1_V2_Crest_Factor
V2_V3_Crest_Factor
V3_V1_Crest_Factor
I1_Crest_Factor
I2_Crest_Factor
I3_Crest_Factor
I4_Crest_Factor
V1_IEEE_THD_%
V2_IEEE_THD_%
V3_IEEE_THD_%
VN_G_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_V_%
V1_V2_IEEE_THD_%
V2_V3_IEEE_THD_%
V3_V1_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_V_V_%
I1_IEEE_THD_%
I2_IEEE_THD_%
I3_IEEE_THD_%
I4_IEEE_THD_%
Avg_IEEE_THD_I_%
V1_IEC_THD_%
V2_IEC_THD_%
Date of cycle collection MM:DD:YY
Time of cycle collection HH:MM:SS
Microsecond of cycle collection
V1 crest factor
V2 crest factor
V3 crest factor
V1 V2 crest factor
V2 V3 crest factor
V3 V1 crest factor
I1 crest factor
I2 crest factor
I3 crest factor
I4 crest factor
V1-N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V2-N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V3-N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
VGN-N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
Average V1/V2/V3 to N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V1-V2 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V2-V3 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V3-V1 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
Average IEEE THD for V1-V2, V2-V3, V3-V1
I1 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
I2 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
I3 IEEE Harmonic Distortion
I4 IEEE Harmonic Distortion
Average I1/I2/I3 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V1-N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
V2-N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Units
MM:DD:YY
HH:MM:SS uS
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Range
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0…123,199
0…235,959
0.000…999,999
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
367
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 181 - PowerQuality.RealTime_PowerQuality Data Table
Tag Name Description
47
48
49
45
46
43
44
41
42
39
40
37
38
35
36
33
34
31
32
Element
Number
Type
29
30
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
V3_IEC_THD_%
VN_G_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_V_%
V1_V2_IEC_THD_%
V2_V3_IEC_THD_%
V3_V1_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_V_V_%
I1_IEC_THD_%
I2_IEC_THD_%
I3_IEC_THD_%
I4_IEC_THD_%
Avg_IEC_THD_I_%
Pos_Seq_Volts
Neg_Seq_Volts
Zero_Seq_Volts
Pos_Seq_Amps
Neg_Seq_Amps
Zero_Seq_Amps
Voltage_Unbalance_%
Current_Unbalance_%
I1_K_Factor
V3-N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
VGN-N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
Average V1/V2/V3 to N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
V1-V2 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
V2-V3 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
V3-V1 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
Average IEC THD for V1-V2, V2-V3, V3-V1
I1 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
I2 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
I3 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
I4 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
Average I1/I2/I3 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
Positive Sequence Voltage
Negative Sequence Voltage
Zero Sequence Voltage
Positive Sequence Amps
Negative Sequence Amps
Zero Sequence Amps
Voltage percent unbalance
Current percent unbalance
I1 K-factor
50
51
Real
Real
52…55 Real
I2_K_Factor
I3_K_Factor
Resvd
I2 K-factor
I3 K-factor
Reserved
-
-
Units
V
A
V
V
%
%
%
%
-
%
%
A
A
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Range
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
1.00…
25,000.00
1.00…
25,000.00
1.00…
25,000.00
368 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_HSG (M8 only)
Table 182 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
Applies to
23
46
879
F88
Real
Read only
M8 only
Table 183 - PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_HSG Data Tables
18
19
16
17
20
21
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type Tag Name
Real
Real
Real
Real
200mS_Metering_Date_Stamp
200mS_Metering_Time_Stamp
Description
Date of cycle collection MM:DD:YY
Time of cycle collection HH:MM:SS
200mS_Metering_uSecond_Stamp Microsecond of cycle collection
200mS_V1_N_THDS_% Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
200mS_V2_N_THDS_%
200mS_V3_N_THDS_%
200mS_VN_G_THDS_%
200mS_AVE_VN_THDS_%
200mS_V1_V2_THDS_%
200mS_V2_V3_THDS_%
200mS_V3_V1_THDS_%
200mS_AVE_LL_THDS_%
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
22
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
200mS_V1_N_TIHDS_%
200mS_V2_N_TIHDS_%
200mS_V3_N_TIHDS_%
200mS_VN_G_TIHDS_%
200mS_AVE_VN_TIHDS_%
200mS_V1_V2_TIHDS_%
200mS_V2_V3_TIHDS_%
200mS_V3_V1_TIHDS_%
200mS_AVE_LL_TIHDS_%
200mS_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
200mS_Metering_Iteration
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
Total distortion of the EN61000-4-30 harmonic distortion subgroups.
A flag indicating 200 ms result has been calculated during a Sag, Swell or
Interruption.
A number 0…9,999,999 that indicates that the metering functions and internal communications are updating.
Units
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% uS
%
MMDDYY hhmmss
%
%
%
%
%
#
#
Range
0…123199
0…235959
0.000…999,999
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0…1
0…9,999,999
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 369
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_THD (M8 only)
Table 184 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
Applies to
46
92
881
F90
Real
Read only
M8 only
Table 185 - PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_THD
24
25
22
23
26
27
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type Tag Name Description
Real 200mS_Metering_Date_Stamp
Real 200mS_Metering_Time_Stamp
Date of cycle collection MM:DD:YY
Time of cycle collection HH:MM:SS
Real 200mS_Metering_uSecond_Stamp Microsecond of cycle collection
Real 200mS_V1_Crest_Factor V1 crest factor
Real 200mS_V2_Crest_Factor
Real 200mS_V3_Crest_Factor
Real 200mS_V1_V2_Crest_Factor
Real 200mS_V2_V3_Crest_Factor
V2 crest factor
V3 crest factor
V1 V2 crest factor
V2 V3 crest factor
Real 200mS_V3_V1_Crest_Factor
Real 200mS_I1_Crest_Factor
Real 200mS_I2_Crest_Factor
Real 200mS_I3_Crest_Factor
Real 200mS_I4_Crest_Factor
Real 200mS_V1_N_IEEE_THD_%
Real 200mS_V2_N_IEEE_THD_%
Real 200mS_V3_N_IEEE_THD_%
V3 V1 crest factor
I1 crest factor
I2 crest factor
I3 crest factor
I4 crest factor
V1-N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V2-N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V3-N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
Real 200mS_VN_G_IEEE_THD_%
Real 200mS_Avg_IEEE_THD_V_%
Real 200mS_V1_V2_IEEE_THD_%
Real 200mS_V2_V3_IEEE_THD_%
VN-G IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
Average V1/V2/V3 to N IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V1-V2 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V2-V3 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
Real 200mS_V3_V1_IEEE_THD_% V3-V1 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
Real 200mS_Avg_IEEE_THD_V_V_% Average IEEE THD for V1-V2, V2-V3, V3-V1
Real 200mS_I1_IEEE_THD_%
Real 200mS_I2_IEEE_THD_%
I1 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
I2 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
Real 200mS_I3_IEEE_THD_%
Real 200mS_I4_IEEE_THD_%
Real 200mS_Avg_IEEE_THD_I_%
Real 200mS_V1_N_IEC_THD_%
I3 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
I4 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
Average I1/I2/I3 IEEE Total Harmonic Distortion
V1-N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
370 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Units
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
-
%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
uS
MMDDYY hhmmss
Range
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0…123,199
0…235,959
0.000…999,999
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 185 - PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_THD
40
41
38
39
36
37
34
35
42
43
44
32
33
30
31
Element
Number
28
29
Type Tag Name
Real 200mS_V2_N_IEC_THD_%
Real 200mS_V3_N_IEC_THD_%
Real 200mS_VN_G_IEC_THD_%
Real 200mS_Avg_IEC_THD_V_%
Real 200mS_V1_V2_IEC_THD_%
Real 200mS_V2_V3_IEC_THD_%
Real 200mS_V3_V1_IEC_THD_%
Real 200mS_Avg_IEC_THD_V_V_%
Real 200mS_I1_IEC_THD_%
Real 200mS_I2_IEC_THD_%
Real 200mS_I3_IEC_THD_%
Real 200mS_I4_IEC_THD_%
Real 200mS_Avg_IEC_THD_I_%
Real 200mS_I1_K_Factor
Real 200mS_I2_K_Factor
Real 200mS_I3_K_Factor
Real 200mS_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
Description
45 Real 200mS_Metering_Iteration
Units
V2-N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
V3-N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
VN-G IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
Average V1/V2/V3 to N IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
V1-V2 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
V2-V3 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
V3-V1 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
Average IEC THD for V1-V2, V2-V3, V3-V1
I1 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
I2 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
I3 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
I4 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
Average I1/I2/I3 IEC Total Harmonic Distortion
I1 K-factor
I2 K-factor
I3 K-factor
A flag indicating 200 ms result has been calculated during a Sag, Swell, or
Interruption.
A number 0…9,999,999 that indicates that the metering functions and internal communications are updating.
#
-
-
-
%
#
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Range
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
1.00…25,000.00
1.00…25,000
1.00…25,000.00
0…1
0…9,999,999
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 371
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_Sequence (M8 only)
Table 186 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
Applies to
13
26
882
F91
Real
Read only
M8 only
Table 187 - PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_Sequence Data Table
8
9
6
7
10
11
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
12
Type Tag Name Description Units
Real 200mS_Metering_Date_Stamp
Real 200mS_Metering_Time_Stamp
Date of cycle collection MM:DD:YY
Time of cycle collection HH:MM:SS
Real 200mS_Metering_uSecond_Stamp Microsecond of cycle collection
Real 200mS_Pos_Seq_Volts Positive Sequence Voltage
Real 200mS_Neg_Seq_Volts
Real 200mS_Zero_Seq_Volts
Real 200mS_Pos_Seq_Amps
Real 200mS_Neg_Seq_Amps
Negative Sequence Voltage
Zero Sequence Voltage
Positive Sequence Amps
Negative Sequence Amps
Real 200mS_Zero_Seq_Amps
Real 200mS_Voltage_Unbalance_%
Real 200mS_Current_Unbalance_%
Real 200mS_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
Real 200mS_Metering_Iteration
Zero Sequence Amps
Voltage percent unbalance
Current percent unbalance
A flag indicating 200 ms result has been calculated during a Sag, Swell or
Interruption.
A number 0…9,999,999 that indicates that the metering functions and internal communications are updating.
%
%
%
A
%
A
A
V
V uS
V
MMDDYY hhmmss
Range
0…123,199
0…235,959
0.000…999,999
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0…1
0…9,999,999
372 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_Aggregation (M8 only)
Table 188 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
Applies to
46
92
883
F92
Real
Read only
M8 only
Table 189 - PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_Aggregation Data Table
24
25
22
23
26
27
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type Tag Name Description
Real 3s_Metering_Date_Stamp
Real 3s_Metering_Time_Stamp
Real 3s_Metering_uSecond_Stamp
Real 10m_Metering_Date_Stamp
Date of interval collection MM:DD:YY
Time of interval collection HH:MM:SS
Microsecond of interval collection
Date of interval collection MM:DD:YY
Real 10m_Metering_Time_Stamp Time of interval collection HH:MM:SS
Real 10m_Metering_uSecond_Stamp Microsecond of interval collection
Real 2h_Metering_Date_Stamp
Real 2h_Metering_Time_Stamp
Date of interval collection MM:DD:YY
Time of interval collection HH:MM:SS
Real 2h_Metering_uSecond_Stamp
Real 10s_Power_Frequency
Real 3s_V1_N_Magnitude
Real 10m_V1_N_Magnitude
Real 2h_V1_N_Magnitude
Real 3s_V2_N_Magnitude
Real 10m_V2_N_Magnitude
Real 2h_V2_N_Magnitude
Microsecond of interval collection
10 second frequency update
Aggregated 3 second result
Aggregated 10 minute result
Aggregated 2 hour result
Aggregated 3 second result
Aggregated 10 minute result
Aggregated 2 hour result
Real 3s_V3_N_Magnitude
Real 10m_V3_N_Magnitude
Real 2h_V3_N_Magnitude
Real 3s_VN_G_Magnitude
Real 10m_VN_G_Magnitude
Real 2h_VN_G_Magnitude
Real 3s_V1_V2_Magnitude
Real 10m_V1_V2_Magnitude
Real 2h_V1_V2_Magnitude
Real 3s_V2_V3_Magnitude
Real 10m_V2_V3_Magnitude
Real 2h_V2_V3_Magnitude
Aggregated 3 second result
Aggregated 10 minute result
Aggregated 2 hour result
Aggregated 3 second result
Aggregated 10 minute result
Aggregated 2 hour result
Aggregated 3 second result
Aggregated 10 minute result
Aggregated 2 hour result
Aggregated 3 second result
Aggregated 10 minute result
Aggregated 2 hour result
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Units
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V uS
Hz
MMDDYY hhmmss uS
MMDDYY hhmmss uS
MMDDYY hhmmss
Range
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…123199
0…235959
0.000…999999
0…123199
0…235959
0.000…999999
0…123199
0…235959
0.000…999999
40.00…70.00
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
373
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 189 - PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_Aggregation Data Table
Description
40
41
38
39
42
43
36
37
34
35
32
33
30
31
Element
Number
28
29
Type Tag Name
Real 3s_V3_V1_Magnitude
Real 10m_V3_V1_Magnitude
Real 2h_V3_V1_Magnitude
Real CH1_Short_Term_Flicker_Pst
Real CH1_Long_Term_Flicker_Plt
Real CH2_Short_Term_Flicker_Pst
Real CH2_Long_Term_Flicker_Plt
Real CH3_Short_Term_Flicker_Pst
Real CH3_Long_Term_Flicker_Plt
Real CH1_Mains_Signaling_Voltage
Real CH2_Mains_Signaling_Voltage
Real CH3_Mains_Signaling_Voltage
Real 3s_Voltage_Unbalance
Real 10m_Voltage_Unbalance
Real 2h_Voltage_Unbalance
Real 3s_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
44
45
Real 10m_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
Real 2h_Sag_Swell_Status_Flag
Units
Aggregated 3 second result
Aggregated 10 minute result
Aggregated 2 hour result
Flicker short term result
Flicker long term result
Flicker short term result
Flicker long term result
Flicker short term result
Flicker long term result
3 second aggregation used for EN50160
3 second aggregation used for EN50160
3 second aggregation used for EN50160
Aggregated 3 second result
Aggregated 10 minute result
Aggregated 2 hour result
A flag indicating the 3s result has been calculated during a Sag, Swell, or
Interruption.
A flag indicating the 10min result has been calculated during a Sag, Swell, or Interruption.
#
A flag indicating the 2hr result has been calculated during a Sag, Swell, or
Interruption.
#
%
#
%
%
V
V
Plt
V
Plt
Pst
Plt
Pst
V
V
V
Pst
Range
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0…1
0…1
0…1
374 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
PowerQuality.EN50160_Compliance_Results (M8 only)
Table 190 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
Applies to
40
80
884
F93
Real
Read only
M8 only
Table 191 - PowerQuality.EN50160_Compliance_Results Data Table
5
6
7
3
4
1
2
Element
Number
0
Type Tag Name
Real
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Description Units
Mains Signaling Voltage
Supply Voltage Range 1
Supply Voltage Range 2
Flicker Severity Plt
Supply Voltage Unbalance
Individual Harmonic Voltage
Voltage THD
Power Frequency Range 1
Power Frequency Range 2
Sag 90%u to 80%u,10mS to 200mS Duration
(Not logged and updated once per day.) 3 Sec. Interval, this parameter is the percentage of compliance for the day calculated from the 3 second aggregation values during the day
%
Aggregated result from weekly log
Aggregated result from weekly log
Aggregated result from weekly log
Aggregated result from weekly log
Aggregated result from weekly log
Aggregated result from weekly log
Synchronous is yearly aggregation, Non-synchronous is weekly aggregation
Synchronous is yearly aggregation, Non-synchronous is weekly aggregation
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 90%u to 80%u,200mS to 500mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 90%u to 80%u,500mS to 1000mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 90%u to 80%u,1000mS to 5000mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 90%u to 80%u,5000mS to 60000mS
Duration
Sag 80%u to 70%u,10mS to 200mS Duration
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
%
%
Plt
%
%
#
#
#
#
#
#
%
%
%
Sag 80%u to 70%u,200mS to 500mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 80%u to 70%u,500mS to 1000mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 80%u to 70%u,1000mS to 5000mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 80%u to 70%u,5000mS to 60000mS
Duration
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
#
#
#
#
Range
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0.00…100.00
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 375
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 191 - PowerQuality.EN50160_Compliance_Results Data Table
Element
Number
19
Type Tag Name
Real
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Description
Sag 70%u to 40%u,10mS to 200mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 70%u to 40%u,200mS to 500mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 70%u to 40%u,500mS to 1000mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 70%u to 40%u,1000mS to 5000mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 70%u to 40%u,5000mS to 60000mS
Duration
Sag 40%u to 5%u,10mS to 200mS Duration
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 40%u to 5%u,200mS to 500mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 40%u to 5%u,500mS to 1000mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 40%u to 5%u,1000mS to 5000mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag 40%u to 5%u,5000mS to 60000mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag less than 5%u,10mS to 200mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag less than 5%u,200mS to 500mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag less than 5%u,500mS to1000mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag less than 5%u,1000mS to 5000mS Duration Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Sag less than 5%u,5000mS to 60000mS
Duration
Swell 120%u or greater, 10mS to 500mS
Duration
Number of sag incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of swell incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Swell 120%u or greater, 500mS to 5000mS
Duration
Swell 120%u or greater, 5000mS to 60000mS
Duration
Swell 120%u to 110%u, 10mS to 500mS
Duration
Swell 120%u to 110%u, 500mS to 5000mS
Duration
Swell 120%u to 110%u, 5000mS to 60000mS
Duration
Number of swell incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of swell incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of swell incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of swell incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Number of swell incidence in the assigned cell. Aggregated result from yearly log.
Units
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
Range
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
0…9,999,999
376 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
PowerQuality.Harmonics_Results (M6 and M8 model)
Table 192 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
37
74
860
F69
Real
Read Only
Table 193 - PowerQuality.Harmonics_Results Data Table
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type Tag Name
4
Real
Real
Metering_Date_Stamp
Metering_Time_Stamp
Description
Date of cycle collection MM:DD:YY
Time of cycle collection hhmmss
Real Metering_Microsecond_Stamp Microsecond of cycle collection
Real Channel_Parameter Indicates the channel selected in the most recent write of Table
Configuration.Harmonics_Optional_Read
0 = No Selection
2 = V2-N RMS
4 = VN-G RMS
6 = V2-V3 RMS
8 = I1 RMS
10 = I3 RMS
12 = L1 kW RMS
14 = L3 kW RMS
16 = L2 kVAR RMS
18 = L1 kVA RMS
20 = L3 kVA RMS
22 = Total kVAR RMS
24 = V1-N Angle
26 = V3-N Angle
28 = V1-V2 Angle
30 = V3-V1 Angle
32 = I2 Angle
34 = I4 Angle
1 = V1-N RMS
3 = V3-N RMS
5 = V1-V2 RMS
7 = V3-V1 RMS
9 = I2 RMS
11 = I4 RMS
13 = L2 kW RMS
15 = L1 kVAR RMS
17 = L3 kVAR RMS
19 = L2 kVA RMS
21 = Total kW RMS
23 = Total kVA RMS
25 = V2-N Angle
27 = VN-G Angle
29 = V2-V3 Angle
31 = I1 Angle
33 = I3 Angle
Real Order Selected harmonics order range.
0 = DC…31st
1 = 32nd…63rd
2 = 64th…95th
3 = 96th…127th
Units Range
MMDDYY 0…123199 hhmmss 0…235959 uS 0.000…999,999
1…34
0…3 (M8)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 377
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 193 - PowerQuality.Harmonics_Results Data Table
Description
33
34
31
32
35
36
29
30
27
28
25
26
23
24
21
22
19
20
17
18
15
16
13
14
11
12
9
10
7
8
5
6
Element
Number
Type Tag Name
Real
Real
X_(0 + Order * 32)
X_(1 + Order * 32)
Real
Real
Real
Real
X_(2 + Order * 32)
X_(3 + Order * 32)
X_(4 + Order * 32)
X_(5 + Order * 32)
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
X_(6 + Order * 32)
X_(7 + Order * 32)
X_(8 + Order * 32)
X_(9 + Order * 32)
X_(10 + Order * 32)
X_(11 + Order * 32)
X_(12 + Order * 32)
X_(13 + Order * 32)
Real X_(14 + Order * 32)
Real X_(15 + Order * 32)
Real X_(16 + Order * 32)
Real X_(17 + Order * 32)
Real X_(18 + Order * 32)
Real X_(19 + Order * 32)
Real X_(20 + Order * 32)
Real X_(21 + Order * 32)
Real X_(22 + Order * 32)
Real X_(23 + Order * 32)
Real X_(24 + Order * 32)
Real X_(25 + Order * 32)
Real X_(26 + Order * 32)
Real X_(27 + Order * 32)
Real X_(28 + Order * 32)
Real X_(29 + Order * 32)
Real X_(30 + Order * 32)
Real X_(31 + Order * 32)
The returned value X_(h) (RMS magnitude or angle) for the spectral component specified by Channel at harmonic h
Units Range
V, A, kW, kVAR, kVA, or degrees, depending on value of
Channel
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
378 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
PowerQuality.IEEE1159_Results (M6 and M8 model)
Table 194 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
26
52
863
F72
Real
Read Only
20
21
18
19
22
Table 195 - PowerQuality.IEEE1159_Results Data Table
Tag Name
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
14
15
16
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Metering_Date_Stamp
Metering_Time_Stamp
Metering Microsecond Stamp
IEEE1159_Volts_Imbalance_%
IEEE1159_Current_Imbalance_%
IEEE1159_Power_Frequency_Hz
IEEE1159_V1_DC_Offset_%
IEEE1159_V2_DC_Offset_%
IEEE1159_V3_DC_Offset_%
IEEE1159_V1_THD_%
IEEE1159_V2_THD_%
IEEE1159_V3_THD_%
IEEE1159_I1_THD_%
IEEE1159_I2_THD_%
IEEE1159_I3_THD_%
IEEE1159_I4_THD_%
IEEE1159_V1_TID_%
Description
Date of cycle collection MMDDYY
Time of cycle collection hhmmss
Microsecond of cycle collection
The rolling average for IEEE1159 voltage imbalance
The rolling average for IEEE1159 current imbalance
The rolling variation from nominal frequency setting.
The rolling average for V1 voltage dc offset
The rolling average for V2 voltage dc offset
The rolling average for V3 voltage dc offset
The rolling average for V1 Voltage THD
The rolling average for V2 Voltage THD
The rolling average for V3 Voltage THD
The rolling average for I1 Current THD
The rolling average for I2 Current THD
The rolling average for I3 Current THD
The rolling average for I4 Current THD
The rolling average for V1 Interharmonic Voltage TID
17 Real IEEE1159_V2_TID_% The rolling average for V2 Interharmonic Voltage TID
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
IEEE1159_V3_TID_%
IEEE1159_I1_TID_%
IEEE1159_I2_TID_%
IEEE1159_I3_TID_%
IEEE1159_I4_TID_%
The rolling average for V3 Interharmonic Voltage TID
The rolling average for I1 Interharmonic Current TID
The rolling average for I2 Interharmonic Current TID
The rolling average for I3 Interharmonic Current TID
The rolling average for I4 Interharmonic Current TID
Units Range
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Hz uS
%
MMDDYY 0…123199 hhmmss 0…235959
0.000…999,999
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…70.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
0.0…100.00
%
%
%
%
%
%
0.0…100.00
(M8 Only)
0.0…100.00
(M8 Only)
0.0…100.00
(M8 Only)
0.0…100.00
(M8 Only)
0.0…100.00
(M8 Only)
0.0…100.00
(M8 Only)
0.0…100.00
(M8 Only)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 379
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 195 - PowerQuality.IEEE1159_Results Data Table
Tag Name Element
Number
Type
23 Real IEEE1159_V1_Fluctuation_Pst
Description
The index value for V1 short term duration flicker.
24
25
Real
Real
IEEE1159_V2_Fluctuation_Pst
IEEE1159_V3_Fluctuation_Pst
The index value for V2 short term duration flicker.
The index value for V3 short term duration flicker.
Pst
Pst
Units
Pst
Range
0.0…100.00
(M8 Only)
0.0…100.00
(M8 Only)
0.0…100.00
(M8 Only)
380 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
PowerQuality.Synchro_Phasor_Results
Table 196 - Table Properties
CIP Instance Number
PCCC File Number
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
26
52
894
F103
Real
Read Only
Table 197 - PowerQuality.Synchro_Phasor_Results Data Table
Tag Name Description
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
24
25
22
23
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Metering_Date_Stamp
Metering_Time_Stamp
Metering_Microsecond_Stamp
Frequency_Hz
Date of cycle collection MMDDYY
Time of cycle collection hhmmss
Microsecond of cycle collection
Last Line Frequency Calculated.
V1_N_Volts_Fundamental_RMS Volts to neutral fundamental magnitude.
V1_N_Volts_Fundamental_Ang Volts to neutral fundamental angle.
V2_N_Volts_Fundamental_RMS Volts to neutral fundamental magnitude.
V2_N_Volts_Fundamental_Ang Volts to neutral fundamental angle.
V3_N_Volts_Fundamental_RMS Volts to neutral fundamental magnitude.
V3_N_Volts_Fundamental_Ang Volts to neutral fundamental angle.
VN_G_Volts_Fundamental_RMS VN to G fundamental magnitude.
VN_G_Volts_Fundamental_Ang VN to G fundamental angle.
V1_V2_Volts_Fundamental_RMS Line to Line fundamental magnitude.
V1_V2_Volts_Fundamental_Ang Line to Line fundamental angle.
V2_V3_Volts_Fundamental_RMS Line to Line fundamental magnitude.
V2_V3_Volts_Fundamental_Ang Line to Line fundamental angle.
V3_V1_Volts_Fundamental_RMS Line to Line fundamental magnitude.
V3_V1_Volts_Fundamental_Ang Line to Line fundamental angle.
I1_Amps_Fundamental_RMS
I1_Amps_Fundamental_Ang
I1 current fundamental magnitude.
I1 current fundamental angle.
I2_Amps_Fundamental_RMS
I2_Amps_Fundamental_Ang
I3_Amps_Fundamental_RMS
I3_Amps_Fundamental_Ang
I4_Amps_Fundamental_RMS
I4_Amps_Fundamental_Ang
I2 current fundamental magnitude.
I2 current fundamental angle.
I3 current fundamental magnitude.
I3 current fundamental angle.
I4 current fundamental magnitude.
I4 current fundamental angle.
Units Range
V
Degrees
A
Degrees
A
Degrees
A
Degrees
A
Degrees
V
Degrees
V
Degrees
V
Degrees
V
Degrees
MMDDYY 0…123199 hhmmss 0…235959 uS
Hz
0.000…999,999
40.00…70.00
V
Degrees
V
Degrees
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 381
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
PowerQuality.IEEE519_ Results (M6 and M8 model)
The PowerMonitor 5000 M6 and M8 models return short- and long-term rolling average harmonic distortion data for the fundamental and the first 40 harmonic frequencies. These results are presented in six similar data tables.
Table 198 - Table Properties
Data Table Name
PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH1_ShortTerm_Results
PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH2_ShortTerm_Results
PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH3_ShortTerm_Results
PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH1_LongTerm_Results
PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH2_LongTerm_Results
PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH3_LongTerm_Results
897
898
899
900
CIP Instance
Number
895
896
PCCC File No.
F104
F105
F106
F107
F108
F109
These tables share the following properties.
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
44
88
Real
Read Only
IMPORTANT Channel assignments are based on the value of the tag
IEEE519_Compliance_Parameter found in the
table.
IEEE519_Compliance_Parameter Channel 1
0 = Current I1
V1-N 1 = Voltage (Wye, Split Phase, and
Single Phase)
1 = Voltage (Delta) V1-V2
Channel 2
I2
V2-N
V2-V3
Channel 3
I3
V3-N
V3-V1
The IEEE519 Results data tables share a common structure. In the data table template shown, substitute the following into the Data Table Name and Tag
Name strings to obtain the specific names:
• For ‘<CH>’, substitute ‘CH1’, ‘CH2’, or ‘CH3’.
• For ‘<Term>’, substitute ‘ShortTerm’ or ‘LongTerm’.
For example, the tag CH3_5th_Harmonic_IEEE519_ShortTerm in the
PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH3 _ShortTerm_Results table returns the short-term
5th harmonic value for Channel 3.
382 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 199 - PowerQuality.IEEE519 Results Data Table Template
Tag Name
28
29
26
27
24
25
22
23
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
36
37
34
35
32
33
30
31
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Description
Metering_Date_Stamp
Metering_Time_Stamp
Date of cycle collection MMDDYY
Time of cycle collection hhmmss
Metering_Microsecond_Stamp Microsecond of cycle collection
<CH>_Fundamental_IEEE519_<Term>_RMS The fundamental RMS magnitude.
<CH>_2nd_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_% Percent of Fundamental or Maximum Demand Current
<CH>_3rd_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_4th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_5th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_6th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_7th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_8th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_9th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_10th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_11th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_12th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_13th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_14th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_15th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_16th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_17th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_18th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_19th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_20th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_21st_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_22nd_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_23rd_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_24th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_25th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_26th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_27th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_28th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_29th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_30th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_31st_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_32nd_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_33rd_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_34th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_35th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
Units Range
MMDDYY hhmmss
0…123199
0…235959 uS 0.000…999,999
Volts or Amps RMS 0…9.999E15
% 0.000…100.000
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 383
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 199 - PowerQuality.IEEE519 Results Data Table Template
Tag Name
42
43
40
41
Element
Number
Type
38
39
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Description
<CH>_36th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_% Percent of Fundamental
<CH>_37th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_38th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_39th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_40th_Harmonic_IEEE519_<Term>_%
<CH>_IEEE519_Total_Distortion_<Term>_% Percent of Fundamental
IMPORTANT: Value reported is THD or TDD based on configuration setting of IEEE_519_MAX_Isc and
IEEE_519_MAX_IL on the Configuration.PowerQuality
table for Current. The value is always THD for Voltage.
Units
%
384
Range
0.000…100.000
IMPORTANT Data Table Name: PowerQuality.IEEE519_<CH>_<Term>_Results
PowerQuality.Harmonics Results (M6 and M8 model)
These tables share the following properties.
Table 200 - Table Properties
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
Applies to
35
70
Real
Read Only
M6 and M8 only
The individual harmonic results are not assigned PCCC file numbers.
The Harmonics Results data tables share a common structure. Four data table templates are shown below, one for DC through the 31st order, the second for the 32nd through the 63rd order, the third for the 64th through the 95th, and the fourth for the 96th through the 127th order. The data table name and tag name structures are:
• Data Table Name:
– PowerQuality.<CH>_<Units>_H1 _<Mag/Angle> (DC…31)
– PowerQuality.<CH>_<Units>_H2 _<Mag/Angle> (32…63)
– PowerQuality.<CH>_<Units>_H3_<Mag/Angle>(64…95)
– PowerQuality.<CH>_<Units>_H4_<Mag/Angle>(96…127)
• Tag Name: <CH>_<Units>_h#_H_<Mag/Angle>
Substitute the following into the Data Table Name and Tag Name strings to obtain the specific names.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 201 - Substitution Table
For:
<CH>
<Units> kW kVAR kVA
Volts
Amps
<Mag/Angle> RMS
Ang
I3
I4
I1
I2
VN_G
V1_V2
V2_V3
V3_V1
L3
V1_N
V2_N
V3_N
L1
L2
Substitute:
Total
To return these harmonic results:
Total (3-phase) power
Line (Phase) 1 power
Line (Phase) 2 power
Line (Phase) 3 power
Line 1 to Neutral voltage
Line 2 to Neutral voltage
Line 3 to Neutral voltage
Neutral to Ground voltage
Line 1 to Line 2 voltage
Line 2 to Line 3 voltage
Line 3 to Line 1 voltage
Line 1 current
Line 2 current
Line 3 current
Line 4 current
Real power
Reactive power
Apparent power
Voltage
Current
RMS magnitude
Angle referenced to the metering time stamp
For example, the tag I1_Amps_h5_H_RMS in the
PowerQuality.I1_Amps_H1_RMS (DC…31) table returns the RMS magnitude of the 5th harmonic for Line 1 current.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 385
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 202 - Harmonics Results Assembly Instance Lookup Table
PowerQuality. Harmonics Results Results table assembly instance ID:
DC…31st
Magnitude
32nd…63rd
Magnitude
64th…95th
Magnitude
Total (3-phase) real power, kW
Total (3-phase) reactive power, kVAR
Total (3-phase) apparent power, kVA
Line 1 (Phase) real power, kW
1001
1005
1009
1057
1002
1006
1010
1058
1003
1007
1011
1059
Line 1 (Phase) reactive power, kVAR
Line 1 (Phase) apparent power, kVA
Line 2 (Phase) real power, kW
Line 2 (Phase) reactive power, kVAR
Line 2 (Phase) apparent power, kVA
Line 3 (Phase) real power, kW
Line 3 (Phase) reactive power, kVAR
Line 3 (Phase) apparent power, kVA
1069
1081
1061
1073
1085
1065
1077
1089
1070
1082
1062
1074
1086
1066
1078
1090
1087
1067
1079
1091
1071
1083
1063
1075
Line 1 to Neutral voltage
Line 2 to Neutral voltage
Line 3 to Neutral voltage
Neutral to Ground voltage
Line 1 to Line 2 voltage
Line 2 to Line 3 voltage
Line 3 to Line 1 voltage
Line 1 current
Line 2 current
Line 3 current
Line 4 current
1013
1017
1021
1025
1029
1033
1037
1041
1045
1049
1053
1014
1018
1022
1026
1030
1034
1038
1042
1046
1050
1054
1031
1035
1039
1043
1015
1019
1023
1027
1047
1051
1055
1040
1044
1048
1052
1056
1024
1028
1032
1036
1080
1092
1016
1020
1064
1076
1088
1068
96th…127th
Magnitude
DC…31st
Angle
32nd…63rd
Angle
1004
1008 n/a n/a
1012
1060
1072
1084
1109
1113
1117
1121
1093
1097
1101
1105
1110
1114
1118
1122
1094
1098
1102
1106
1125
1129
1133
1126
1130
1134
64th…95th
Angle n/a
1111
1115
1119
1123
1095
1099
1103
1107
1127
1131
1135
96th…127th
Angle n/a
1112
1116
1120
1124
1096
1100
1104
1108
1128
1132
1136
386 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 203 - PowerQuality.Harmonic Results Data Table template, H1 Order Range (DC …31)
Type Tag Name Description
28
29
26
27
24
25
22
23
32
33
30
31
34
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Real Metering_Date_Stamp
Real Metering_Time_Stamp
Real Metering_Microsecond_Stamp
Real <CH>_<Units>_DC_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h1_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h2_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h3_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h4_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h5_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h6_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h7_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h8_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h9_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h10_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h11_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h12_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h13_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h14_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h15_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h16_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h17_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h18_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h19_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h20_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h21_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h22_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h23_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h24_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h25_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h26_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h27_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h28_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h29_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h30_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h31_H_<Mag/Angle>
Date of cycle collection MMDDYY
Time of cycle collection hhmmss
Microsecond of cycle collection
The value of the specified harmonic component: RMS magnitude or Angle
Units Range
MMDDYY hhmmss uS
Same as <Units> string in
Tag Name: kW kVAR kVA
Volts Amps; if Angle, Degrees.
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
0…123199
0…235959
0.000…999,999
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
IMPORTANT Data Table Name: PowerQuality.<CH>_<Units>_H1_<Mag/Angle>
(DC…31)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 387
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 204 - PowerQuality.Harmonic Results Data Table template, H2 Order Range (32…63)
Description
28
29
26
27
24
25
22
23
32
33
30
31
34
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type Tag Name
Real Metering_Date_Stamp
Real Metering_Time_Stamp
Real Metering_Microsecond_Stamp
Real <CH>_<Units>_h32_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h33_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h34_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h35_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h36_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h37_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h38_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h39_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h40_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h41_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h42_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h43_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h44_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h45_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h46_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h47_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h48_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h49_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h50_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h51_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h52_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h53_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h54_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h55_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h56_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h57_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h58_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h59_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h60_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h61_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h62_H_<Mag/Angle>
Real <CH>_<Units>_h63_H_<Mag/Angle>
Date of cycle collection MMDDYY
Time of cycle collection hhmmss
Microsecond of cycle collection
The value of the specified harmonic component: RMS magnitude or Angle
Units Range
MM:DD:YY hhmmss uS
Same as <Units> string in
Tag Name: kW kVAR kVA
Volts Amps
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
0…123199
0…235959
0.000…999,999
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
IMPORTANT Data Table Name: PowerQuality.<CH>_<Units>_H2_<Mag/
Angle> (32…63)
388 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 205 - PowerQuality.Harmonic Results Data Table template, H3 Order Range (64…95) (M8 only)
Tag Name Description Units
28
29
26
27
24
25
22
23
32
33
30
31
34
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Metering_Date_Stamp
Metering_Time_Stamp
Date of cycle collection MMDDYY
Time of cycle collection hhmmss
Metering_Microsecond_Stamp Microsecond of cycle collection
<CH>_<Units>_h64_H_<Mag/Angle> The value of the specified harmonic component: RMS magnitude or Angle.
<CH>_<Units>_h65_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h66_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h67_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h68_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h69_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h70_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h71_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h72_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h73_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h74_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h75_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h76_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h77_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h78_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h79_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h80_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h81_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h82_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h83_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h84_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h85_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h86_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h87_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h88_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h89_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h90_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h91_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h92_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h93_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h94_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h95_H_<Mag/Angle>
Range
MMDDYY hhmmss uS
Same as <Units> string in
Tag Name: kW kVAR kVA
Volts Amps
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
0…123199
0…235959
0.000…999,999
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 389
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 206 - PowerQuality.Harmonic Results Data Table template, H4 order range (96…127) (M8 only)
Tag Name Description Units
28
29
26
27
24
25
22
23
32
33
30
31
34
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Metering_Date_Stamp
Metering_Time_Stamp
Date of cycle collection MMDDYY
Time of cycle collection hhmmss
Metering_Microsecond_Stamp Microsecond of cycle collection
<CH>_<Units>_h96_H_<Mag/Angle> The value of the specified harmonic component: RMS magnitude or Angle
<CH>_<Units>_h97_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h98_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h99_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h100_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h101_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h102_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h103_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h104_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h105_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h106_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h107_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h108_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h109_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h110_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h111_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h112_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h113_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h114_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h115_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h116_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h117_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h118_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h119_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h120_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h121_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h122_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h123_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h124_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h125_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h126_H_<Mag/Angle>
<CH>_<Units>_h127_H_<Mag/Angle>
Range
MMDDYY hhmmss uS
Same as <Units> string in
Tag Name: kW kVAR kVA
Volts Amps
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
0…123199
0…235959
0.000…999,999
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
-9.999E15…9.999E15
390 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30 Harmonic and Interharmonic Group
Results (M8 only)
These tables share the following properties.
Table 207 - Table Properties
No. of Elements
Length in Words
Data Type
Data Access
Applies to
54
108
Real
Read only
M8 only
The EN61000-4-30 Harmonic and Interharmonic Results data tables share a common structure.
• Data Table Name:
PowerQuality.<Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>
• Tag Name: <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>
(DC…50)
Table 208 - Substitution Table
For:
<Interval>
<CH>
<Units>
<HDS/IHDS>
Volts
Amps
HDS
IHDS
I3
I4
I1
I2
VN_G
V1_V2
V2_V3
V3_V1
2h
V1_N
V2_N
V3_N
Substitute:
200mS
3s
10m
To return these EN61000_4_30 results:
200mS interval group
3 second interval group
10 minute interval group
2 hour interval group
Line 1 to Neutral voltage
Line 2 to Neutral voltage
Line 3 to Neutral voltage
Neutral to Ground voltage
Line 1 to Line 2 voltage
Line 2 to Line 3 voltage
Line 3 to Line 1 voltage
Line 1 current
Line 2 current
Line 3 current
Line 4 current
Voltage
Current
Harmonic distortion subgroup
Interharmonic distortion subgroup
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 391
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
392
PowerQuality.200mS_V1_N_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.200mS_V2_N_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.200mS_V3_N_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.200mS_VN_G_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.200mS_V1_V2_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.200mS_V2_V3_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.200mS_V3_V1_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.200mS_I1_Amps_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.200mS_I2_Amps_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.200mS_I3_Amps_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.200mS_I4_Amps_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.200mS_V1_N_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.200mS_V2_N_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.200mS_V3_N_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.200mS_VN_G_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.200mS_V1_V2_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.200mS_V2_V3_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.200mS_V3_V1_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.200mS_I1_Amps_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.200mS_I2_Amps_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.200mS_I3_Amps_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.200mS_I4_Amps_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.3s_V1_N_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.3s_V2_N_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.3s_V3_N_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.3s_VN_G_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.3s_V1_V2_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.3s_V2_V3_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.3s_V3_V1_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.3s_V1_N_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.3s_V2_N_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.3s_V3_N_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.3s_VN_G_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.3s_V1_V2_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.3s_V2_V3_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.3s_V3_V1_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.10m_V1_N_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.10m_V2_N_Volts_RMS_HDS
Table 209 - EN61000-4-30 Harmonic and Interharmonic Group Results Instance Lookup Table
Data Table Name PCCC File No.
927
928
929
930
923
924
925
926
919
920
921
922
915
916
917
918
935
936
937
938
931
932
933
934
911
912
913
914
907
908
909
910
903
904
905
906
CIP Assembly Instance
Number
901
902
F138
F139
F140
F141
F134
F135
F136
F137
F130
F131
F132
F133
F126
F127
F128
F129
F142
F143
F144
F145
F146
F147
F122
F123
F124
F125
F118
F119
F120
F121
F114
F115
F116
F117
F110
F111
F112
F113
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 209 - EN61000-4-30 Harmonic and Interharmonic Group Results Instance Lookup Table
Data Table Name PCCC File No.
PowerQuality.10m_V3_N_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.10m_VN_G_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.10m_V1_V2_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.10m_V2_V3_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.10m_V3_V1_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.10m_V1_N_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.10m_V2_N_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.10m_V3_N_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.10m_VN_G_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.10m_V1_V2_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.10m_V2_V3_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.10m_V3_V1_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.2h_V1_N_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.2h_V2_N_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.2h_V3_N_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.2h_VN_G_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.2h_V1_V2_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.2h_V2_V3_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.2h_V3_V1_Volts_RMS_HDS
PowerQuality.2h_V1_N_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.2h_V2_N_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.2h_V3_N_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.2h_VN_G_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.2h_V1_V2_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.2h_V2_V3_Volts_RMS_IHDS
PowerQuality.2h_V3_V1_Volts_RMS_IHDS
957
958
959
960
953
954
955
956
961
962
963
964
949
950
951
952
945
946
947
948
941
942
943
944
CIP Assembly Instance
Number
939
940
F160
F161
F162
F163
F156
F157
F158
F159
F152
F153
F154
F155
F148
F149
F150
F151
F168
F169
F170
F171
F164
F165
F166
F167
F172
F173
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 393
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Table 210 - PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30 HDS and IHDS Results Data Table template (DC…50)
Description
28
29
26
27
24
25
22
23
20
21
18
19
16
17
14
15
32
33
30
31
34
35
12
13
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Element
Number
Type Tag Name
Real <Interval>_Metering_Date_Stamp
Real <Interval>_Metering_Time_Stamp
Real <Interval>_Metering_uSecond_Stamp
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_DC_RMS
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>1
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>2
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>3
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>4
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>5
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>6
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>7
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>8
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>9
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>10
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>11
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>12
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>13
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>14
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>15
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>16
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>17
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>18
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>19
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>20
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>21
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>22
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>23
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>24
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>25
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>26
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>27
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>28
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>29
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>30
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>31
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>32
Date of cycle collection MM:DD:YY
Time of cycle collection HH:MM:SS
Microsecond of cycle collection
The individual RMS magnitude
394 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Units Range
MMDDYY hhmmss uS
Same as
<Units> string in Tag Name:
Volts Amps
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…123199
0…235959
0.000…999,999
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables Appendix A
Table 210 - PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30 HDS and IHDS Results Data Table template (DC…50)
48
49
46
47
44
45
42
43
52
53
50
51
40
41
38
39
Element
Number
36
37
Type Tag Name Description
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>33 The individual RMS magnitude
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>34
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>35
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>36
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>37
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>38
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>39
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>40
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>41
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>42
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>43
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>44
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>45
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>46
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>47
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>48
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>49
Real <Interval>_<CH>_<Units>_RMS_<HDS/IHDS>50
Information Tables
Refer to Time Zone Information on page 182 .
Refer to Min/Max Log on page 120
.
Refer to Setpoint Parameter Selection List on page 166 .
Refer to Setpoint Output Action List on page 173
.
Units Range
Same as
<Units> string in Tag Name:
Volts Amps
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
0…9.999E15
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 395
Appendix A PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables
Notes:
396 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Appendix
B
Technical Specifications
Table 211 - Accuracy and Range
Parameter Accuracy in % of Reading at 25 °C (77 °F) 50/60 Hz
Unity Power Factor
±0.1%
Nom Metering Value/Metering range, min…max
Voltage Sense Inputs: V1, V2, V3, VN
VG
Current Sense Input: I1, I2, I3, I4
Frequency
Power Functions: kW, kVA, kVAR
Demand Functions: kW, kVA, kVAR
Energy Functions: kWh, kVAh, kVARh
Metering Update Rates
±0.1%
±0.05 Hz
• ANSI C12.20 -2010
Class 0.2
(1)
Clause 5.5.4
• EN 62053-22 -2003
Class 0.2 Accuracy
(1)
Clause 8
One update per line cycle;
1024 samples per cycle per channel
Line-neutral RMS: 398V AC/15…660V AC Line-line RMS:
690V AC /26…1144V AC
Connect to power system earth ground only. This is a functional ground.
5 A / 0.05 - 15.6 A RMS
50 or 60 Hz / 40…70 Hz
(1) For catalog number 1426-M5E (PN-54351) units manufactured from July 2012 … January 2013, the accuracy is Class 0.5 not Class 0.2. All other characteristics and products are not impacted. The impacted units are those with manufacturing date codes of 0712, 0812, 0912, 1012, 1112, 1212, 0113.
Table 212 - Power Quality
Standard
IEEE 519
IEEE 1159
EN 50160
Category
Pass/Fail, TDD
1.0 Transients
2.0 Short-duration root-mean-square (rms) variations
3.0 Long duration rms variations
4.0 Imbalance
5.0 Waveform distortion
6.0 Voltage fluctuations
7.0 Power frequency variations
4 - Low Voltage Supply Characteristics
5 - Medium Voltage Supply Characteristics
6 - High Voltage Supply Characteristics
Remarks
1.1.3 and 1.2.1 only
THD, K-factor, crest factor Individual harmonic results
Calculated per IEC 61000-4-15:2003
< 1kV
1kV … 36 kV
> 36 kV, not supported
M5
•
•
M6
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
M8
•
•
•
•
•
•
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 397
Appendix B Technical Specifications
Table 213 - EN 61000-4-30 Class Designations (M8 model only)
61000-4-30 Section Power Quality
Parameter
5.1 Power frequency
5.2 Magnitude of the supply voltage
5.3 Flicker
5.4 Supply voltage dips and swells
5.5 Voltage interruptions
5.7 Supply voltage unbalance
5.8 Voltage harmonics
5.9 Voltage interharmonics
5.10 Mains signaling voltage
5.12 Underdeviation and overdeviation
4.4 Measurement aggregation intervals
4.6 Real-time-clock uncertainty
S with internal RTC
4.7 Flagging
6.1 Transient influence quantities
A
A
A
A
PowerMonitor 5000 Class Designation
Metering
A
A
A
A
A
A
A w/external sync,
Yes
Yes
S
S
S
S
S
Aggregation
S
S
S
Table 214 - Input and Output Ratings
Parameter
Control Power (L1, L2)
Control Power (24V DC)
Rating, nom
120/240V AC 50/60 Hz (38VA)
Or
120/240V DC (26VA)
24V DC (12 VA)
Range, max
85…264V AC 47…63 Hz
Or
106…275V DC
22.8…25.2V DC
Remarks
Pst range 0.1 to 12
398 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Technical Specifications Appendix B
Table 215 - Input and Output Ratings
Parameter
Voltage Sense Inputs: V1, V2, V3, VN
Current Sense Inputs: I1, I2, I3, I4
Status Inputs
KYZ Output
Control Relay
Table 216 - Control Relay
Rating
Max Resistive Load Switching
Min Load Switching
UL 508, CSA 22.2, IC Rating Class
Max Make Values (Inductive Load)
Max Break Values (Inductive Load)
Max Motor Load Switching
50/60 Hz AC RMS
10 A at 240V
(2400VA)
100 mA at 5V
B300
30 A at 120V
15 A at 240V (3600VA)
3 A at 120V
1.5 A at 240V (360VA)
1/3 HP at 125V
1/2 HP at 240V
Rating
Input Impedance: 5M ohm min
Input current: 1 mA max
Overload Withstand: 22 A Continuous, 200 A for one second
Burden: Negligible
Impedance: Negligible
Maximum Crest Factor at 5 A is 4.0
Starting Current: 5 mA
Contact Closure (Internal 24V DC)
Solid State KYZ: 80 mA at 240V AC/V DC
ANSI C37.90 trip duty: 2005
DC
10 A at 24V and
0.25 A at 125V
10 mA at 5V
Q300
0.55 A at 125V
0.27 A at 240V (69VA)
0.55 A at 125V
0.27 A at 240V (69VA)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 399
Appendix B Technical Specifications
Certifications
Table 217 - General Specifications
Parameter
Voltage Terminal Blocks
Current Sensing Input
Control Power Terminal Block
Input/Output (I/O) Terminal Block
Temperature, Operating
Temperature, Storage
Humidity
Vibration
Shock, Operating
Shock, Nonoperating
Dielectric Withstand
Installation Location
Altitude
Maximum Rating
18…14 AWG (0.75…2.5 mm
2
), 75 °C Minimum Copper
Wire only Recommended torque 1.5 N•m (13.3 lb•in)
12 AWG (4 mm
2
), 75 °C Minimum Copper Wire only
Recommended torque: N/A
22…14 AWG (0.25…2.5 mm
2
), 75 °C Minimum Copper
Wire only Recommended torque 0.63 N•m (5.6 lb•in)
20…14 AWG (0.5…2.5 mm
2
), 75 °C Minimum Copper
Wire only Recommended torque 0.63 N•m (5.6 lb•in)
-20…70 °C (4…158 °F)
-40…85 °C (-40…185 °F)
5…95%, Noncondensing
2 g
30 g
50 g
UL61010, EN61010
Indoor use only
Max 2000 m (6560 ft.)
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit adheres to the following certifications and approvals.
UL/CUL
UL 61010 listed, File E345550, for Measuring, Testing and Signal-generation
Equipment and CUL Certified.
CE Certification
If this product bears the CE marking, it is approved for installation within the
European Union and EEA regions. It has been designed to meet the following directives.
400 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Technical Specifications Appendix B
EMC Directive
This product is tested to meet Council Directive 2004/108/EC Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) and the following standards, in whole, documented in a technical construction file.
EN 61326-1:2006
WARNING: This is a class A product that is intended for use in an industrial environment. In a residential, commercial, or light industrial environment, it can cause radio interference. This product is not intended to be installed in a residential environment. In a commercial and light industrial environment with connection to the public mains supply, you can take adequate measures to reduce interference.
Low Voltage Directive
This product is tested to meet Council Directive 2006/95/EC Low Voltage, by applying the safety requirements of EN61010-1: 2001.
This equipment is classified as open equipment and must be installed (mounted) in an enclosure during operation as a means of providing safety protection.
International Standard IEC 60529 / NEMA / UL 61010 Degree of Protection
The Bulletin 1426 PowerMonitor 5000 unit is rated as IP10 degree of protection per International Standard IEC 60529. It is considered an open device per
NEMA and UL 61010 Follow the recommended installation guidelines to maintain these ratings.
ANSI/IEEE Tested
Meets or exceeds the C37.90 Trip Duty: 2005 for protective relays and relay systems on all power-connection circuit terminations.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 401
Appendix B Technical Specifications
Notes:
402 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Introduction
Terminal Setup
Appendix
C
PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module Application
Summary
The PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module, catalog number 1426-DM, is a
PanelView Component C400 terminal with factory-installed applications. This display module displays key information from one, two, or three
PowerMonitor 5000 units. Minimal setup for communication is required.
Refer to the PanelView Component HMI Terminals User Manual, publication
2711C-UM001, for additional information on performing the steps outlined in this Appendix.
IMPORTANT In order for the C400 terminal application to communicate with a power monitor, both need their own unique IP address on the same network and subnet. The computer you use for set-up must also access the same network.
Follow these instructions for setting up the C400 terminal.
1.
Obtain an IP address for the C400 terminal and set it as a static IP address in the C400 terminal.
2.
Open a compatible web browser and type the terminal IP address into the address bar.
The PanelView Explorer Startup window appears.
3.
Disable the web browser pop-up blocker, if necessary.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 403
Appendix C PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module Application Summary
4.
Select PM5000DM-# and click Edit.
The # is either 1, 2, or 3 depending on the number of power monitors being monitored.
5.
Once the PanelView Explorer window opens, click the Communication tab.
404
On the Communication tab is a Controller Settings heading listing the power monitors in the application.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module Application Summary Appendix C
6.
Update the IP addresses and click the Validate Application icon to validate the application.
7.
Once the application has been validated, click the blue floppy disk icon to save the program.
8.
Close the dialog box to return to the PanelView Explorer Startup window.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 405
Appendix C PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module Application Summary
9.
In the start-up window, select PM5000DM-l and click Run.
10.
Once the Application Mode changes to 'Running', click Sign Off in the upper right to close the dialog box.
406 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module Application Summary Appendix C
Navigation
This section describes the navigation for the PowerMonitor 5000 Display
Module application. All screen captures in this section are for the application that uses three power monitors. The Main screen is displayed on startup. From this screen, you can select any of the five other screens.
• Press Overview to display the Overview screen. This screen is unique as it displays values for up to three power monitors simultaneously.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 407
Appendix C PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module Application Summary
• Press V,I,F to open the following screen.
By default, pressing any button displays data from the power monitor whose IP address was entered first. The buttons along the bottom select another power monitor. Any button highlighted in blue indicates the selected screen and power monitor. The VIF screen for PM#2 is shown below.
408 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
• This is the Power screen.
PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module Application Summary Appendix C
• This is the Power Quality screen.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 409
Appendix C PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module Application Summary
• This is the Energy Demand screen.
410 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Appendix
D
PowerMonitor 5000 Waveform Capture and
Compression
Compression Algorithm
Waveform recordings in the power monitor consist of a series of cycle-by-cycle magnitude and angle data for each spectral component (harmonic) from DC through the 127th harmonic. To reduce the size of waveform records without losing significant resolution, the data is compressed before writing to the waveform file. To display the record as a waveform, the file data must be decompressed, and then an inverse FFT performed to obtain a series of timedomain voltage and current data that can then be plotted in a graphic format.
Three types of floating point number representations are used, with 32, 16 and
12 bits. The formats are summarized in the table.
Type Total bits Sign bits
32
Bits precision
24 1
Exponent bits
8
Significand bits
23
Exponent bias
127 IEEE 754
Single
16 bit encoded
12 bit encoded
16
12
12
8
1
1
4
4
11
7
TBD
TBD
The table below defines how compression is applied to magnitude and angle values of specific harmonic orders.
Data / encoding
Magnitude
Angle
32-bit
DC thru 15th
-
16-bit
-
DC thru 15th
12-bit
16th thru 127th
16th thru 127th
The various number encodings are packed into the file in the following way:
Table 218 - 32-bit (IEEE 754)
Byte offset 0
Low byte
Byte offset 1
Next lowest byte
Byte offset 2
Next highest byte
Byte offset 3
High byte
Table 219 - 16-bit Encoding
Byte offset 0
Low byte
Byte offset 1
High byte
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 411
Appendix D PowerMonitor 5000 Waveform Capture and Compression
Table 220 - 12-bit Encoding
Byte offset 0
Low 8 bits of X(h)
Byte offset 1
High 4 bits of X(h)
Byte offset 3
Low 4 bits of X(h+1) High eight bits of
X(h+1)
Where X(h) is the value (magnitude or angle) of the harmonic at order h.
Magnitude Data
Bytes 0…63 contain 32-bit encoded magnitudes V(h) and I(h) for h = DC thru
15. Byte 64 contains the exponent offset for use in the 12-bit encoded data that follows. The remaining bytes hold the remaining harmonic magnitude values in12-bit encoding.
Byte offset 0
Data Info DC
Byte offset 16
Data Info
Byte offset
Data Info
Byte offset
4th
32
8th
48
1
17
33
49
2
18
34
50
3
19
35
51
4 5
1st Harmonics RMS
20 21
5th
36
9th
52
37
53
6
22
38
54
7
23
39
55
8
2nd
24
6th
40
10th
56
9
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
3rd
28
7th
44
11th
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
Data Info
Byte offset
Data Info
Byte offset
12th
64
Exp
80
Data Info 26th & 27th
Byte offset 96 97
Data Info & 37th
Byte offset 112 113
65 66
16th & 17th
81 82
98
38th & 39th
114 115
67
83
28th & 29th
99 100
13th
68 69
18th & 19th
84 85
101
116
40th & 41st
117 118
70
86
30th & 31st
102 103
71
20th & 21st
87 88
14th
72
104
119
42nd & 43rd
120 121
73
89
32nd & 33rd
105 106
74 75
22nd & 23rd
90 91
107
122
44th & 45th
123 124
15th
76
92
34th & 35th
108 109
77 78
24th & 25th
93 94
110
125
46th &
126
15
31
47
63
79
95
36th
111
127
Data Info 47th
Byte offset 128
48th & 49th
129 130
Data Info 58th & 59th
Byte offset 144 145 146
Data Info & 69th
Byte offset 160
Data Info 79th
Byte offset 176
161
80th & 81st
177
70th & 71st
162
178
163
179
131
50th & 51st
132 133
60th & 61st
147 148 149
164
180
72nd & 73rd
165
82nd & 83rd
181
166
182
134
52nd & 53rd
135 136
62nd & 63rd
150 151 152
167
84th & 85th
183
74th & 75th
168
184
169
185
137
54th & 55th
138 139
64th & 65th
153 154 155
170
86th & 87th
186
76th & 77th
171
187
172
188
140
56th & 57th
141 142
66th & 67th
156 157 158
173
88th & 89th
189
78th &
174
190
143
68th
159
175
Data Info 90th & 91st
Byte offset 192
Data Info & 101st
Byte offset 208
Data Info 111th
Byte offset 224
Data Info
193
209
122nd & 123rd
194
210
112th & 113th
225 226
92nd & 93rd
195
102nd & 103rd
211
196
212
227
114th & 115th
228
124th & 125th
229
197
213
94th & 95th
198
104th & 105th
214
199
215
230
116th & 117th
231
126th & 127th
232
200
96th & 97th
201 202
106th & 107th
216 217
203
98th & 99th
204
218
108th & 109th
219
118th & 119th
220
205 206
221
110th &
222
120th & 121st
191
100th
207
223
412 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
PowerMonitor 5000 Waveform Capture and Compression Appendix D
Angle Data
Byte 0 contains the exponent offset for use in the 16- and 12-bit encoded data that follows. Bytes 1…32 contain 16-bit encoded magnitudes V(h) and I(h) for h = DC…15. The remaining bytes hold the remaining harmonic magnitude values in12-bit encoding.
Byte offset
Data Info
Byte offset
Byte offset
Data Info
0
Exp
16
32
Byte offset 48
Data Info 26th & 27th
1
DC Ang
17
33 34
16th & 17th
49
2
18
50
3
1st Ang
19
35
4
20
51 52
28th & 29th
5
2nd Ang
21
36
18th & 19th
37
53
6
22
38
7
3rd Ang
23
54
30th & 31st
55
8
24
39 40
20th & 21st
56
9
4th
25
41
10
26
57 58
32nd & 33rd
11
5th
27
42 43
22nd & 23rd
59
12
28
44
13
6th
29
60 61
34th & 35th
14
30
45 46
24th & 25th
62
15
7th
31
15th
47
63
36th
79 Byte offset
Data Info
Byte offset
Data Info
64
& 37th
80
47th
Byte offset 96
Data Info 58th & 59th
97
65
81 82
48th & 49th
66
38th & 39th
67
83
98 99
60th & 61st
68
84
50th & 51st
85
69
40th & 41st
70
86
100 101 102
71
87 88
52nd & 53rd
72 73
42nd & 43rd
89
103
62nd & 63rd
104 105
64th & 65th
74
90 91
54th & 55th
75
44th & 45th
76
92
106 107 108
77
93
56th & 57th
94
109
66th & 67th
78
46th &
110
95
Byte offset
Data Info
160
& 101st
Byte offset 176
161
177
162 163
102nd & 103rd
178
Data Info 111th 112th & 113th
179
164
180
165 166
104th & 105th
181
114th & 115th
182
167
183
168 169
106th & 107th
184
116th & 117th
185
170
186
171 172
108th & 109th
187
118th & 119th
188
111
68th
127 Byte offset
Data Info
Byte offset
Data Info
112
& 69th
128
79th
Byte offset 144
Data Info 90th & 91st
113
129
80th & 81st
114
70th & 71st
115
130 131
145 146 147
116
132
117 118
72nd & 73rd
133
82nd & 83rd
134
148
92nd & 93rd
149 150
94th & 95th
119
135
120
74th & 75th
121
136
84th & 85th
137
151 152 153
122
138
123
76th & 77th
124
140
86th & 87th
139
154
96th & 97th
155 156
125
157
98th & 99th
126
78th &
141
88th & 89th
142
158
143
173
189 190
120th & 121st
159
100th
174
110th &
175
191
Byte offset 192 193
Data Info 122nd & 123rd
194 195 196
124th & 125th
197 198 199
126th & 127th
200
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 413
Waveform Data Name
Timestamp Seconds
Timestamp Nanoseconds
Frequency
V1 Magnitude Data
V2 Magnitude Data
V3 Magnitude Data
VN Magnitude Data
I1 Magnitude Data
I2 Magnitude Data
I3 Magnitude Data
I4 Magnitude Data
V1 Phase Data
V2 Phase Data
V3 Phase Data
VN Phase Data
I1 Phase Data
I2 Phase Data
I3 Phase Data
I4 Phase Data
414
Appendix D PowerMonitor 5000 Waveform Capture and Compression
Waveform Data Name
File ID
Revision
Compressed
Compression Type
Metering Mode
Mac Address
Reserved
Cycle #1 Data
Cycle #2 Data
Cycle #3 Data
…
Cycle #N Data
Waveform File Format
char[6] char[45] char[3484] char[3484] char[3484]
… char[3484]
Data Type char[8] unsigned short char char char
The tables below illustrate the waveform file format.
Description
File ID (Int16)+ Waveform Identifier(Int48)
{ typedef struct unsigned short sFileID; //this id is used for user selection,1…256 unsigned short sWaveformID; //the Waveform id highest 2 bytes unsigned long lWaveformID; //the Waveform id Lowest 4 bytes
}WAVEFORM_ID;
Waveform format revision
Compressed or not
Compression type
Metering mode is used to check the channels in each cycle in the future, currently, the channels is fixed in 8 channels
Mac Address of the device where the waveform is retrieved
Reserved for future use
The first cycle data
The second cycle data
The third cycle data
…
The Nth cycle data
The Cycle 1 through n data format is shown in this table.
char[233] char[233] char[233] char[233] char[233] char[201] char[201] char[201]
Data Type unsigned long unsigned long float char[233] char[233] char[233] char[201] char[201] char[201] char[201] char[201]
Description
Seconds of the first sample data timestamp
Nanoseconds of the first sample data timestamp
The average frequency of the current cycle
The compressed V1 magnitude harmonics data
The compressed V2 magnitude harmonics data
The compressed V3 magnitude harmonics data
The compressed VN magnitude harmonics data
The compressed I1 magnitude harmonics data
The compressed I2 magnitude harmonics data
The compressed I3 magnitude harmonics data
The compressed I4 magnitude harmonics data
The compressed V1 phase harmonics data
The compressed V2 phase harmonics data
The compressed V3 phase harmonics data
The compressed VN phase harmonics data
The compressed I1 phase harmonics data
The compressed I2 phase harmonics data
The compressed I3 phase harmonics data
The compressed I4 phase harmonics data
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Appendix
E
IEEE 519 Pass/Fail and TDD
IEEE 519 Pass/Fail Capability
(M6 and M8 models)
IEEE 519-1992, the standard for Recommended Practices and Requirements for
Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, provides recommended limits for the level of harmonics in a circuit. The standard applies these limits to current and voltage harmonics up to the 40th order present at the Point of Common
Coupling (PCC) between your electric power supplier and your facility, typically where utility meters are connected. The standard recommends limits for individual harmonic components as well as limits for Total Demand Distortion
(TDD).
TDD is similar to THD except it is based on the maximum, rather than measured, fundamental load current.
The standard specifies distortion limits for long term conditions, greater than one hour. In the short term, these limits can be exceeded by 50%. The
PowerMonitor 5000 unit provides these results:
• Short Term: the 1 minute rolling average, updated at a 10 second rate.
• Long Term: the 1 hour rolling average, updated at a 10 minute rate.
The recommended limits for current and voltage harmonic distortion, expressed as a percentage of the fundamental, are listed in the tables below.
Table 221 - IEEE 519 Current Distortion Limits (120 V…69 kV)
Ratio of MAX_Isc to MAX_IL
Less than 20
20…49.99
50…99.99
100…999.99
1000 and higher
Odd
Even
Odd
Even
Odd
Even
Odd
Even
Individual Harmonic Order
1 … 10
Odd
Even
4.0
1.0
7.0
1.8
10.0
2.5
12.0
3.0
15.0
3.8
1.4
7.0
1.8
0.9
4.5
1.1
5.5
11 …16
2.0
0.5
3.5
1.3
6.0
1.5
0.6
4.0
1.0
5.0
17 … 22
1.5
0.4
2.5
0.5
2.5
0.6
0.3
1.5
0.4
2.0
23 … 34
0.6
0.2
1.0
0.3
1.5
0.4
0.1
0.7
0.2
1.0
35 … 40
0.3
0.1
0.5
TDD
5.0
8.0
12.0
15.0
20.0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 415
Appendix E IEEE 519 Pass/Fail and TDD
Table 222 - IEEE 519 Voltage Distortion Limits (0 … 69 kV)
Individual voltage distortion, %
3.0
Total voltage THD, %
5.0
Application
This applies to the M6 and M8 models.
Setup
Basic Metering setup is required. Three configuration parameters required for calculating the IEEE 519 Pass/Fail requirements are found in the
Configuration.PowerQuality tab.
• IEEE519_Compliance_Parameter - Selects 0 = current (default) or 1 = voltage as the compliance parameter.
• IEEE519_MAX_Isc_Amps - Short circuit current available at the PCC, in Amps. Default = 0
• IEEE519_MAX_IL_Amps - Average current related to the maximum demand for the preceding 12 months. Default = 0
IMPORTANT Zero values for Max Isc and IL disable the calculation.
IEEE 519 Pass/Fail Results
The PowerMonitor 5000 reports the IEEE 519 pass/fail status for short term and long term conditions in the
table in the tags listed below. If the
values of IEEE519_MAX_Isc_Amps = 0 or IEEE519_MAX_IL_Amps = 0, then the first row in Table 221 IEEE 519 Current Distortion Limits is used to measure compliance. If the value of IEEE519_MAX_IL_Amps = 0, then current
THD rather than TDD is used to measure compliance.
416
IEEE519_Overall_Status
This bitfield reports overall status.
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
• Bit0 - ShortTerm_TDD_THD_PASS_FAIL
• Bit1 - LongTerm_TDD_THD_PASS_FAIL
• Bit2 - ShortTerm_Individual_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
• Bit3 - LongTerm_Individual_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
• Bit4 … 15 - Future Use
• ShortTerm_2nd_To_17th_Harmonic_Status
• LongTerm_2nd_To_17th_Harmonic_Status
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
IEEE 519 Pass/Fail and TDD Appendix E
These bitfields reports the short-term or long-term status of harmonics of order
2 … 17.
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
• Bit0 - 2nd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
• Bit1 - 3rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
• …
• Bit15 - 17th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
• ShortTerm_18th_To_33rd_Harmonic_Status
• LongTerm_18th_To_33rd_Harmonic_Status
These bitfields reports the short-term or long-term status of harmonics of order
18
…
33.
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
• Bit0 - 18th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
• Bit1 - 19th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
• …
• Bit15 - 33rd_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
• ShortTerm_34th_To_40th_Harmonic_Status
• LongTerm_34th_To_40th_Harmonic_Status
These bitfields reports the short-term or long-term status of harmonics of order
34…40.
0 = PASS
1 = FAIL
• Bit0 - 34th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
• Bit1 - 35th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
• …
• Bit6 - 40th_Harmonic_PASS_FAIL
• Bit 7 … Bit 15 - Reserved, always = 0
IEEE 519 Short Term and Long
Term Harmonic Results
The six data tables listed below provide an indication of individual current harmonic distortion and TDD (Total Demand Distortion). If the user has selected voltage as the output parameter the tables list voltage distortions and
THD (Total Harmonic Distortion).
• PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH1_ShortTerm_Results
• PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH2_ShortTerm_Results
• PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH3_ShortTerm_Results
• PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH1_LongTerm_Results
• PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH2_LongTerm_Results
• PowerQuality.IEEE519_CH3_LongTerm_Results
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 417
Appendix E IEEE 519 Pass/Fail and TDD
Each table provides the following:
• Timestamp of the most recent results
• Fundamental magnitude
• Individual harmonic distortion as a percentage of the fundamental magnitude
• Overall distortion
– With current selected as the compliance parameter (default), if the
IEEE519_MAX_Isc and IEEE519_MAX_IL parameter values are non-zero, then TDD is returned. Otherwise, THD is returned.
Refer to the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Data Tables on page 231
for further details on these data tables.
Related Functions
• Harmonic Analysis
• Alarm Log
418 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Appendix
F
IEEE 1159 Power Quality Event Classification
Power Quality Event
Classification per IEEE 1159-
2009
IEEE 1159-2009, Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power
Quality, categorizes various power quality events based on the parameters of the event such as voltage change, frequency content, rise time, event duration, etc.
The table below, excerpted from the standard, summarizes the classifications in the recommended practice, and indicates which PowerMonitor 5000 models support monitoring of each category of phenomena.
IMPORTANT Table 223 is adapted from standard IEEE 1159-2009 and is used with permission.
Table 223 - Categories and Typical Characteristics of Power System Electromagnetic Phenomena
(1)
Categories Typical Spectral Content Typical Duration Typical Voltage
Magnitude
1.0 Transients
1.1 Impulsive
1.1.1 Nanosecond
1.1.2 Microsecond
1.1.3 Millisecond
1.2 Oscillatory
1.2.1 Low frequency
1.2.2 Medium frequency
1.2.3 High frequency
2.0 Short-duration root-mean-square
(rms) variations
2.1 Instantaneous
2.1.1 Sag
2.1.2 Swell
2.2 Momentary
2.2.1 Interruption
2.2.2 Sag
2.2.3 Swell
2.3 Temporary
2.3.1 Interruption
2.3.2 Sag
2.3.3 Swell
3.0 Long duration rms variations
5 ns rise
1
μ s rise
0.1 ms rise
< 5 kHz
5…500 kHz
0.5…5 MHz
< 50 ns
50…1 ms
> 1 ms
0.3…50 ms 0…4 pu
(2)
20
μ s 0…8
5
μ s 0…4
•
0.5…30 cycles
0.5…30 cycles
0.5 cycles - 3 s
30 cycles - 3 s
30 cycles - 3 s
>3 s…1 min
>3 s …1 min
>3 s…1 min
0.1…0.9 pu
1.1…1.8 pu
< 0.1 pu
0.1…0.9 pu
1.1…1.4 pu
< 0.1 pu
0.1…0.9 pu
1.1…1.2 pu
1426-M6
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M8
•
•
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 419
Appendix F IEEE 1159 Power Quality Event Classification
Table 223 - Categories and Typical Characteristics of Power System Electromagnetic Phenomena
(1)
Categories
3.1 Interruption, sustained
3.2 Undervoltages
3.3 Overvoltages
3.4 Current overload
4.0 Imbalance
4.1 Voltage
4.2 Current
5.0 Waveform distortion
5.1 DC offset
5.2 Harmonics
5.3 Interharmonics
5.4 Notching
5.5 Noise
6.0 Voltage fluctuations
0.2…2 Pstb
7.0 Power frequency variations
Typical Spectral Content
0…9 kHz steady state
0…9 kHz steady state broadband
< 25 Hz
Typical Duration
> 1 min
> 1 min
> 1 min
> 1 min steady state steady state steady state
0…20%
0…2% steady state steady state intermittent
< 10 s
Typical Voltage
Magnitude
0.0 pu
0.8…0.9 pu
1.1…1.2 pu
0.5…2%
1.0…30%
0…0.1%
0…1%
0.1…7%
± 0.10 Hz
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1426-M6 1426-M8
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(1) These terms and categories apply to power quality measurements and are not to be confused with similar terms defined in IEEE Std 1366™-2003 [B27] and other reliability-related standards, recommended practices, and guides.
(2) The quantity pu refers to per unit, which is dimensionless. The quantity 1.0 pu corresponds to 100%. The nominal condition is often considered to be 1.0 pu. In this table, the nominal peak value is used as the base for transients and the nominal rms value is used as the base for rms variations.
The power monitor classifies power quality events it detects according to the table. The M6 model does not detect events in categories 1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, or 6.
Transients (Category 1.1.3,
1.2.1)(M8 model)
The PowerMonitor 5000 detects and records transient voltage events as described in IEEE 1159, Category 1.1.3, Impulsive, Millisecond and 1.2.1,
Oscillatory, Low Frequency. The PowerMonitor 5000 does not detect events in
Categories 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.2.2, and 1.2.3.
Setup
Basic metering setup is required. The configuration parameter for transient
detection is found in the Configuration.PowerQuality
• Transient_Detection_Threshold_% - Percentage of the RMS value of the present cycle voltage, range 0 … 50%, default 4%
420 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
IEEE 1159 Power Quality Event Classification Appendix F
Operation
The power monitor detects a transient when the RMS value of the transient voltage is greater than a configurable sensitivity threshold.
When a transient is detected, the power monitor captures a waveform record.
The number of cycles captured is equal to the configured Pre Event and Post
Event cycles plus the transient waveform. The Power Quality Log records the event details, including date and time, the waveform reference, the transient threshold, and the RMS value of the transient voltage in the present cycle.
Status
The
data table provides the following tag for monitoring of
transient events.
• Transient_Indication - sets when a transient has occurred; clears 90 seconds after the transient event has ended.
Related Functions
• Waveform Recording
• Power Quality Log
Short Duration RMS
Variations (Category 2.0 -
Sags, Swells, and
Interruptions) (M6 and M8 model)
The power monitor detects and records instantaneous, momentary and temporary variations in the RMS voltage.
Setup
Basic metering configuration is required.
Operation
A sag event begins when the rms value of the voltage dips to less than 90% of the system nominal voltage and ends when the voltage exceeds 92 % of nominal.
A swell event is activated when the rms value of the voltage rises to greater than
110% of the nominal system voltage and released when the voltage drops back to
108% of nominal. An interruption event is recorded where the residual voltage is less than 10% of nominal.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 421
Appendix F IEEE 1159 Power Quality Event Classification
The power monitor records each detected power quality event, date and time stamp, trip point, min or max value, and associated waveform record, as applicable, in the Power Quality Log with an event code of ‘IEEE1159
_Voltage_Sag’, ‘IEEE1159_Voltage_Swell’ or ‘IEEE1159 _Voltage_Interruption’.
Related Functions
• Long Duration RMS Variations
• Waveform Recording
• Power Quality Log
Long Duration RMS
Variations (Category 3.0 -
Undervoltage, Overvoltage,
Sustained Interruptions)
(M6 and M8 model)
A sag or swell with a duration that exceeds one minute is classified as an undervoltage or overvoltage, respectively. An interruption with a duration that exceeds one minute is classified as a sustained interruption.
Setup
The Sag and Swell thresholds described in the Short Duration RMS Variations section on
page 421 also determine the operation of undervoltage and
overvoltage detection.
Operation
When the duration of a sag or swell event exceeds 60 seconds, the new classification is recorded in the power quality log with the time stamp of the original sag or swell event, and the original sag or swell record in the power quality log is updated with a duration of 60 seconds and its associated waveform recording.
Status
provides the following tags for monitoring of long duration rms variations.
• IEEE1159_Over_Voltage
• IEEE1159_Over_Voltage_V1
• IEEE1159_Over_Voltage_V2
• IEEE1159_Over_Voltage_V3
• IEEE1159_Under_Voltage
• IEEE1159_Under_Voltage_V1
• IEEE1159_Under_Voltage_V2
• IEEE1159_Under_Voltage_V3
422 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
IEEE 1159 Power Quality Event Classification Appendix F
The alarm flags are released when the condition no longer exists.
Voltage and Current
Imbalance (Category 4.0)
The power monitor includes long-term voltage and current unbalance in its metering results. The power monitor reports voltage and current imbalance as power quality events.
Setup
Basic metering setup is required. These configuration parameters are found in the
Configuration.PowerQuality tab:
• IEEE1159_Imbalance_Averaging_Intvl_m - rolling average interval for
Imbalance, default 15 minutes
• IEEE1159_Voltage_Imbalance_Limit_% - percent of voltage imbalance to report an event, default 3 per cent.
• IEEE1159_Current_Imbalance_Limit_% - percent of current imbalance to report an event, default 25 per cent
Operation
The power monitor calculates voltage and current imbalance over a rolling average with a configurable range of 15 minutes (default) to 60 minutes. The rolling average is updated at a rate of 10 seconds per minute of the specified interval.
When the rolling average value of voltage or current imbalance exceeds the configured limit an event is recorded in the power quality log.
Status
The
table provides the following tags for monitoring of unbalance
events:
• IEEE1159_Imbalance_Condition_Volts - 1 = unbalance is above the limit
• IEEE1159_Imbalance_Condition_Current - 1 = unbalance is above the limit
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 423
Appendix F IEEE 1159 Power Quality Event Classification
Waveform Distortion
(Categories 5.1 - DC Offset,
5.2 - Harmonics, and 5.3 -
Interharmonics)
The power monitor detects and reports long-term waveform distortion in excess of configured limits.
indicates which phenomena are supported by the PowerMonitor 5000 models.
Setup
Basic metering setup required. These configuration parameters are found in the
Configuration.PowerQuality tab:
• IEEE1159_DCOffsetAndHarmonics_Averaging_Intvl_m - rolling average interval for DC offset and harmonics, range = 1 … 15 minutes, default = 5 minutes
• IEEE1159_Voltage_DCOffset_Limit_% - DC offset alarm threshold, range = 0.00
… 1.00 per cent of fundamental, default = 0.1 per cent
• IEEE1159_Voltage_THD_Limit_% - voltage THD alarm threshold, range = 0.00
…
20.00 per cent of fundamental, default = 5 per cent
• IEEE1159_Current_THD_Limit_% -current THD alarm threshold, range = 0.00
… 20.00 per cent of fundamental, default = 10 per cent
• IEEE1159_Voltage_TID_Limit_% - voltage TID (total interhamonic distortion) alarm threshold, range = 0.00…20.00 per cent of fundamental, default = 5 per cent (M8 only)
• IEEE1159_Current_TID_Limit_% - voltage TID (total interhamonic distortion) alarm threshold, range = 0.00…20.00 per cent of fundamental, default = 10 per cent (M8 only)
424
Operation
The power monitor measures voltage and current THD (and the M8 model measures TID), over the specified rolling average interval and annunciates if these values exceed the specified thresholds. The rolling average is updated at a rate of 10 seconds per minute of the specified interval.
The PowerMonitor 5000 unit does not measure current DC offset because CTs do not pass DC. DC offset is measured on directly-connected voltage channels and is tracked in the power quality log.
Status
These status bits annunciate over limit conditions and remain asserted until the parameter is no longer over the threshold. A value of 1 indicates over limit. They are found in the Status.Alarms tab.
• IEEE1159_DCOffset_Condition_V1
• IEEE1159_DCOffset_Condition_V2
• IEEE1159_DCOffset_Condition_V3
• IEEE1159_Voltage_THD_Condition_V1
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
IEEE 1159 Power Quality Event Classification Appendix F
• IEEE1159_Voltage_THD_Condition_V2
• IEEE1159_Voltage_THD_Condition_V3
• IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition_ I1
• IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition_ I2
• IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition_ I3
• IEEE1159_Current_THD_Condition_ I4
• IEEE1159_Voltage_TID_Condition_V1
• IEEE1159_Voltage_TID_Condition_V2
• IEEE1159_Voltage_TID_Condition_V3
• IEEE1159_Current_TID_Condition_ I1
• IEEE1159_Current_TID_Condition_ I2
• IEEE1159_Current_TID_Condition_ I3
• IEEE1159_Current_TID_Condition_ I4
Related Functions
• Harmonic Analysis
• Power Quality Log
Flicker (Voltage Fluctuations,
Category 6.0)
Random or repetitive voltage fluctuations that typically do not exceed the normal range of system voltage can be caused by the switching of large loads at random times. The human effects of lamp flicker caused by such voltage fluctuations can vary from annoyance to epileptic seizures in sensitive individuals. The flicker severity index is proportional to the magnitude of voltage changes and, to a lesser degree, the frequency at which they occur.
IEEE 1159 addresses the short-term flicker severity index P st
. The power monitor also calculates the long-term index, P lt
.
Setup
Basic metering setup is required. One configuration parameter for flicker is found in the
table.
• IEEE1159_ShortTerm_Severity - alarm threshold for flicker; range 0.2…4 P st
, default 1
Operation
The power monitor calculates the flicker severity index. When the configured limit is exceeded an alarm status is set and a record is added to the Power Quality log. The values of P st
and P lt
are also tracked in the Min/Max log.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 425
Appendix F IEEE 1159 Power Quality Event Classification
Status
data table provides the following tag for monitoring of short-
term flicker events.
• IEEE1159_ShortTerm_Flicker_Condition, set when P st
exceeds the alarm threshold, clears when P st
returns to normal
Related Functions
• Min/Max Log
• Power Quality Log
Power Frequency Variations
(Category 7.0)
The power monitor detects and reports short-term power frequency variations in excess of configured limits.
Setup
Basic metering setup is required. These configuration parameters are found in the
Configuration.PowerQuality tab:
• IEEE1159_PowerFrequency_Averaging_Intvl_s - rolling average interval for power frequency , range = 1 (default)
…
10 seconds
• IEEE1159_PowerFrequency_Limit_Hz - power frequency variation alarm threshold, range = 0.1 (default) … 0.2 Hz
• IEEE1159_PowerFrequency_Hysteresis_Hz -power frequency hysteresis, range = 0.01
…
0.05 Hz, default = 0.02 Hz
Operation
The power monitor measures frequency variation over the specified rolling average interval and annunciates if the value exceed the specified threshold. The rolling average updates once per second. The hysteresis parameter is taken into account when the alarm condition is released.
Status
This status bit annunciates an over limit condition and remains asserted until the parameter is under the threshold less hysteresis. A value of 1 indicates over limit.
It is found in the Status.Alarms tab:
• IEEE1159_PowerFrequency_Condition
426 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Related Functions
• Basic Metering
• Power Quality Log
IEEE 1159 Power Quality Event Classification Appendix F
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 427
Appendix F IEEE 1159 Power Quality Event Classification
Notes:
428 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Introduction
Setup
Appendix
G
EN 50160 Conformance Tracking
EN 50160-2010 is a European standard that defines, describes and specifies characteristics of voltage supplied in public power supply networks. It specifies limits on various attributes of the supply voltage, such as magnitude, frequency, and waveform quality, during normal operation. The PowerMonitor 5000 M8 model measures and stores data that track conformance to the requirements defined in the standard, for low-voltage (1000V or less) and medium-voltage
(1…36 kV) systems.
EN 50160 conformance tracking data is measured according to requirements set forth in the accompanying standard EN 61000-4-30, further described in
The power monitor tracks the following voltage supply parameters over defined intervals and reports each as described. Invalid intervals, in which a voltage interruption occurs, are flagged and excluded from the conformance results.
Compliance criteria can differ depending on whether the system is low or medium voltage and whether the system has a synchronous connection to an interconnected system (the grid) or not (islanded). The compliance record lists each parameter and records the number of valid intervals where the parameter measured exceeded the specified compliance criteria.
Basic metering setup is required. The power monitor selects EN 50160 conformance criteria based on the value of the Nominal_System_LL_Voltage parameter in the
The
table includes another parameter that affects
the selection of conformance criteria.
The PowerFrequency_Synchronization tag indicates the synchronization status of the metering system. The choices include the following:
• 0 = Synchronous connection to an interconnected system default
• 1 = Not synchronous to an interconnected system (islanded)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 429
Appendix G EN 50160 Conformance Tracking
Operation
This ssection describes how the power monitor measures EN 50160 conformance.
Power Frequency
The mean fundamental frequency is measured in each valid 10 second interval.
The following are the conforming ranges for these measurements in low- and medium-voltage systems:
Synchronously Connected
• Range 1: 50 Hz ± 1% during 99.5% of a year
• Range 2: 50 Hz + 4% / - 6% during 100% of the time
Not Synchronously Connected
• Range 1: 50 Hz ± 2% during 95% of each week
• Range 2: 50 Hz ± 15% during 100% of the time
Supply Voltage Variations (low-voltage systems)
The mean rms supply voltage is measured in each valid 10 minute interval. The following are the confirming ranges for these measurements in low- voltage systems:
Synchronously Connected
• Range 1: within ± 10% of nominal during 95% of each week
• Range 2: within + 10% / - 15% of nominal during 100% of the time
Not Synchronously Connected
• Within + 10% / - 15% of nominal during 100% of the time
Supply Voltage Variations (medium-voltage systems)
The following are the conforming ranges for these measurements in mediumvoltage systems:
Synchronously Connected
• Range 1: within ± 10% of nominal during 99% of each week
• Range 2: within + 15% / - 15% of nominal during 100% of the time
Not Synchronously Connected
• Within + 10% / - 15% of nominal during 100% of the time
430 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
EN 50160 Conformance Tracking Appendix G
Rapid Voltage Changes
Long-time flicker severity P lt
is measured over each 2-hour interval. The following is the conformance specification for these measurements in low- and medium-voltage systems:
• P lt
must be less than or equal to 1 for 95% of each week
Supply Voltage Unbalance
Mean rms values of fundamental positive and negative sequence voltages are measured each valid 10 minute interval. The following is the conformance specification for these measurements in low- and medium-voltage systems:
• Negative sequence voltage within the range 0…2% of the positive sequence voltage for 95% of each week
Harmonic Voltage
Mean rms values of each harmonic voltage are measured each valid 10 minute interval. The following is the conformance specification for these measurements in low-voltage systems:
• Harmonic voltage is less than or equal to the values listed in
(low-voltage) or
Table 225 (medium-voltage) for 95% of each week
• Voltage THD including harmonics up to the 40th order is less than or equal to 8%
Table 224 - Values of Individual Harmonic Voltages at the Supply Terminals for Orders up to 25
(1)
Given in Percent of the Fundamental Voltage u1,
Low-voltage Systems
Odd Harmonics
Not Multiples of 3
Order h
5
19
23
25
13
17
7
11
Even Harmonics
3.0%
2.0 %
1.5 %
1.5 %
1.5 %
Relative Amplitude U h
6.0 %
5.0 %
3.5 %
Multiples of 3
Order h
3
9
15
21
Relative Amplitude U
5.0%
1.5 %
0.5 %
0.5 % h
(1) No values are given for harmonics of order higher than 25, as they are usually small, but largely unpredictable due to resonance effects.
Order h
2
4
6…24
Relative Amplitude U h
2.0%
1.0 %
0.5 %
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 431
Appendix G EN 50160 Conformance Tracking
Table 225 - Values of Individual Harmonic Voltages at the Supply Terminals for Orders up to 25
(1)
Given in Percent of the Fundamental Voltage u1,
Medium-voltage Systems
19
23
25
13
17
7
11
Odd Harmonics
Not Multiples of 3
Order h
5
3.0%
2.0 %
1.5 %
1.5 %
1.5 %
Relative Amplitude U h
6.0 %
5.0 %
3.5 %
Multiples of 3
Order h
3
9
15
21
Relative Amplitude U
5.0 %
1.5 %
0.5 %
0.5 %
(2) h
(1) No values are given for harmonics of order higher than 25, as they are usually small, but largely unpredictable due to resonance effects.
(2) Depending on the network design, the value for the third harmonic order can be substantially lower.
Even Harmonics
Order h
2
4
6…24
Relative Amplitude U h
2.0%
1.0 %
0.5 %
Interharmonic Voltages
Conformance criteria for interharmonic voltages are under consideration by the standards development organization.
Mains Signaling Voltages
The mean value of mains signaling voltage at the user-configured frequency is measured in each 3 second interval. The following is the conformance specification for these measurements:
• Signal voltage is less than or equal to the values shown in
percent of each day
432 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
EN 50160 Conformance Tracking Appendix G
Figure 32 - Voltage Levels of Signal Frequencies in Percent of Nominal Voltage Un Used in Public
Networks
Voltage Dips (sags)
The power monitor records voltage dips when the line-to-neutral voltage (for
Wye and split-phase metering modes) or line-to-line voltage (for Delta systems) drops below 90% of its nominal value. The duration and residual voltage (the minimum value during the event) are used to classify voltage dips by using the categories shown in
.
Table 226 - Classification of Dips According to Residual Voltage and Duration
Residual Voltage, u %
90 > u ≥ 80
80 > u ≥ 70
70 > u ≥ 40
40 > u ≥ 5
5 > u
Duration, t ms
10 ≤ t ≤ 200
Cell A1
Cell B1
Cell C1
Cell D1
Cell X1
200 < t ≤ 500
Cell A2
Cell B2
Cell C2
Cell D2
Cell X2
500 < t ≤ 1000
Cell A3
Cell B3
Cell C3
Cell D3
Cell X3
1000 < t ≤ 5000
Cell A4
Cell B4
Cell C4
Cell D4
Cell X4
5000 < t ≤ 60,000
Cell A5
Cell B5
Cell C5
Cell D5
Cell X5
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 433
Appendix G EN 50160 Conformance Tracking
Voltage Swells
The power monitor records voltage swells when the line-to-neutral voltage (for
Wye and split-phase metering modes) or line-to-line voltage (for Delta systems) exceeds 110% of its nominal value. The duration and swell voltage (the maximum value during the event) are used to classify voltage swells by using the categories
Table 227 - Classification of Swells According to Maximum Voltage and Duration
Swell Voltage, u %
u ≥ 120
120 > u >110
Duration, t ms
10 ≤ t ≤ 500
Cell S1
Cell T1
500 < t ≤ 5000
Cell S2
Cell T2
500 < t ≤ 60,000
Cell S3
Cell T3
Transient Overvoltages
Conformance criteria for transient overvoltages are not specified in the standard.
Results
434
This section explains the results of EN 50160 conformance tracking.
EN 50160 Compliance Record
The PowerQuality.EN50160_Compliance_Results Data Table contains a
summary of conformance with EN 50160 compliance criteria. This table aggregates the data logged in completed records in the EN 50160 weekly and yearly logs. No in-process weekly or yearly log records are aggregated into the compliance record. The content of the compliance record is shown in
.
Table 228 - EN50160_Compliance_Results Table
Tag Name
Mains Signaling Voltage
Supply Voltage Range 1
Supply Voltage Range 2
Flicker Severity Plt
Supply Voltage Unbalance
Individual Harmonic Voltage
Voltage THD
Power Frequency Range 1
Non-synchronous is weekly aggregation
Power Frequency Range 2
Sag 90 %u…80 % u, 10…200 mS Duration
Sag 90…80 % u, 200…500 mS Duration
Description
Updated once per day from previous day's data
Aggregated result from weekly log
Synchronous is yearly aggregation;
Aggregated from yearly log: Number of sag events, cell A1
(1)
Cell A2
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
EN 50160 Conformance Tracking Appendix G
Table 228 - EN50160_Compliance_Results Table
Tag Name
Sag 90…80 % u, 500…1000 mS Duration
Sag 90…80 % u, 1000…5000 mS Duration
Sag 90…80 % u, 5000…60000 mS Duration
Sag 80…70 % u, 10…200 mS Duration
Sag 80…70 % u, 200…500 mS Duration
Sag 80…70 % u, 500…1000 mS Duration
Sag 80…70 % u, 1000…5000 mS Duration
Sag 80…70 % u, 5000…60000 mS Duration
Sag 70…40 % u, 10…200 mS Duration
Sag 70…40 % u, 200…500 mS Duration
Sag 70…40 % u, 500…1000 mS Duration
Sag 70…40 % u, 1000… 5000 mS Duration
Sag 70…40 % u , 5000…60000 mS Duration
Sag 40…5 % u, 10…200 mS Duration
Cell B4
Cell B5
Cell C1
Cell C2
Cell C3
Cell C4
Cell C5
Cell D1
Description
Cell A3
Cell A4
Cell A5
Cell B1
Cell B2
Cell B3
Sag 40…5 % u, 200…500 mS Duration
Sag 40…5 % u, 500…1000 mS Duration
Sag 40…5 % u,1000…5000 mS Duration
Sag 40…5 % u, 5000…60000 mS Duration
Sag less than 5 % u,10…200 mS Duration
Sag less than 5 % u, 200…500 mS Duration
Sag less than 5 % u, 50…1000 mS Duration
Sag less than 5 % u,1000…5000 mS Duration
Cell D2
Cell D3
Cell D4
Cell D5
Cell X1
Cell X2
Cell X3
Cell X4
Sag less than 5 % u,5000…60000 mS Duration
Swell 120 % u or greater, 10…500 mS Duration
Cell X5
Number of swell events, Cell S1
Swell 120 % u or greater, 500…5000 mS Duration Cell S2
Swell 120 % u or greater, 5000…60000 mS Duration Cell S3
Swell 120…110 % u, 10…500 mS Duration
Swell 120…110 % u, 500…5000 mS Duration
Swell 120…110 % u, 5000…60000 mS Duration
Cell T1
Cell T2
Cell T3
(1) Cell numbers refer to
and
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 435
Appendix G EN 50160 Conformance Tracking
Weekly Conformance Log
The power monitor logs the following parameters in a weekly log. The parameters and their conformance criteria are described in
. The log contains eight records; record 1 being the current in-process day and records 2…8 the completed records for the previous week. Records roll over at midnight local time each day, at which time the oldest record is discarded and the completed records are aggregated and written to the compliance record.
The records in the EN 50160 weekly log are expressed in percent of valid intervals that are compliant with the conformance specifications. The number of valid intervals of each duration, is also listed.
Table 229 - EN50160 Weekly Log
Tag Name
Record_Number
Log_Date
Supply Voltage Range 1
Supply Voltage Range 2
Flicker Severity Plt
Supply Voltage Unbalance
Individual Harmonic Voltage
Voltage THD
Non Synchronous Power Freq. Range 1
Non Synchronous Power Freq. Range 2
10_Minutes_Valid_Data_Counts
2_Hours_Valid_Data_Counts
10_Seconds_Valid_Data_Counts
Description
Record 1 is the current in-process record; 2 …8 are the completed records from the prior week.
The date this record was started.
Percent of valid intervals during which the parameter was within the specified range.
(1)
(1) Synchronous Power Frequency is assigned the value of zero if the PowerFrequency_Synchronization tag value = 0, synchronized.
Unit
#
Number of valid intervals during 1 day. Valid interval is one without a voltage dip, swell ,or interruption.
%
#
#
#
%
%
%
%
%
%
YYMMDD
%
Yearly Conformance Log
The power monitor logs the following parameters in a yearly log. The parameters
and their conformance criteria are described in Operation on page 430 . The log
contains thirteen records; record 1 being an in-process record for the current month and records 2…13 the completed records for the previous year. Records roll over at midnight local time the last day of each month, at which time the oldest record is discarded and the completed records are aggregated and written to the compliance record. The records in the EN 50160 yearly log are expressed in percent of valid intervals that are compliant with the conformance specifications or as counts of events. The number of valid 10 second intervals is also listed.
436 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
EN 50160 Conformance Tracking Appendix G
Table 230 - EN50160 Yearly Log
Tag Name
Record_Number
Log_Start_Date
Log_End_Date
Synchronous Power Frequency Range 1
Synchronous Power Frequency Range 2
Sag 90…80 % u, 10…200 mS Duration
Sag 90…80 % u, 200…500 mS Duration
Sag 90…80 % u, 500…1000 mS Duration
Sag 90…80 % u, 1000…5000 mS Duration
Sag 90…80 % u, 5000…60000 mS Duration
Sag 80…70 % u, 10…200 mS Duration
Sag 80…70 % u, 200…500 mS Duration
Sag 80…70 % u, 500…1000 mS Duration
Sag 80…70 % u, 1000…5000 mS Duration
Sag 80…70 % u, 5000…60000 mS Duration
Sag 70…40 % u, 10…200 mS Duration
Sag 70…40 % u, 200…500 mS Duration
Sag 70…40 % u, 500…1000 mS Duration
Sag 70…40 % u, 1000…5000 mS Duration
Sag 70…40 % u, 5000…60000 mS Duration
Sag 40…5 % u, 10…200 mS Duration
Sag 40…5 % u, 200…500 mS Duration
Sag 40… 5 % u, 500…1000 mS Duration
Sag 40…5 % u, 1000…5000 mS Duration
Sag 40…5 % u, 5000…60000 mS Duration
Sag less than 5 % u, 10…200 mS Duration
Sag less than 5 % u, 200…500 mS Duration
Sag less than 5 % u, 50…1000 mS Duration
Sag less than 5 % u, 1000…5000 mS Duration
Sag less than 5 % u, 5000…60000 mS Duration
Swell 120 % u or greater, 10…500 mS Duration
Swell 120 % u or greater, 500…5000 mS Duration
Swell 120 % u or greater, 5000… 60000 mS Duration
Swell 120…110 % u, 10…500 mS Duration
Swell 120…110 % u, 500…5000 mS Duration
Swell 120…110 % u, 5000…60000 mS Duration
10_Seconds_Valid_Data_Counts
Description
Record 1 is the current in-process record; 2…13 are the prior 12 months
The Date this record was started
The Date this record was ended
Percent of valid intervals during which the parameter was within the specified range
(1)
Cell B3
Cell B4
Cell B5
Cell C1
Cell C2
Cell C3
Cell C4
Cell C5
Number of sag events, cell A1
(2)
Cell A2
Cell A3
Cell A4
Cell A5
Cell B1
Cell B2
Cell D1
Cell D2
Cell D3
Cell D4
Cell D5
Cell X1
Cell X2
Cell X3
Cell X4
Cell X5
Number of swell events, Cell S1
Cell S2
Cell S3
Cell T1
Cell T2
Cell T3
Number of valid 10 second intervals
(1) Synchronous Power Frequency and 10 second valid data counts are assigned the value of zero if the PowerFrequency_Synchronization tag value = 1, islanded.
(2) Cell numbers refer to Table 226
.
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
%
%
Unit
#
YYMMDD
YYMMDD
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 437
Appendix G EN 50160 Conformance Tracking
Notes:
438 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
Introduction
Appendix
H
EN 61000-4-30 Metering and Aggregation
EN 61000-4-30 is an international standard that defines methods for measurement and interpretation of results for power quality parameters in AC power systems.
Class A defines requirements for precise measurements of power quality parameters. Measurement methods are defined for each identified power quality parameter so that measurements of parameters by different instruments agree within the specified uncertainty. Class S defines a less rigorous set of requirements, typically used for surveys or power quality assessment. Class B is also included in the standard to permit legacy instruments from becoming obsolete.
The standard also defines requirements for time aggregation of measurements.
The basic interval of measurement is 10 cycles for 50 Hz and 12 cycles for 60 Hz, or 200 mS. Measurements made at the basic 10/12 Hz rate can then be aggregated into 150/180 Hz (3 second), 10 minute, and 2 hour times, depending on the parameter. Class A and class S requirements for aggregation differ in how intervals of different lengths are kept in synchronization and whether gaps in the basic 10/12 cycle data are permitted.
Metering Class Designation
The PowerMonitor 5000 M8 model conforms to class A and class S requirements as indicated in
Table 231 - EN 61000-4-30 Class Designations (M8 model only)
61000-4-30 Section Power Quality
Parameter
5.1 Power frequency
5.2 Magnitude of the supply voltage
5.3 Flicker
5.4 Supply voltage dips and swells
5.5 Voltage interruptions
5.7 Supply voltage unbalance
5.8 Voltage harmonics
5.9 Voltage interharmonics
5.10 Mains signaling voltage
5.12 Underdeviation and overdeviation
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
PM5000 Class Designation
Metering
S
S
S
S
S
S
Aggregation
S
Remarks
Pst range 0.1…12
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 439
Appendix H EN 61000-4-30 Metering and Aggregation
Table 231 - EN 61000-4-30 Class Designations (M8 model only)
61000-4-30 Section Power Quality
Parameter
4.4 Measurement aggregation intervals
4.6 Real-time-clock uncertainty
4.7 Flagging
6.1 Transient influence quantities
PM5000 Class Designation
Metering
A w/external sync, S with internal RTC
Yes
Yes
Aggregation
S
Remarks
Measurements can be made in accordance to EN 61000-4-30 requirements on
AC 50 or 60 Hz power systems in any metering mode supported by the power monitor. Line-to-neutral voltage measurements are only reported in Wye, Splitphase, and Delta hi-leg metering modes.
Data Flagging
Data flagging is performed to avoid unreliable measurements being produced during a metering interval in which a voltage dip, swell, or interruption occurs and to avoid counting a single event in more than one category as a result. Data flagging applies to individual basic metering intervals as well as to intervals into which the flagged basic interval is aggregated. Data flagging is used in the reporting of results in EN 50160 conformance tracking,
.
Power Quality Parameters
The following sections summarize the measurement, accuracy, and time aggregation of each power quality parameter addressed by the standard. Accuracy is expressed as ‘measurement uncertainty’ in the standard.
Measurement uncertainty is specified over a measuring range expressed as a function of U din
, the declared input voltage, and in the presence of influence quantities that can vary within a specified range. The power monitor has a U din
of 690V rms line-to line. Table 232 lists the influence quantities and their
permitted ranges.
Table 232 - Influence Quantity Range
(1) (2)
Section and Parameter
5.1 Frequency
5.2 Magnitude of the supply
5.3 Flicker
B
A
S
A
S
B
S
B
Class
A
Influence Quantity Range
42.5…57.5 Hz, 51…69 Hz
42.5…57.5 Hz, 51…69 Hz
42.5…57.5 Hz, 51…69 Hz
10…200 % U din
10…150 % U din
10…150 % U din
0…20 P st
0…10 P st
Not applicable
440 Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014
EN 61000-4-30 Metering and Aggregation Appendix H
Table 232 - Influence Quantity Range
(1) (2)
Section and Parameter
5.4 Dips and swells
5.5 Interruptions
5.7 Unbalance
5.8 Voltage harmonics
5.9 Voltage interharmonics
5.10 Mains signalling voltage
5.12 Under/overdeviation
Transient voltages IEC 61180
Fast transients IEC 61000-4-4
B
A
A
S
S
B
B
A
A
S
S
B
B
A
S
S
B
B
A
A
S
S
B
B
A
Class
A
S
N/A
N/A
6 kV peak
N/A
N/A
4 kV peak
N/A
N/A
Influence Quantity Range
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0…5 % U
2
, 0…5 % U
0
0…5 % U
2
Specified by manufacturer
200 % of class 3 of IEC 61000-2-4
200 % of class 3 of IEC 61000-2-4
200 % of class 3 of IEC 61000-2-4
200 % of class 3 of IEC 61000-2-4
200 % of class 3 of IEC 61000-2-4
200 % of class 3 of IEC 61000-2-4
0…15 % U din
0…15 % U din
0…15 % U din
N/A
(1) Copyright by IEC. Used with permission.
(2) For safety requirements, EMC requirements, or climatic requirements, see product standards, for example, IEC 61557-12.
In general, only basic metering setup is required, except as noted otherwise in the sections that follow.
Rockwell Automation Publication 1426-UM001G-EN-P - November 2014 441
Appendix H EN 61000-4-30 Metering and Aggregation
Power Frequency
The fundamental power frequency is measured at 10 second intervals.
Measurement uncertainty must not exceed ±50 mHz over the measuring ranges
42.5…57.5 Hz / 51…69 Hz. Frequency is detected on any voltage or current channel with a signal higher than the channel metering threshold, selected in the following order: V1, V2, V3, VN, I1, I2, I3, and I4. Results are reported in the
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_Aggregation Data Table .
Magnitude of the Supply Voltage
Voltage is measured at the basic 10/12 Hz metering rate and is time aggregated into 3 second, 10 minute, and 2 hour times. Measurement uncertainty must not exceed ±0.1% of U din
, over the range of 10…150 % of U din
. The 10/12 Hz results are reported in the
MeteringResults.EN61000_4_30_VIP
table, and aggregated results in the
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_Aggregation Data Table
.
Flicker
Flicker related to voltage fluctuations is measured in accordance with
IEC 61000-4-15. Measurement uncertainty (accuracy required by IEC 61000-4-
15 : ±8% of one unit of perceptibility) must be met over the measuring range of
0.2…10 P st
. Flicker is measured on voltage channels 1, 2, and 3. Short term P st results aggregated over 10 minutes, and long term P lt
results aggregated over
2 hours, are reported in the
PowerQuality.EN61000_4_30_Aggregation Data
Supply Voltage Dips
Voltage dips, or sags, are detected for each voltage channel when the ½ cycle rms voltage falls below the dip threshold. Dips are characterized by their threshold, duration, and residual voltage.
• The power monitor uses a fixed dip threshold of 90% of nominal system voltage for EN 61000-4-30 voltage dip detection.
• The duration of a dip begins when the ½ cycle rms voltage falls below the dip threshold and ends when the rms voltage is equal to or greater than the dip threshold plus the hysteresis voltage, fixed at 2% of nominal system voltage.
• The residual voltage is the minimum rms voltage measure